Nissan Almera Manual PDF

Getting The Most From Your
NISSAN ALMERA
OWNER’S MANUAL
WELCOME TO YOUR NEW NISSAN ALMERA
CONTENTS
Illustrated table of contents 0
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical information 9
Index 10
(4,1)
Air bag warning labels (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVR0243X
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on

a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur.”
Be sure to read “Air bag warning label” (P.1-22).
Bluetooth® is a trademark
owned by Bluetooth SIG,
Inc., and licensed to Visteon
NOS1617 Corporation.
© 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

(5,1)
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint Meters and gauges ....................................................................................
.... 0-8
system (SRS) .....................................................................................................
.... 0-2 Engine compartment ...........................................................................
.... 0-10
Exterior front ....................................................................................................
.... 0-3 HR15DE engine model ................................................................
.... 0-10
Exterior rear ......................................................................................................
.... 0-4 HR12DE engine model ................................................................
.... 0-11
Passenger compartment .......................................................................
.... 0-5 K9K engine model ..........................................................................
.... 0-12
Instrument panel ..........................................................................................
.... 0-6
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model .......................................................
.... 0-6
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model ...................................................
.... 0-7

(6,1)
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL

RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GUID-1D373A12-1F5E-4A48-99FF-411F065633CD
JVC0495X
1. Child restraint anchor points* (for top 8. Rear seats

tether strap child restraint) (Page 1-13) — Child restraints (P.1-10)
2. Rear seat belts (P.1-6) 9. Armrest* (P.1-3)
3. Supplemental curtain side-impact air 10. Supplemental side-impact air bags*
bags* (P.1-19) (P.1-19)
4. Front seat belts (P.1-6) 11. Pre-tensioner seat belt system* (P.1-27)
5. Head restraints (P.1-4) 12. Front seats (P.1-2)
6. Supplemental front-impact air bags* *: if equipped
(P.1-19)
7. ISOFIX child restraint system* (P.1-12)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents

(7,1)
EXTERIOR FRONT
GUID-4BC28D80-CD14-4322-B12B-E3CFD8DDA3EE
10. Tires
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)* (P.2-14, P.5-4)
— Tires and wheels (P.8-32, P.9-8)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
11. Side turn signal lights (on the front fender
or the outside rearview mirror)
— Switch operation (P.2-21)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
12. Outside rearview mirrors (P.3-22)
13. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-8)
— Security system* (P.3-17)
14. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)
15. Daytime running light* (P.2-20)
*: if equipped
JVC1031X
1. Engine hood (P.3-18) — Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

2. Windshield wiper and washer 7. Front fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-22) — Switch operation (P.2-21)
— Blade replacement (P.8-19) — Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-20) 8. Headlights
3. Antenna* (P.4-21) — Switch operation (P.2-19)
4. Windows (P.2-25) — Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
5. Recovery hook (P.6-12) 9. Clearance lights
6. Front turn signal lights — Switch operation (P.2-19)
— Switch operation (P.2-21) — Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

(8,1)
EXTERIOR REAR
GUID-0A3C947A-C6EE-4C29-934B-54BEEB253623
— Fuel information (P.9-4)
9. Reverse light/Rear fog light*
— Switch operation (P.2-22)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)
10. License plate light (P.8-27)/Rearview cam-
era* (P.4-2)
11. Sonar (parking sensor) system* (P.5-29)
*: if equipped
JVC0651X
1. Antenna* (P.4-21) 6. Trunk

2. Rear window — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-8)
— Rear window defogger* (P.2-24) — Trunk request switch (Intelligent Key
3. Stop/tail lights (P.8-27) system*) (P.3-15)
4. Turn signal lights — Opening (P.3-19)
— Switch operation (P.2-21) — Trunk light* (P.2-31, P.8-27)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 7. High-mounted stop light (model with rear
spoiler) (P.8-27)
5. High-mounted stop light (model without
rear spoiler) (P.8-27) 8. Fuel-filler lid
— Fuel-filler lid (P.3-20)

(9,1)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-54560482-68F9-470A-B71C-FCCB7A3F2D1E
14. Glove box (P.2-29)
*: if equipped
JVC0666X
1. Rear reading lights* (P.2-31, P.8-27) 8. Rear cup holder* (P.2-29)

2. Room light (P.2-30, P.8-27) 9. Rear comfort fan* (P.4-12)
3. Door armrest 10. Power outlet* (P.2-28)
— Power window switch* (P.2-25) 11. Parking brake (P.3-24, P.8-15)
— Power door lock switch* (P.3-6) 12. Trunk lid release handle* (P.3-20)
4. Microphone* (P.4-53) 13. Shift lever
5. Map lights* (P.2-30, P.8-27) — Automatic Transmission (AT) (P.5-13)
6. Sun visor (P.2-30) — Continuously Variable Transmission
7. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-21) (CVT) (P.5-16)
— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-19)

(10,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-B8CEAAB5-8CF4-42F1-8B33-A65C4B1B62B0
5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (right
LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL side)
GUID-1702AE62-FE89-4A01-8709-1815A676D6F6
— Cruise control switches* (P.5-25)
6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-22)
7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2)
8. Center ventilator (P.4-5)
9. Passenger’s front-impact air bag (P.1-19)
10. Side ventilator (P.4-5)
11. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch* (P.5-25)
12. Fuel-filler lid release handle (P.3-20)
13. Hood lock release handle (P.3-18)
14. Outside rearview mirror control switch*
(P.3-22)
15. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-21)
16. Ignition switch/steering lock (P.5-7)
17. Audio system* (P.4-13)
18. Cup holder (P.2-29)
19. Cigarette lighter* (P.2-28)
20. Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-6)
21. Rear window defogger switch (P.2-24)
22. USB/AUX connector*
— USB connection port (P.4-34, P.4-40)
— Auxiliary input jack (P.4-36, P.4-42)
JVC0996X 23. Glove box (P.2-29)
*: if equipped
1. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal — Hands-free phone system switch*
switch (P.4-49, P.4-53, P.4-58)
— Headlight (P.2-19) 3. Steering wheel
— Fog light* (P.2-21) — Electric power steering system (P.5-30)
— Turn signal (P.2-21) — Horn (P.2-24)
2. Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (left — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air
side) bag (P.1-19)
— Audio control steering switch (P.4-43) 4. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

(11,1)
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air

GUID-6EA8B9D6-3096-41A2-B386-0A43E7B2E982 bag (P.1-19)
9. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal
switch or Wiper and washer switch
— Wiper and washer (P.2-22)
— Headlight (P.2-19)
— Fog light* (P.2-21)
— Turn signal (P.2-21)
10. Fuse box cover (P.8-25)
11. Glove box (P.2-29)
12. Audio system* (P.4-13)
— USB connection port (P.4-34, P.4-40)
— Auxiliary input jack (P.4-36, P.4-42)
14. Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-6)
15. Power outlet* (P.2-28)
16. Cup holder (P.2-29)
17. Rear window defogger switch* (P.2-24)
18. Push-button ignition switch (model with
Intelligent Key system) (P.5-8)
19. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-21)
20. Idling stop OFF switch (for Hong Kong) (P.
5-23)
21. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent
JVC1032X Key system)/steering lock (P.5-7)
22. Hood lock release handle (P.3-18)
1. Side ventilator (P.4-5) — Turn signal (P.2-21)
23. Fuel-filler lid release handle (P.3-20)
2. Passenger’s front-impact air bag* (P.1-19) 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls*
24. Idling stop OFF switch* (for Thailand)
3. Center ventilator (P.4-5) — Audio control steering switch (P.4-43)
(P.5-22) or
4. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) — Hands-free phone system switch*
(P.4-45, P.4-53, P.4-58) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
5. Wiper and washer switch or Headlight, fog (for Australia and Hong Kong) (P.5-25)
light* and turn signal switch 7. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)
25. Headlight aiming control switch* (P.2-20)
— Wiper and washer (P.2-22) 8. Steering wheel
— Headlight (P.2-19) — Electric power steering system (P.5-30) (P.3-22)
— Fog light* (P.2-21) — Horn (P.2-24) *: if equipped

(12,1)
METERS AND GAUGES

GUID-06DC6E0D-81F3-474C-973D-05529C4D25CB
JVC0541X
Type A
1. Tachometer* (P.2-8) 7. Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-6)/
2. Speedometer (P.2-5) Trip computer (P.2-7)
3. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11) 8. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)
4. Trip odometer reset switch/Trip compu- *: if equipped
ter mode switch (P.2-7)
5. Clock settings switch (P.2-27)
6. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-
tion indicator* (P.2-9) /Gear shift indicator
(MT models)* (P.2-10, P.5-19)

(13,1)
*: if equipped
JVI0165X
Type B
1. Tachometer (P.2-8) 4. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)
2. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-8) 5. Speedometer (P.2-5)
3. Vehicle information display (P.2-5) 6. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11)
— Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-6) 7. Instrument brightness control knob
— Trip computer (P.2-7) (P.2-10)
— Clock (P.2-27) 8. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-
— Outside air temperature* (P.2-7)
tion indicator* (P.2-9)
— Instrument brightness control display
9. Trip odometer reset switch/Trip compu-
(P.2-10)
ter mode switch (P.2-6)

(14,1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-FA71B07C-1CF7-4DF1-990E-05A8376762F0
11. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)
HR15DE ENGINE MODEL *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
GUID-F9F74C9C-F548-4FBF-8553-42572F564989
JVC0118X
1. Engine drive belts (P.8-14) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24)

2. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-16, 7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)
P.8-17) 8. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)
— Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model 9. Radiator cap (P.8-8)
3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10) — Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)
4. Air cleaner (P.8-18) 10. Battery (P.5-34, P.8-21)
5. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-16, — Jump starting (P.6-9)
P.8-17)
— Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

(15,1)
HR12DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-F978D4F1-0830-4A38-B742-722BCDA9D97C
JVC0240X
1. Engine drive belts (P.8-14) 8. Radiator cap (P.8-8)

2. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-16, — Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)
P.8-17) 9. Battery (P.5-34, P.8-21)
3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10) — Jump starting (P.6-9)
4. Air cleaner (P.8-18) 10. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)
5. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24) *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
6. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)
7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

(16,1)
K9K ENGINE MODEL

GUID-E51EA618-3F2F-439D-AF9B-F175F5B26F7E
SDI2711
1. Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (P.8-16, 8. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)
P.8-17) 9. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)
2. Air cleaner (P.8-18) — Vehicle overheat (P.6-11)
3. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24) 10. Battery (P.5-34, P.8-21)
4. Priming pump (P.8-13) — Jump starting (P.6-9)
5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)
6. Engine drive belts (P.8-14)
7. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)

(17,1)
1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental

restraint system
Seats .......................................................................................................................
.... 1-2 Child restraints ...........................................................................................
.... 1-10
Front seats .................................................................................................
.... 1-2 Precautions on child restraint usage .............................. .... 1-10
Armrest (if equipped) .........................................................................
.... 1-3 Universal child restraints for front seat and rear
Head restraints ...............................................................................................
.... 1-4 seats (for India) .................................................................................
.... 1-11
Adjustable head restraint components .............................. .... 1-4 ISOFIX child restraint system (if equipped) ................ .... 1-12
Non-adjustable head restraint components .................. .... 1-4 Child restraint anchorage (if equipped) ........................ .... 1-13
Remove .........................................................................................................
.... 1-4 Child restraint installation using ISOFIX
Install ...............................................................................................................
.... 1-5 (if equipped) .........................................................................................
.... 1-13
Adjust ..............................................................................................................
.... 1-5 Installation of child restraint system ............................... .... 1-15
Seat belts ............................................................................................................
.... 1-6 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) .....................................
.... 1-19
Precautions on seat belt usage ................................................
.... 1-6 Precautions on Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) .......................................................................................
.... 1-19
Child safety ................................................................................................
.... 1-7
Supplemental air bag systems .............................................
.... 1-24
Pregnant women ..................................................................................
.... 1-8
SRS air bag deployment conditions ................................ .... 1-25
Injured persons .......................................................................................
.... 1-8
Pre-tensioner seat belt system (if equipped) ........... .... 1-27
Three-point type seat belts ..........................................................
.... 1-8
Repair and replacement procedure ................................. .... 1-28
Two-point type seat belts (if equipped) ............................. .... 1-9
Center mark on seat belts .........................................................
.... 1-10
Seat belt maintenance ..................................................................
.... 1-10

(18,1)
SEATS
GUID-0E4D48F2-87EB-41C3-92CE-212C2CB24BDC
Manual seatGUID-4630BA8F-468A-4657-ABF6-27A2A17D208D
adjustment
WARNING:
After adjusting a seat, gently shake the seat
to confirm that the seat is locked securely. If
the seat is not locked securely, it may move
suddenly and could cause the loss of control
of the vehicle.
SSS0133A
tance of others or pets unattended in

WARNING: your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-
. Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm
with the seatback reclined. This can be day can quickly become high enough to
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be cause a significant risk of injury or death
properly against the body. In an accident, to people and pets.
you and your passengers could be
thrown into the shoulder belt and receive CAUTION:
neck or other serious injuries. You and
your passengers could also slide under When adjusting the seat positions, be sure
the lap belt and receive serious injuries. not to contact any moving parts to avoid
possible injuries and/or damages.
. For the most effective protection while
the vehicle is in motion, the seatback
should be upright. Always sit well back FRONT SEATS
GUID-42A7490D-1067-4CAC-9A39-544D84F10BB7
and upright in the seat and adjust the
seat belt properly. (See “Seat belts” (P.1- WARNING:
6).)
Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving
. Do not leave children unattended inside so that full attention may be given to vehicle
the vehicle. They could unknowingly acti- operation.
vate switches or controls. Unattended
children could become involved in ser-
ious accidents.
. To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave
children, people who require the assis-
1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

(19,1)
Rear GUID-93866274-495E-42DF-A608-4662C6C92B29
SSS0660
Forward and backward:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B ARMREST (ifGUID-0D483ADC-82D8-447F-BDBC-3C51B0B77FE8
equipped) SSS0963
1. Pull up the adjusting lever . Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal.
Front (driver’s seat)
GUID-E6344C7F-FEBB-40F8-B983-5545E9FC93C5
2. Slide the seat to the desired position.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat
in position.
Reclining: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Pull up the adjusting lever .
2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position.
3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the
seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different sizes to
help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat SSS0787
belts” (P.1-6).)
Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal.
The seatback may be reclined to allow occu-
pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
Seat lifter (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
adjust the seat height until the desired position
is achieved.
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

(20,1)
HEAD RESTRAINTS
GUID-F4A07253-770E-4F4C-BCB1-5E2D1740FDC6
seating position. 2. Single notch
WARNING:
3. Lock knob
Head restraints supplement the other vehicle
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COM-
PONENTS GUID-6D22BBB3-8D36-417E-878D-360F870ACF1B 4. Stalks
safety systems. They may provide additional
protection against injury in certain rear end REMOVE GUID-B081657A-4F54-4CA6-A963-5A52ECD0821C
collisions. Adjustable head restraints must be
adjusted properly, as specified in this section.
Check the adjustment after someone else
uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the
head restraint stalks or remove the head
restraint. Do not use the seat if the head
restraint has been removed. If the head
restraint was removed, reinstall and properly
adjust the head restraint before an occupant
uses the seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions can reduce the effective- SSS0992
ness of the head restraint. This may increase
the risk of serious injury or death in a 1. Removable head restraint SSS1037
collision.
2. Multiple notches Use the following procedure to remove the
. Your vehicle is equipped with a head 3. Lock knob adjustable head restraints.
restraint that may be integrated, adjustable 4. Stalks 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest
or non-adjustable. position.
. Adjustable head restraints have multiple NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT 2. Push and hold the lock knob.
notches along the stalk to lock them in a COMPONENTS
desired adjustment position. GUID-3C330412-A135-42D9-8C25-A0498232AE96 3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
. The non-adjustable head restraints have a 4. Store the head restraint properly in a
single locking notch to secure them to the secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
seat frame. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
. Proper Adjustment: restraint before an occupant uses the
— For the adjustable type, align the head seating position.
restraint so the center of your ear is
approximately level with the center of
the head restraint.
— If your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the
head restraint at the highest position. JVR0203X
. If the head restraint has been removed,
ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in 1. Removable head restraint
place before riding in that designated

(21,1)
INSTALL For adjustable head restraint Make sure the head restraint is positioned from
GUID-91036F61-0D7F-464E-AB13-F169A8170985
Adjust the head restraint so the center is level the stored position or any non-latch position so
with the center of your ears. If your ear position the lock knob is engaged in the notch before
is still higher than the recommended align- riding in that designated seating position.
ment, place the head restraint at the highest
position.
Lower GUID-5FCBF5C0-907E-493B-9449-3D124814C97B
SSS1038
1. Align the head restraint stalks with the

holes in the seat. Make sure that the head
restraint is facing the correct direction. The
stalk with the adjustment notch must be JVR0259X
SSS1036
installed in the hole with the lock knob .
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the For non-adjustable head restraint
push the head restraint down.
head restraint down. Make sure the head restraint is positioned from
Make sure the head restraint is positioned so
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an the stored position or any non-latch position so
the lock knob is engaged in the notch before
occupant uses the seating position. the lock knob is engaged in the notch before
riding in that designated seating position.
riding in that designated seating position.
ADJUST GUID-7F4FA002-0E43-41BC-A558-14805BD05E20
Raise GUID-9BCA1908-1A87-454B-AFD2-9BFE3120F799
SSS0997
SSS1035
To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

(22,1)
SEAT BELTS
GUID-54FABC2C-16D2-472D-959C-EC961EDBAC13
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE

GUID-E0B9589F-74A9-4DB5-8A5A-40333BC200D2
If you are wearing the seat belt properly
adjusted and sitting upright and well back in
the seat, chances of being injured or killed in an
accident and/or the severity of injury may be
greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages
you and all of your passengers to buckle up
every time you drive, even if your seating
position includes the supplemental air bag
systems.
SSS0134A
SSS0136A
SSS0014 SSS0016

(23,1)
away from your face and neck, but not dealer.

WARNING: falling off your shoulder. Serious injury CHILD SAFETY
. Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the may occur if a seat belt is not worn GUID-BEF39E00-83A9-46E4-A6CD-4E7837159442
bony structure of the body, and should be properly.

WARNING:
worn low across the front of the pelvis or . No modifications or additions should be
the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applic- made by the user which will either pre- . Infants and children need special protec-
able; wearing the lap section of the belt vent the seat belt adjusting devices from tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit
across the abdominal area must be operating to remove slack, or prevent the them properly. The shoulder belt may
avoided. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt assembly from being adjusted come too close to the face or neck. The
seat belt is not worn properly. to remove slack. lap belt may not fit over their small
Position the lap belt as low and snug as hipbones. In an accident, an improperly
. . Care should be taken to avoid contam-
possible around the hips, not the waist. A fitted seat belt could cause serious or
ination of the webbing with polishes, oils
lap belt worn too high could increase the fatal injury.
and chemicals, and particularly battery
risk of internal injuries in an accident. acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out . Always use an appropriate child restraint
. Do not allow more than one person to use using mild soap and water. The belt system.
the same seat belt. Each belt assembly should be replaced if webbing becomes
Children need adults to help protect them.
must only be used by one occupant; it is frayed, contaminated or damaged.
They need to be properly restrained. The
dangerous to put a belt around a child . All seat belt assemblies including retrac- proper restraint depends on the child’s size.
being carried on the occupant’s lap. tors and attaching hardware should be
. Never carry more people in the vehicle inspected after any collision by a NISSAN Infants and small children
GUID-2CB554A6-70F8-4EA5-AD1F-1A1CD0569FC1
than there are seat belts. dealer. NISSAN recommends that all seat
belt assemblies in use during a collision
. Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts be replaced unless the collision was
should not be worn with straps twisted. minor and the belts show no damage
Doing so may reduce their effectiveness. and continue to operate properly. Seat
. Seatbelts should be adjusted as firmly as belt assemblies not in use during a
possible, consistent with comfort, to pro- collision should also be inspected and,
vide the protection for which they have when necessary, replaced if either da-
been designed. A slack belt will greatly mage or improper operation is noted.
reduce the protection afforded to the . It is essential to replace the entire as-
wearer. sembly after it has been worn in a severe
. Every person who drives or rides in this impact even if damage to the assembly is SSS0099
vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. not obvious.
Children should be properly restrained in . Once the pre-tensioner seat belt (if NISSAN recommends that infants and small
the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child equipped) has activated, it cannot be children be seated in a child restraint system.
restraint system. reused. It must be replaced together with You should choose a child restraint system that
. Do not put the belt behind your back or the retractor. Contact a NISSAN dealer. fits your vehicle and the child, and always
under your arm. Always route the follow the manufacturer’s instructions for in-
. Removal and installation of the pre-ten-
shoulder belt over your shoulder and stallation and use.
sioner seat belt system components (if
across your chest. The belt should be equipped) should be done by a NISSAN

(24,1)
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from

Large children INJURED PERSONS
GUID-D60D6D89-020F-4F38-8877-C70FB3DDBA25 GUID-82EBCAFA-39DD-4B24-9916-C91E3A86FE59 its fully retracted position, firmly pull
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use the belt and release it. Then smoothly
WARNING: seat belts. Contact your doctor for specific pull the belt out of the retractor.
recommendations.
. Never allow children to stand or kneel on
any seats. THREE-POINTGUID-984D2E17-E07E-4F94-97BF-E5B1D1F3D930
TYPE SEAT BELTS
. Never allow children in the luggage area
while the vehicle is moving. A child could Fastening seat belts
GUID-421AB629-E53A-4541-8D10-C0D57422D757
be seriously injured in an accident or
sudden stop.
Children who are too large for a child restraint
system should be seated and restrained by the
seat belts that are provided.
If the child’s seating position has a shoulder
belt that fits close to the face or neck, the use SSS0467
of a booster seat (commercially available) may
help overcome this. The booster seat should 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
raise the child so that the shoulder belt is on the hips as shown.
properly positioned across the top, middle
SSS0292 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
on the hips. The booster seat should also fit the
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
vehicle seat. Once the child has grown so that WARNING: and is snug across your chest.
the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the
face or neck of the child, use the shoulder belt The seatback should not be in a reclined Shoulder belt height adjustment (if
without the booster seat. In addition, there are position any more than needed for comfort.
many types of child restraint systems available Seat belts are most effective when the equipped) GUID-A13270E2-267F-495D-8674-287DC107D8B3
for larger children that should be used for passenger sits well back and straight up in
maximum protection. the seat.
PREGNANT WOMEN
GUID-FE869D3B-B8B4-419B-873A-F34B364C8C1A
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn and insert the tongue into the buckle until
snug, and always position the lap belt as low as you hear and feel the latch engage.
possible around the hips, not the waist. Place . The retractor is designed to lock during
the shoulder belt over your shoulder and a sudden stop or on impact. A slow
across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder pulling motion permits the belt to
belt over your abdominal area. Contact your move, and allows you some freedom
doctor for specific recommendations. of movement in the seat. SSS0351A

(25,1)
WARNING: Checking seat belt operation

GUID-145A1CB5-9B55-4D1A-A8C0-CCED3409D28D
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
. The shoulder belt anchor height should belt movement:
be adjusted to the position best for you.
Failure to do so may reduce the effec- . When the seat belt is pulled quickly from
tiveness of the entire restraint system the retractor.
and increase the chance or severity of . When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
injury in an accident. To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
. The shoulder belt should rest on the check the operation by grasping the shoulder
middle of the shoulder. It must not rest belt and pulling forward quickly. The retractor
against the neck. should lock and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check, JVR0036X
. Be sure that the seat belt is not twisted in contact a NISSAN dealer immediately.
any way. 2. Adjust the seat belt length. To shorten, hold
. Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor is TWO-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS (if the tongue and pull the upper belt as
secured by trying to move the shoulder equipped) GUID-D22413D4-BF49-4D45-994E-2EA638DE79EC illustrated . To lengthen, hold the tongue
belt anchor up and down after adjust- and pull the under belt as illustrated .
ment. Fastening seat belts
GUID-6258C427-15E5-465B-918B-6CF5DD74179A
The shoulder belt anchor height should be

adjusted to the position best for you.
The belt should be away from your face and
neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
To adjust, pull the release button and move
the shoulder belt anchor to the proper position
, so that the belt passes over the center of the
shoulder.
Release the button to lock the shoulder belt
anchor into position. JVR0037X
JVR0035X
UnfasteningGUID-1BF0DC09-9D66-448C-8B28-6F14CFC40A17
seat belts 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
on the hips as shown.
Push the button on the buckle. The seat belt WARNING:
automatically retracts.
Seat belts are most effective when the
passenger sits well back and straight up in
the seat.
1. Insert the tongue into the buckle marked
CENTER until you hear and feel the latch
engage.

(26,1)
CHILD RESTRAINTS
GUID-1A220BAA-203F-42A3-BB0A-DDFDA8E06122
UnfasteningGUID-F1DEE74D-1574-468C-AD0E-4B39EDD29A76
seat belts with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT
the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract
Push the button on the buckle.
until they are completely dry. USAGE GUID-9396FD2F-E533-4EB3-A047-B6D92A4A219A
CENTER MARK ON SEAT BELTS

GUID-DE981F0D-8B58-47D8-8132-009A1F299182
Selecting correct set of seat belts

GUID-854F5578-B270-4D1E-91F7-C1DD2F46C56E
SSS0099
WARNING:
SSS0616
. Infants and small children should never
The center seat belt buckle or both the be carried on your lap. It is not possible
buckle and the tongue are identified by the for even the strongest adult to resist the
CENTER mark. The center seat belt tongue can forces of a severe accident. The child
be fastened only into the center seat belt could be crushed between the adult and
buckle. parts of the vehicle. Also, it is dangerous
to put a seat belt around a child being
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
GUID-B0F298CD-913B-46BF-8E46-89902A89FA3B
carried on the occupant’s lap.
Periodically check that the seat belt and all the . Infants and children need special protec-
metal components, such as buckles, tongues, tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit
retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work them properly. The shoulder belt may
properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or come too close to the face or neck. The
other damage on the seat belt webbing is lap belt may not fit over their small hip
found, the entire seat belt assembly should be bones. In an accident, an improperly
replaced. fitting seat belt could cause serious or
If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the fatal injury.
seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract . Infants and small children should always
slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a be placed in an appropriate child re-
clean, dry cloth. straint system while riding in the vehicle.
To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild Failure to use a child restraint system can
soap solution or any solution recommended result in serious injury or death.
for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Then wipe

(27,1)
. Child restraint systems specially de- . If the seat belt in the position where a fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-
signed for infants and small children are child restraint system is installed requires facturer’s instructions for installation and use.
available from several manufacturers. a locking clip and if it is not used, injuries In addition, there are many types of child
When selecting any child restraint sys- could result from a child restraint system restraint systems available for larger children
tems, place your child in the child re- tipping over during normal vehicle brak- that should be used for maximum protection.
straint system and check the various ing or cornering.
adjustments to be sure that the child . After attaching a child restraint system, CAUTION:
restraint system is compatible with your test it before you place the child in it. Tilt
child. Always follow the manufacturer’s Remember that a child restraint system left
it from side to side. Try to tug it forward
instructions for installation and use. in a closed vehicle can become very hot.
and check if it is held securely in place.
Check the seating surface and buckles before
. NISSAN recommends that the child re- The child restraint system should not
placing your child in a child restraint system.
straint system be installed in the rear move more than 25 mm (1 in). If the
seat. According to accident statistics, restraint is not secure, tighten the belt
children are safer when properly re- as necessary, or install the restraint in UNIVERSAL CHILD RESTRAINTS FOR
strained in the rear seat rather than in another seat and test it again. FRONT SEAT AND REAR SEATS (for
the front seat. . Check the child restraint system in your India) GUID-27F75C7B-B2C4-4E53-AF30-E01323F41B37
. Follow all of the child restraint system vehicle to be sure that it is compatible When selecting any child restraint, keep the
manufacturer’s instructions for installa- with the vehicle’s seat belt system. following points in mind:
tion and use. When purchasing a child If a child restraint system is not anchored
. . Choose a child restraint that complies with
restraint system, be sure to select one properly, the risk of a child being injured AIS 072-2009.
which will fit your child and vehicle. It in a collision or a sudden stop greatly
may not be possible to properly install . Place your child in the child restraint and
increases. check the various adjustments to be sure
some types of child restraint systems in
your vehicle. . Improper use of a child restraint system the child restraint is compatible with your
can increase the risk or severity of injury child. Always follow all of the recommended
. For a front-facing child restraint system, for both the child and other occupants in procedures.
check to make sure the shoulder belt the vehicle. . Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
does not fit close to child’s face or neck. If
. Always use an appropriate child restraint be sure it is compatible with vehicle’s seat
it does, put the shoulder belt behind the
system. An improperly installed child belt system.
child restraint system.
restraint system could lead to serious . Refer to the table later in this section for a
. Never install a rear-facing child restraint injury or death in an accident. list of the recommended fitment positions.
system in the front seat when the front
passenger’s air bag is equipped. An in- . When the child restraint system is not in
flating supplemental front-impact air bag use, keep it secured with the ISOFIX child
could seriously injure or kill your child. A restraint system (if equipped) or a seat
rear-facing child restraint system must belt to prevent it from being thrown
only be used in the rear seat. around in case of a sudden stop or
accident.
. Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-
tioned to fit a child restraint system, but NISSAN recommends that infants and small
as upright as possible. children be seated in a child restraint system.
You should choose a child restraint system that

(28,1)
Approved child restraint positions

GUID-6052DD5F-27C1-4D0C-8273-DF15A430BCF9
The following restriction is applied when using child restraints varying by infants weight and
installation position.
Seating position
Mass group
Front passenger Rear Outboard Rear Center
Group 0 up to 10 kg × U ×
Group 0+ up to 13 kg × U ×
Group I 9 to 18 kg UF U ×
Group II 15 to 25 kg UF U × SSS0637
× ISOFIX lower anchor location

Group III 22 to 36 kg UF U The ISOFIX anchors are located at the rear of
U: Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group. the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass attached to the seatback to help you locate the
group. ISOFIX anchors.
X: Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. ISOFIX child restraint anchor attach-
ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (if ments GUID-3CE88358-EB93-4D4D-8BEB-569F5DE91FF4
equipped) GUID-52E0ED42-273F-40BB-93AA-7F2F3D103563
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor
points that are used with ISOFIX child restraint
systems.
ISOFIX lowerGUID-4CA362C7-65B9-4BF5-AF53-B0793163382A
anchor point locations
The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install
child restraints in the rear outboard seating
positions only. Do not attempt to install a
child restraint in the center position using the SSS1046
ISOFIX anchors.
ISOFIX label location
SSS0644
Anchor attachment
ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attach-
ments that can be connected to two anchors
located in the seat. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint. Check your child restraint for a
label stating that it is compatible with the
ISOFIX child restraints. This information may

(29,1)
also be in the instructions provided by the child Anchorage location . Inspect the lower anchors by inserting
GUID-E7B5F4AB-1328-4E20-B669-B64DEF0C01CD
restraint manufacturer. your fingers into the lower anchor area
ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use and feeling to make sure there are no
of a top tether strap or other anti-rotation obstructions over the ISOFIX anchors,
devices such as support legs. When installing such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion
ISOFIX child restraints, carefully read and follow material. The child restraint will not be
the instructions in this manual and those secured properly if the ISOFIX anchors
supplied with the child restraints. (See “Child are obstructed.
restraint installation using ISOFIX” (P.1-13).) . Child restraint anchorages are designed
to withstand only those loads imposed
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE (if by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
equipped) GUID-961BAD1A-211D-4323-B754-5E12137C28AB
no circumstances are they to be used for
Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a adult seat belts, harnesses or for attach-
JVR0061X
child restraint system on the rear seat. When ing other items or equipment to the
installing a child restraint system, carefully read The anchor points are located on the rear vehicle. Doing so could damage the child
and follow the instructions in this manual and parcel shelf for the center (if equipped), right restraint anchorages. The child restraint
those supplied with the child restraint system. and left outboard seating positions of the rear will not be properly installed using the
seat. damaged anchorage, and a child could be
seriously injured or killed in a collision.
WARNING:
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to ISOFIX (if equipped) Installation on rear outboard seats
GUID-71362521-F3A0-413F-9537-40392E82E5FB
GUID-860C9B60-EFAB-467E-B530-D534A63A26A8
withstand only those loads imposed by
Front-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
correctly fitted child restraints. Under no
WARNING: Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
circumstances are they to be used for adult
seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other . Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the tions for the proper use of your child restraint.
items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so specified locations. For the ISOFIX lower Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
could damage the child restraint anchorages. anchor locations, see “ISOFIX child re- restraint on the rear outboard seats using
The child restraint will not be properly straint system” (P.1-12). If a child restraint ISOFIX:
installed using the damaged anchorage, is not secured properly, your child could
and a child could be seriously injured or be seriously injured or killed in an acci-
killed in a collision. dent.
. Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap to seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using the
ISOFIX lower anchors. The child restraint
will not be secured properly.

(30,1)
SSS0646A SSS0754A SSS0755A

Steps 1 and 2 Step 4 Step 7
1. Position the child restraint on the seat . 4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the 7. Test the child restraint before you place the
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- child restraint firmly tightened; press down- child in it . Push the child restraint from
ments to the ISOFIX lower anchors . ward and rearward firmly in the center side to side and tug it forward to make sure
of the child restraint with your knee to that it is held securely in place.
3. The back of the child restraint should be compress the vehicle seat cushion and
secured against the vehicle seatback. If 8. Check to make sure that the child restraint
seatback. is properly secured prior to each use. If the
necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint to obtain the correct child re- 5. If the child restraint is equipped with a top child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3
straint fit. (See “Head restraints” (P.1-4).) If tether strap, route the top tether strap and through 7.
the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure the tether strap to the tether
anchor point. (See “Child restraint ancho- Rear-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
secure place. Be sure to install the head
rage” (P.1-13).) Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
restraint when the child restraint is re-
tions for the proper use of your child restraint.
moved. If the seating position does not 6. If the child restraint is equipped with other
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
have an adjustable head restraint and it is anti-rotation devices such as support legs,
restraint on the rear outboard seats using
interfering with the proper child restraint use them instead of the top tether strap
ISOFIX:
fit, try another seating position or a differ- following the child restraint manufacturer’s
ent child restraint. instructions.

(31,1)
5. If the child restraint is equipped with other Front-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

anti-rotation devices such as support legs,
use them instead of the top tether strap
following the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
SSS0649A
Steps 1 and 2
SSS0374A
1. Position the child restraint on the seat .
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- If you must install a front-facing child restraint
ments to the ISOFIX lower anchors . system on the rear seat, follow these steps:
SSS0757A 1. Position the front-facing child restraint
Step 6 system on the rear seat.
6. Test the child restraint before you place the Always follow the child restraint system
child in it . Push the child restraint from manufacturer’s instructions for installation
side to side and tug it forward to make sure and use.
that it is held securely in place.
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint child restraint system and insert it into the
is properly secured prior to each use. If the buckle until you hear and feel the latch
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 engage.
through 6.
SSS0756A
INSTALLATION OF CHILD RESTRAINT
Step 3 SYSTEM GUID-9A049A6B-E06E-4BB1-8F3A-67F406B7024E
3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the
child restraint firmly tightened; press down-
Installation on rear seats (three-point
ward and rearward firmly in the center type seat belt)
GUID-A26D65AA-AF3D-47A6-BCFC-7BD2C0D6125A
of the child restraint with your hand to
compress the vehicle seat cushion and WARNING:
seatback.
The direction of the child restraint system
4. If the child restraint is equipped with a top depends on the type of the child restraint
tether strap, route the top tether strap and system and the size of the child. SSS0513
secure the tether strap to the tether
anchor point. (See “Child restraint ancho- To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is
rage” (P.1-13).)

(32,1)
necessary to secure the shoulder belt in engage. Front-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

place with a locking clip . Use the locking
clip attached to the child restraint system
or one which is equivalent in dimension
and strength.
Be sure to follow the child restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions for belt rout-
ing.
3. Test the child restraint system before you
place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side.
Try to tug it forward and check if it is held
securely in place.
4. Make sure that the child restraint system is SSS0513 SSS0512
properly secured prior to each use.
To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is If you must install a front-facing child restraint
Rear-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
necessary to secure the shoulder belt in system on the rear center seat, follow these
place with a locking clip . Use the locking steps:
clip attached to the child restraint system 1. Position the front-facing child restraint
or one which is equivalent in dimension system on the rear center seat.
and strength.
Always follow the child restraint system
Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation
manufacturer’s instructions for belt rout- and use.
ing.
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
3. Test the child restraint system before you child restraint system and insert it into the
place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. buckle until you hear and feel the latch
Try to tug it forward and check if it is held engage.
securely in place.
SSS0375A 4. Make sure that the child restraint system is
If you must install a rear-facing child restraint
system on the rear seat, follow these steps: Installation on rear center seat (two-
1. Position the rear-facing child restraint sys- point type seat belt) (if equipped)
GUID-873B405B-3F91-470C-A259-891ABC1F515C
tem on the rear seat.
Always follow the child restraint system WARNING:
manufacturer’s instructions for installation
and use. The direction of the child restraint system
depends on the type of the child restraint
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the system and the size of the child.
child restraint system and insert it into the SSS0513
buckle until you hear and feel the latch

(33,1)
3. To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
necessary to secure the lap belt in place child restraint system and insert it into the
with a locking clip . Use the locking clip buckle until you hear and feel the latch
attached to the child restraint system, or engage.
one which is equivalent in dimensions and
strength.
ing.
Try to tug it forward and check if it is held
securely in place.
5. Make sure that the child restraint system is
SSS0513
Rear-facing: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is
necessary to secure the lap belt in place
with a locking clip . Use the locking clip
attached to the child restraint system, or
one which is equivalent in dimensions and
strength.
ing.
SSS0514 Try to tug it forward and check if it is held
securely in place.
If you must install a rear-facing child restraint
5. Make sure that the child restraint system is
system on the rear center seat, follow these
steps:
1. Position the rear-facing child restraint sys-
tem on the rear center seat.
Always follow the child restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions for installation
and use.

(34,1)
Installation on front seat manufacturer’s instructions for installation

GUID-87AAD441-F551-4F9E-8861-F522CD21959E and use.
SSS0300A
SSS0515
Front-facing: 4. Route the seat belt tongue through the
WARNING: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
child restraint system and insert it into the
. Never install a rear-facing child restraint buckle until you hear and feel the latch
on the front passenger’s seat when the engage.
front passenger’s air bag is equipped.
Supplemental front-impact air bags in-
flate with great force. A rear-facing child
restraint could be struck by the supple-
mental front-impact air bags in an acci-
dent and could seriously injure or kill your
child.
. Never install a child restraint with a top
tether strap on the front seat. SSS0627
. NISSAN recommends that a child re- If you must install a front-facing child restraint
straint system be installed on the rear system on the front seat, follow these steps:
seat. However, if you must install a front- SSS0513
facing child restraint system on the front 1. Move the seat to the rearmost position .
passenger’s seat, move the passenger’s 2. Adjust the head restraint to its highest 5. To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is
seat to the rearmost position. position . necessary to secure the shoulder belt in
place with a locking clip . Use the locking
. Child restraints for infants must be used 3. Position the front-facing child restraint clip attached to the child restraint system,
in the rear-facing direction and therefore system on the front passenger’s seat. It or one which is equivalent in dimensions
must not be used on the front passen- should be placed in the front-facing direc- and strength.
ger’s seat when the front passenger’s air tion only.
bag is equipped. Be sure to follow the child restraint system
Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt rout-

(35,1)
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

GUID-C9565E22-C501-4988-950F-1FA89677EC38
ing. dent protection provided by the driver’s seat
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RE- belt and is not designed to substitute for it.
6. Slide the seat forward so that the seat belt
fully tightens the child restraint system. STRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GUID-7F89D46B-E3E8-4C41-B2DD-E8AD6CC5FD5D
The SRS can help save lives and reduce serious
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec- injuries. However, inflating air bags may cause
7. Test the child restraint system before you abrasions or other injuries. Air bags do not
place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. tion contains important information concern-
ing the driver’s and passenger’s (if equipped) provide protection to the lower body. Seat belts
Try to tug it forward and check if it is held should always be correctly worn and the
securely in place. supplemental front-impact air bags, supple-
mental side-impact air bags (if equipped), occupants should always be seated a suitable
8. Make sure that the child restraint system is supplemental curtain side-impact air bags (if distance away from the steering wheel. (See
properly secured prior to each use. equipped) and pre-tensioner seat belts (if “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) The air bags inflate quickly
equipped). in order to help protect the occupants. The
force of the air bags inflating can increase the
Supplemental front-impact air bag risk of injury if the occupants are too close to,
system (if equipped) or are against, the air bag modules during
GUID-F7C7E093-7D60-4532-B0A1-4F797E6C7E45 inflation.
This system can help cushion the impact force
to the head and chest area of the driver and/or The air bags will deflate quickly after deploy-
front passenger (if equipped) in certain frontal ment.
collisions. The supplemental front-impact air The SRS operates only when the ignition
bag is designed to inflate on the front where switch is in the “ON” position.
the vehicle is impacted. When the ignition switch is in the “ON”
Supplemental side-impact air bag sys- position, the SRS air bag warning light
illuminates for about 7 seconds and then
tem (if equipped)
GUID-D066B082-8428-4503-80B4-57F62BF2B8E4 turns off. This indicates that the SRS is
This system can help cushion the impact force operational. (See “SRS air bag warning light”
to the chest and pelvis areas of the driver and (P.1-23).)
front passenger in certain side-impact colli-
sions. The supplemental side-impact air bag is
designed to inflate on the side where the
vehicle is impacted.
Supplemental curtain side-impact air

bag system (if equipped)
GUID-83E98776-EF16-4A70-9F02-E8790DEB5FB7
This system can help cushion the impact force
to the head of the driver and passengers in
front and rear outboard seating positions in
certain side-impact collisions. The supplemen-
tal curtain side-impact air bag is designed to
inflate on the side where the vehicle is im-
pacted.
The SRS is designed to supplement the acci-

(36,1)
SSS0131A SSS0006
SSS0132A SSS0007
you are at greater risk of injury or death

WARNING: in an accident. You may also receive
. The supplemental front-impact air bags serious or fatal injuries from the supple-
ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a mental front-impact air bag if you are up
side impact, rear impact, rollover, or low- against it when it inflates. Always sit back
er severity frontal collision. Always wear against the seatback and as far away as
the seat belts to help reduce the risk or practical from the steering wheel. Always
severity of injury in accidents. use the seat belts.
. The seat belts and the supplemental
front-impact air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and up-
right in the seat. The front-impact air SSS0008
bags inflate with great force. If you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting
sideways, or out of position in any way,

(37,1)
WARNING:
. Never let children ride unrestrained or
extend their hands or face out of the
window. Do not attempt to hold them in
your lap or arms. Some examples of
dangerous riding positions are shown in
the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or killed
when the air bags inflate if they are not
properly restrained.
SSS0009 SSS0140
. Never install a rear-facing child restraint
system in the front seat. An inflating
supplemental front-impact air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. (See
“Child restraints” (P.1-10).)
SSS0099 SSS0159
SSS0059A
SSS0100 SSS0162

(38,1)
. Do not use seat covers on the front The label(s) warn you not to fit a rear-facing
WARNING: seatbacks. They may interfere with the child restraint system on the front passenger
. The supplemental side-impact air bags supplemental side-impact air bag infla- seat as such a restraint system used in this
and supplemental curtain side-impact air tions. position could cause serious injury to the infant
bags ordinarily will not inflate in the in case of air bag deployment during a collision.
event of a front impact, rear impact, Pre-tensioner seat belt system (if Type A:
rollover, or lower severity side collision. equipped) GUID-4FBEBA10-36FA-4E99-8BF3-2B28ED3E9427 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Always wear the seat belts to help reduce The pre-tensioner seat belt system may acti-
the risk or severity of injury in accidents. vate with the supplemental air bag system in
. The seat belts and the supplemental certain types of collisions.
side-impact air bags and supplemental Working with the seat belt retractor and
curtain side-impact air bags are most anchor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant
effective when you are sitting well back the vehicle becomes involved in certain types
and upright in the seat. The supplemental of collisions, helping to restrain front seat
side-impact air bags and supplemental occupants. (See “Pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
curtain side-impact air bags inflate with tem” (P.1-27).)
great force. If you and your passengers
are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting Air bag warning label (if equipped)
sideways, or out of position in any way, GUID-2019023B-9AC7-47BC-AAEC-B047F92FBAF4 JVR0260X
you and your passengers are at greater Air bag warning label (sample)
risk of injury or death in an accident. The label design varies depending on the
model.
. Do not allow anyone to place their hands,
legs, or face near the supplemental side- The label warns:
impact air bags and supplemental cur- “Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing
tain side-impact air bags on the sides of child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag
the seatback of the front seats or near in front of it!”
the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear outboard
seats to extend their hands out of the
windows or lean against the doors. Some
examples of dangerous riding positions SSS1029
are shown in the illustrations. Label location
Warning labels about the supplemental front-
. When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle
onto the seatback of the front seats. If as shown in the illustration.
the supplemental side-impact air bags
and supplemental curtain side-impact air The warning label is located on the surface
bags inflate, you may be seriously in- of the driver’s and/or passenger’s sun visor.
jured. Be especially careful with children, The warning label (if equipped) is located on
who should always be properly re- the side of the passenger’s side instrument
strained. panel.

(39,1)
Type B: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B SRS air bag warning light

GUID-936E937B-913F-4715-BE98-7F165F18DF0A
JVR0243X SPA1097
Air bag warning label
The label warns: The SRS air bag warning light, displaying in
the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on the air bag systems, pre-tensioner seat belt
a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front system and all related wiring.
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur.” When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for
In vehicles equipped with a front-impact pas- about 7 seconds and then turns off. This
senger air bag system, use a rear-facing child indicates that the SRS air bag systems are
restraint system only on the rear seats. operational.
When installing a child restraint system in your If any of the following conditions occur, the air
vehicle, always follow the child restraint system bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems
manufacturer’s instructions for installation. For need servicing:
additional information, see “Child restraints”
(P.1-10). . The SRS air bag warning light remains on
after approximately 7 seconds.
. The SRS air bag warning light flashes
intermittently.
. The SRS air bag warning light does not
illuminate at all.
Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pre-
tensioner seat belt systems may not operate
properly. They must be checked and repaired.
Contact a NISSAN dealer immediately.

(40,1)
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS ous projectiles and cause injury if a

GUID-4FFFFCA9-E3E1-4843-9D2E-B8B2F779059B supplemental air bag inflates.
. Immediately after inflation, several sup-
plemental air bag system components
will be hot. Do not touch them: you may
severely burn yourself.
. No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring of
the supplemental air bag systems. This is
to prevent accidental inflation of the
supplemental air bags or damage to the
supplemental air bag systems.
. Do not make unauthorized changes to
your vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-
sion system or front end structure. This
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental air bag systems.
. Tampering with the supplemental air bag
systems may result in serious personal
injury. Tampering includes changes to
the steering wheel by placing materials
over the steering wheel pad and above,
and by installing additional trim materi-
als around the supplemental air bag
systems.
. Work around and on the supplemental air
bag systems should be done by a NISSAN
JVR0262X dealer. The SRS wiring should not be
modified or disconnected. Unauthorized
1. Crash zone sensor (if equipped) 6. Satellite sensors (if equipped) electrical test equipment and probing
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- 7. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractors (if devices should not be used on the sup-
ules (if equipped for front passenger) equipped) plemental air bag systems.
3. Supplemental side air bag modules (if 8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) . The SRS wiring harness connectors are
equipped) yellow and/or orange for easy identifica-
4. Supplemental curtain side-impact air WARNING: tion.
bags (if equipped) When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise
. Do not place any objects on the steering
5. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag wheel pad. Do not place any objects may be heard, followed by the release of
inflators (if equipped) between the driver and steering wheel smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does
pad. Such objects may become danger- not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to

(41,1)
inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. is designed to inflate in higher severity side When the SRS air bag will deploy
GUID-A10682F2-BA8D-4894-BED4-12B46DF61E52
Those with a history of a breathing condition collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in
should get fresh air promptly. another type of collision are similar to those of Supplemental front-impact air bags (if
a higher severity side impact. It may not inflate equipped for front passenger):
Supplemental front-impact air bag
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
in certain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or The supplemental front-impact air bag system
system (if equipped)
GUID-9D893C45-DE18-4EDC-A5C2-BB2E0A3E017F
lack of it) is not always an indication of proper is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal
The driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag supplemental side-impact air bag system op- collisions. Some examples are shown in the
is located at the center of the steering wheel. eration. following illustrations.
The passenger’s supplemental front-impact air
bag (if equipped) is located at the instrument
panel above the glove box. bag systemGUID-F74F6D98-D686-4B7A-8D7F-87C20FCCF64C
(if equipped)
The supplemental front-impact air bag system The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is
is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal located at the roof rails.
collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag
another type of collision are similar to those of system is designed to inflate in higher severity
a higher severity frontal impact. It may not side collisions, although it may inflate if the
inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle forces in another type of collision are similar to
damage (or lack of it) is not always an indica- those of a higher severity side impact. It may
tion of proper supplemental front-impact air not inflate in certain side collisions. Vehicle
bag system operation. damage (or lack of it) is not always an indica- JVR0070X
tion of proper supplemental curtain side-im-
Supplemental side-impact air bag sys- pact air bag system operation. The supplemental front-impact air bag system
tem (if equipped) will deploy in the event of an impact which
GUID-9A51A9B4-7DF9-4DAC-9110-B8C5EFD03189
SRS AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT CONDI- exceeds a 25 km/h (16 MPH) frontal collision
TIONS GUID-B2935F18-BD1D-4569-BE69-70C167403FBB
with a solid wall that does not move or deform.
The SRS air bags activate in the event of a front The supplemental front-impact air bag system
or side impact in which the vehicle occupants may also deploy when the vehicle receives
may be severely injured even if they are severe damage to the undercarriage.
wearing the seat belts properly.
They may not activate when the crash energy
is absorbed and/or distributed by the vehicle
body. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not
always an indication of proper SRS air bag
system operation.
SSS0978
The supplemental side-impact air bag is lo-

cated at the outside of the front seats’ seat-
backs.
The supplemental side-impact air bag system

(42,1)
unlikely to deploy.
Supplemental front-impact air bags (if
equipped for front passenger):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVR0072X
(supplemental side-impact air bag system)
JVR0074X
. Striking a vehicle of the same class that is

parked
. Crashing into a solid utility pole
JVR0073X
JVR0071X (supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system)
. The supplemental side-impact and curtain
. Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard side-impact air bags will deploy in the event
surface at high speed of a side impact with a normal passenger
. Falling into a deep hole or ditch vehicle that exceeds at a speed of 25 km/h
. Landing hard on the ground after jumping (16 MPH).
JVR0075X
Supplemental side-impact and curtain side- When the SRS air bag is unlikely to
impact air bagsGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
(if equipped): deploy . Running under the tail gate of a truck
GUID-78E82B1C-3232-404F-85FA-2F75C2968FA6
The supplemental side-impact and curtain The SRS air bags may not deploy in cases . A frontal offset impact to the guard rails
side-impact air bag systems are designed to where the impact is not forceful enough to
inflate in higher severity side collisions. Some inflate the SRS air bags.
examples are shown in the following illustra-
tions. For example, if the vehicle strikes an object,
such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can
move or deform on impact, the SRS air bags are

(43,1)
Supplemental side-impact and curtain side- . Vehicle rollover

(if equipped): Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-
(if equipped):
JVR0078X
. A frontal offset impact to the guard rails

JVR0076X . A collision with a pole
A collision from the side at an angle JVR0080X
. When the SRS air bag will not deploy
GUID-8121BC91-75E7-4744-92A2-4A66EA5B0689
. A side impact with a two-wheeled vehicle A frontal collision with a parked or moving
Once the SRS air bag has inflated, the air bag .
module will not function again if your vehicle vehicle
collides with another vehicle or an object. . A rear collision
Other examples where the SRS air bag will not
deploy are shown in the following illustrations.
PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM (if
equipped) GUID-B99CD8AE-7A91-4B2C-9ACA-0A9FE047F386
Supplemental front-impact air bags (if
equipped for front passenger):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B WARNING:
. The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be
reused after activation. It must be re-
placed together with the retractor and
JVR0077X buckle as a unit.
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a
. A collision from the side impacting the collision but the pre-tensioner is not
vehicle engine room (trunk) activated, be sure to have the pre-ten-
. Vehicle rollover sioner system checked and, if necessary,
replaced by a NISSAN dealer.
. No unauthorized changes should be
JVR0079X made to any components or wiring of
the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This
. A collision from the side or rear is to prevent accidental activation of the
pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to the
pre-tensioner seat belt system.

(44,1)
. Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-

belt system should be done by a NISSAN DURE
dealer. The SRS wiring should not be GUID-7B3FE17B-4DA6-477D-B10E-33AE5B1A0563
modified or disconnected. Unauthorized
electrical test equipment and probing WARNING:
devices should not be used on the pre- . Once the air bags have been inflated, the
tensioner seat belt system. air bag modules will not function and
. If you need to dispose of the pre-ten- must be replaced. The air bag modules
sioner seat belt system, or scrap the must be replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The
vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct inflated air bag modules cannot be re-
pre-tensioner disposal procedures are paired.
set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser- . The air bag systems should be inspected
vice Manual. Incorrect disposal proce- by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage
dures could cause personal injury. to the front end or side portion of the
The pre-tensioner seat belt system may acti- vehicle.
vate with the supplemental air bag system in . If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap
certain types of collisions. the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer.
Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps Correct disposal procedures are set forth
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes in the appropriate NISSAN Service Man-
involved in certain types of collisions, helping to ual. Incorrect disposal procedures could
restrain front seat occupants. cause personal injury.
The pre-tensioner is encased with the front The air bags are designed to activate on a one-
seat belt’s retractor and anchor. These seat time-only basis. As a reminder, unless the SRS
belts are used the same as conventional seat air bag warning light is damaged, the SRS air
belts. bag warning light remains illuminated after
inflation has occurred. The repair and replace-
When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, a
ment of the SRS should be done only by a
fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the
NISSAN dealer.
release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful
and does not indicate a fire. Care should be When maintenance work is required on the
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation vehicle, information about the air bags and
and choking. Those with a history of a breath- related parts should be pointed out to the
ing condition should get fresh air promptly. person performing the maintenance. The igni-
tion switch should always be in the “LOCK”
position when working under the hood or
inside the vehicle.

(45,1)
2 Instruments and controls
Instrument panel ..........................................................................................

.... 2-2 Fog light switch (if equipped) .........................................................
.... 2-21
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model .......................................................
.... 2-2 Front fog lights (if equipped) .................................................
.... 2-21 >
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model ...................................................
.... 2-3 Rear fog light (if equipped) ......................................................
.... 2-22
Meters and gauges .....................................................................................
.... 2-4 Wiper and washer switch ...................................................................
.... 2-22
Vehicle information display (for Type B) ............................ .... 2-5 Windshield wiper and washer switch ............................. .... 2-22
Speedometer and odometer .......................................................
.... 2-5 Defogger switch (if equipped) ........................................................
.... 2-24
Trip computer ..........................................................................................
.... 2-7 Horn .....................................................................................................................
.... 2-24
Tachometer (if equipped) ...............................................................
.... 2-8 Windows ...........................................................................................................
.... 2-25
Engine coolant temperature gauge (for Type B) ........ .... 2-8 Manual windows (if equipped) .............................................. .... 2-25
Fuel gauge ..................................................................................................
.... 2-9 Power windows (if equipped) ................................................
.... 2-25
Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Clock ...................................................................................................................
.... 2-27
Transmission (CVT) position indicator Adjusting time ....................................................................................
.... 2-27
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 2-9 Power outlet (if equipped) .................................................................
.... 2-28
Gear shift indicator (if equipped) ...........................................
.... 2-10 Cigarette lighter (if equipped) ........................................................
.... 2-28
Instrument brightness control (for Type B) .................. .... 2-10 Storage ..............................................................................................................
.... 2-29
Warning lights, indicator lights and Glove box ...............................................................................................
.... 2-29
audible reminders .....................................................................................
.... 2-11
Card holder (if equipped) ..........................................................
.... 2-29
Checking lights ....................................................................................
.... 2-12
Cup holders ..........................................................................................
.... 2-29
Warning lights .......................................................................................
.... 2-12
Soft bottle holder ............................................................................
.... 2-30
Indicator lights .....................................................................................
.... 2-15
Sun visors ........................................................................................................
.... 2-30
Audible reminders .............................................................................
.... 2-18
Interior lights ................................................................................................
.... 2-30
Headlight and turn signal switch .................................................
.... 2-19
Map light (if equipped) / Room light ............................... .... 2-30
Headlight switch .................................................................................
.... 2-19
Rear reading lights (if equipped) ........................................ .... 2-31
Battery saver system (if equipped) ......................................
.... 2-20
Trunk light (if equipped) ............................................................
.... 2-31
Headlight aiming control (if equipped) ............................. .... 2-20
Turn signal switch .............................................................................
.... 2-21

(46,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-1F958390-6C8F-4C1F-8910-CE08A3E243F1
6. Wiper and washer switch
LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch
GUID-5C86CB03-22B0-4DF3-8C88-DBCB863DCD1C
8. Center ventilator
9. Passenger’s front-impact air bag
10. Side ventilator
11. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch*
12. Fuel-filler lid release handle
13. Hood lock release handle
15. Tilting steering wheel lock lever
16. Ignition switch/steering lock
17. Audio system*
18. Cup holder
19. Cigarette lighter*
20. Heater and air conditioner control
21. Rear window defogger switch
— USB connection port
— Auxiliary input jack
23. Glove box
*: if equipped
JVC0996X
1. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal 3. Steering wheel

switch — Electric power steering system
— Headlight — Horn
— Fog light* — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air
— Turn signal bag
2. Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (left 4. Meters and gauges
side) 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (right
— Audio control steering switch side)
— Hands-free phone system switch* — Cruise control switches*
2-2 Instruments and controls

(47,1)
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL bag

GUID-249512B7-807E-438A-94B2-065142865AA9
9. Headlight, fog light* and turn signal
switch or Wiper and washer switch
— Wiper and washer
— Headlight
— Fog light*
— Turn signal
10. Fuse box cover
11. Glove box
12. Audio system*
— USB connection port
— Auxiliary input jack
14. Heater and air conditioner control
15. Power outlet*
16. Cup holder
17. Rear window defogger switch*
18. Push-button ignition switch (model with
Intelligent Key system)
19. Tilting steering wheel lock lever
20. Idling stop OFF switch (for Hong Kong)
21. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent
Key system)/steering lock
22. Hood lock release handle
JVC1032X
23. Fuel-filler lid release handle
1. Side ventilator — Turn signal 24. Idling stop OFF switch* (for Thailand) or
2. Passenger’s front-impact air bag* 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls* Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
3. Center ventilator — Audio control steering switch (for Australia and Hong Kong)
4. Hazard indicator flasher switch — Hands-free phone system switch* 25. Headlight aiming control switch*
5. Wiper and washer switch or Headlight, fog 7. Meters and gauges 26. Outside rearview mirror control switch*
light* and turn signal switch 8. Steering wheel *: if equipped
— Wiper and washer — Electric power steering system
— Headlight — Horn
— Fog light* — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air
Instruments and controls 2-3

(48,1)
METERS AND GAUGES

GUID-907734FC-12DD-47F2-8AC5-A3DE1D56A157
JVC0541X
Type A
1. Tachometer* 7. Odometer/Twin trip odometer/Trip com-
2. Speedometer puter
3. Warning/indicator lights 8. Fuel gauge
4. Trip odometer reset switch/Trip compu- *: if equipped
ter mode switch The needle indicators may move slightly
5. Clock settings switch after the ignition switch is placed in the
6. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu- “OFF” or “LOCK” position. This is not a mal-
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi- function.
tion indicator*/Gear shift indicator (MT
models)*

(49,1)
“OFF” or “LOCK” position. This is not a mal-

function.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (for

Type B) GUID-4C2A94FC-C599-4034-9065-F83A94183241
JVI0180X
When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”

position, the vehicle information display shows
the following information.
. Odometer/twin trip odometer
. Trip computer
. Clock
. Outside air temperature (if equipped)
JVI0165X . Instrument brightness control display
Type B . Maintenance information (if equipped)
1. Tachometer 5. Speedometer
2. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Warning/indicator lights
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
GUID-A922885E-959F-4662-B3C0-896EEF5BDDD6
3. Vehicle information display 7. Instrument brightness control knob Speedometer

GUID-67581E68-5C70-473C-B8AE-F4FA2308A076
— Odometer/Twin trip odometer 8. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu- The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.
— Trip computer ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-
tion indicator*
— Clock
9. Trip odometer reset switch/Trip compu-
— Outside air temperature*
ter mode switch
— Instrument brightness control display
*: if equipped
4. Fuel gauge
The needle indicators may move slightly
after the ignition switch is placed in the

(50,1)
Odometer/Twin trip odometer

GUID-4EE9921B-8A6E-4E9A-8B7C-611F0EC62C0D
JVI0171X JVI0173X
Type A Type C
JVI0264X
The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed
Type A when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
The odometer displays the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer displays the distance
of individual trips.
Changing twin GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
trip odometer display:
Push the reset switch to change the display
as follows:
ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? Trip computer mode
JVI0172X
? ODO
Type B
JVI0791X For trip computer information, see “Trip com-
Type B puter” (P.2-7).
Resetting twin GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
trip odometer:
Push the reset switch for more than 1 second
to reset the trip odometer to zero.

(51,1)
TRIP COMPUTER settings mode (Type B) . When driving uphill or rounding curves,
GUID-112A0104-A2E2-4526-A029-F83A367F1514
the fuel in the tank shifts, which may
Current fuel GUID-0716F973-6A80-44EB-98C9-B19D4E40532D
consumption momentarily change the display.
The current fuel consumption mode shows the
current fuel consumption. Outside air temperature (if equipped
for Type B) GUID-1F5D3B98-0A21-4C77-9ABE-37BFAA94E41E
Average fuel consumption (l/100 km or The outside air temperature is displayed in °C .
km/l) GUID-D0600C67-9472-4ABF-B9A0-CEA0B7CCAA1E When the outside air temperature decreases to
The average fuel consumption mode shows 3 °C (37 °F) or lower, the outside air temperature
the average fuel consumption since the last display blinks to give a warning.
reset. Resetting is done by pushing the trip
The display will stop blinking after 1 minute or
computer mode switch for longer than 1
when the outside air temperature increases to
second.
JVI0265X 4°C (39°F) or above.
Type A The display is updated every 30 seconds. At
about the first 500 m (1/3 miles) after a reset, Clock settings mode (Type B)
GUID-6DA75A70-8A09-4385-9CB1-2C37EB8D7763
the display shows “---”. For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-27).
Distance to empty (dte — km)
GUID-CBB1BCDD-3623-4772-A7ED-B82E7159A26F Resetting displays
GUID-9A22C714-4885-436B-BB9A-5B716671193C
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you When the average fuel consumption or TRIP B
with an estimation of the distance that can be is displayed, push the trip computer mode
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly switch for longer than 3 seconds. The display
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel of average fuel consumption and trip odometer
in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consump- (TRIP B only) will be reset at the same time.
tion.
The display is updated every 30 seconds. Maintenance information (if equipped
JVI0174X The dte mode includes a low range warning for Type B) GUID-C72C2B26-BFFE-41A3-B205-EE96A0C477A1
Type B feature: when the fuel level is low, the dte mode
The switch for the trip computer is located on is automatically selected and the digits blink in
the meter panel . order to draw the driver’s attention. Push the
Trip computer appears on the display . trip computer mode switch to return to the
mode that was selected before the warning
When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” occurred.
position, the trip computer can be selected by
pushing the trip computer mode switch . When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
display will change to “----”.
Each time the trip computer mode switch is
pushed, the display will change as follows: . If the amount of fuel added is small, the
display just before the ignition switch is
ODO ? (TRIP A ? TRIP B) ? Current fuel turned off may continue to be displayed.
consumption ? Average fuel consumption ? JVI0536X
Distance to empty (dte — km)? Outside air
temperature (if equipped for Type B)? Clock When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”

(52,1)
position, maintenance information (the wrench TACHOMETER (if equipped) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GUID-F01CE1CD-E218-43A5-BB30-B5BEDEE6E743
symbol and distance to change a main- GAUGE (for GUID-A7B78993-7E79-4AFC-BDE0-E59D4D95BC83
Type B)
tenance item) comes on for about 5 seconds
and then turns off.
The wrench symbol appears when the set
distance comes for changing an item, such as
engine oil.
To set the distance to change an item:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-
tion.
Push the trip computer mode switch for
3 seconds while the wrench symbol JVI0175X
and maintenance information are dis-
Type A JVI0177X
played. The symbol and distance display
will start flashing and the display shows the The engine coolant temperature gauge
current interval. indicates the engine coolant temperature.
2. Push the switch to increase the interval The engine coolant temperature is normal
distance. when the gauge is within the zone shown
Each step increases the interval distance by in the illustration.
1,000 km (500 miles). The interval distance The engine coolant temperature will vary with
can be set up to 30,000 km (18,000 miles) the outside air temperature and driving condi-
after the display returns to 0 (zero). tions.
3. If no further action is made, the display
returns to the previous mode and the new CAUTION:
interval is set. JVI0176X
Type B . If the gauge indicates engine coolant
If the interval distance is set to 0, the display
The tachometer indicates the engine speed in temperature near the hot (H) end of the
will skip the maintenance information when
revolutions per minute (rpm). normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” posi-
decrease temperature.
tion. Do not rev the engine into the red zone .
. If the gauge is over the normal range,
stop the vehicle as soon as safely possi-
ble.
. If the engine is overheated, continued
operation of the vehicle may seriously
damage the engine. (See “If your vehicle
overheats” (P.6-11) for immediate action
required.)

(53,1)
FUEL GAUGEGUID-3B5182A9-CC28-468E-87BB-E2BF5A06BF4F Type B and Type C

GUID-5C242FE2-8E0E-4268-A6A1-52D788E162D6
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)/CON-
The arrow, , indicates that the fuel-filler lid is TINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION
located on the left side of the vehicle. (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR (if
equipped) GUID-BB579205-D15A-4DE2-9FE2-D071104AD638
CAUTION:
Refuel before the gauge reads 0 (empty).
There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when
the fuel gauge reads 0 (empty).
Type A GUID-1B0D3F48-2B52-4892-BB73-5E9E6AF19839
JVI0789X
Type B
JVC0031X
Type A
JVI0728X
Example
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel
level in the tank when the ignition switch is in JVI0178X
the “ON” position. Type C
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is
turning, accelerating, or going up and down JVI0179X
in the “ON” position.
hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. Type B
The gauge may move slightly during braking, The Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously
The low fuel warning light blinks when the
turning, accelerating, or going up and down Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator
fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as
hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. indicates the shift lever position when the
soon as it is convenient, preferably before the
gauge reads 0. Type C: The low fuel warning light illuminates ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
when the fuel level in the tank is getting low.
Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably
before the gauge reads 0.

(54,1)
GEAR SHIFTGUID-7C7862B4-C0E2-4BCE-9289-769D54248A88
INDICATOR (if equipped)
The indicator appears when upshifting or
downshifting is recommended. The up or down
arrow indicates the recommended shifting. See
“Gear shift indicator” (P.5-19).
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

(for Type B) GUID-F42EBC67-A714-4510-8DD2-549B9739B5E3
JVI0181X
The instrument brightness control operates

when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
Push the control knob to decrease the
brightness of the meter panel lights. The
brightness indicator will be shown briefly in
the display when the control knob is pushed.
If the brightness mode reaches the minimum
level, the next time the switch is pressed, the
brightness will return to the maximum level.
When the brightness level reaches the max-
imum or minimum, a beep will sound.

(55,1)
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR

LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-BAA97314-9A1C-4CC9-B3E6-8F876AC2D7D7
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn- Idling Stop System indicator light*
Seat belt warning light*
ing light*
Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)] warning Low temperature indicator light
Brake warning light (green)*
light*
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Charge warning light
air bag warning light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn- Overdrive off indicator light*
Door open warning light
ing light*
Water-in-fuel-filter warning light (die- Rear fog light indicator light*
Electric power steering warning light
sel engine model)
Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise control on indicator light* Security indicator light*
High temperature warning light (red)* Cruise control set indicator light* Small light indicator light*
Intelligent Key system warning light* Engine start operation indicator light* SPORT mode indicator light*
Low fuel warning light* Front fog lights indicator light* Turn signals/hazard indicator lights
Glow plug indicator light (diesel engine Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off in-
Low tire pressure warning light* dicator light*
model)
P position selecting warning light* High beam indicator light *: if equipped

(56,1)
CHECKING LIGHTS driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as

GUID-F937479D-33AA-4167-9E28-4A6211A42863 Brake warning light possible. Stop the engine and check the brake
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, GUID-5AB86BD3-FF13-4A3A-96DC-97A93020EE64
fluid level. If the brake fluid level is below the
fasten the seat belts and place the ignition
WARNING: minimum mark on the reservoir, add brake fluid
switch in the “ON” position without starting the
as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” (P.8-16).)
engine. The following lights (if equipped) will
. If the brake fluid level is below the If the brake fluid level is sufficient, have the
illuminate: , , , , .
minimum mark on the brake fluid reser- brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer
The following lights (if equipped) will illuminate voir, do not drive the vehicle until the promptly.
briefly and then turn off: , , , , brake system has been checked by a
. (red), (green), , , , . NISSAN dealer. Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning in-
If any light does not come on or operates in a . Even if you judge it to be safe, have your dicator (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
way other than described, it may indicate a vehicle towed because driving it could be When the parking brake is released and the
burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. dangerous. brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
Have the system checked, and if necessary warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
. Depressing the foot brake pedal without
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
the engine running and/or with a low
brake fluid level could increase the stop- the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
WARNING LIGHTS brake system checked, and if necessary re-
GUID-E0FF291B-185D-4A5A-AB17-1267283D18F4 ping distance and require greater pedal
travel distance and effort. paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See “Anti-
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” (P.2-
warning light (if equipped) The brake warning light indicates the parking 12).)
GUID-5BE9956F-572D-4251-97F3-EB1B3610C134 brake system operation, a low brake fluid level
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, of the brake system and an Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS) malfunction.
Charge warning light
the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning GUID-E94F9BD7-CE98-4064-9208-A955C7402B45
light illuminates and then turns off. This in- When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
Parking brake warning indicator:
dicates the ABS is operational. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B the charge warning light illuminates. After
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, starting the engine, the charge warning light
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
and the parking brake is applied, the brake turns off. This indicates the charging system is
engine is running, or while driving, it may
warning light illuminates. When the engine is operational.
indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
started and the parking brake is released, the
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the charge warning light illuminates while the
brake warning light turns off.
promptly. engine is running, or while driving, it may
If the parking brake is not fully released, the indicate the charging system is not functioning
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
brake warning light remains on. Be sure that properly and may need servicing.
function is turned off. The brake system then
the brake warning light has turned off before
operates normally, but without anti-lock assis- When the charge warning light illuminates
driving. (See “Parking brake” (P.3-24).)
tance. (See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)” while driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon
(P.5-32).) Low brake fluidGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
warning indicator: as possible. Stop the engine and check the
If the brake warning light illuminates while the alternator belt. If the alternator belt is loose,
engine is running, or while driving, and the broken or missing, the charging system needs
parking brake is released, it may indicate the repair. (See “Drive belts” (P.8-14).)
brake fluid level is low. If the alternator belt appears to be functioning
When the brake warning light illuminates while correctly but the charge warning light remains

(57,1)
illuminated, have the charging system checked . Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-
by a NISSAN dealer promptly. Engine oil pressure warning light ble.
GUID-8BD634C4-8D62-47F8-9B18-FB18B5067E7F
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, . If the vehicle is overheated, continuing
CAUTION: the engine oil pressure warning light illumi- vehicle operation may seriously damage
nates. After starting the engine, the engine oil the engine. (See “If your vehicle over-
Do not continue driving if the alternator belt
pressure warning light turns off. This indicates heats” (P.6-11) for the immediate action
is loose, broken or missing.
that the oil pressure sensors in the engine are required.)
operational.
Door open warning light If the engine oil pressure warning light illumi- Intelligent Key system warning
GUID-3B9FB7E3-A064-4CF4-A0E3-D03691F1419D
nates or blinks while the engine is running, it light (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, may indicate that the engine oil pressure is low. GUID-01F1323F-CB53-43E4-87E8-3A89786AE29E
the door open warning light illuminates if any
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”
of the doors are open or not closed securely.
Stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN position, this light comes on for about 2
dealer. seconds and then turns off.
Electric power steering warning This light illuminates or blinks as follows:
light CAUTION: . The light blinks in yellow when the door is
GUID-23DA4F88-2C00-4E7D-A28A-186AC475C1F8
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, . Running the engine with the engine oil closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
the electric power steering warning light illu- pressure warning light illuminated could the vehicle and the ignition switch in the
minates. After starting the engine, the electric cause serious damage to the engine. “ACC” or “ON” position. Make sure that the
power steering warning light turns off. This Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
indicates the electric power steering system is . The engine oil pressure warning light is . The light blinks in green when the Intelli-
operational. not designed to indicate a low oil level. gent Key battery is running out of power.
The oil level should be checked using the Replace the battery with a new one. See
If the electric power steering warning light dipstick. (See “Engine oil” (P.8-10).)
illuminates while the engine is running, it may “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23).
indicate the electric power steering system is . The light illuminates in yellow when it
not functioning properly and may need servi- High temperature warning light warns of a malfunction with the electrical
cing. Have the electric power steering system (red) (if equipped) steering lock system or the Intelligent Key
checked by a NISSAN dealer. GUID-DBEEB663-F200-45A0-9662-3B1D52EF599B system.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, If the warning light illuminates in yellow while
When the electric power steering warning light
the high temperature warning light illuminates the engine is stopped, it may be impossible to
illuminates with the engine running, the power
and then turns off. This indicates that the high free the steering lock or to start the engine. If
assist to the steering will cease operation but
temperature sensor in the engine coolant the light comes on while the engine is running,
you will still have control of the vehicle. At this
system is operational. you can drive the vehicle. However in these
time, greater steering efforts are required to
operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as
turns and at low speeds. CAUTION: soon as possible.
(See “Electric power steering system” (P.5-30).) . If the high temperature warning light
illuminates while the engine is running,
it may indicate the engine temperature is
extremely high.

(58,1)
For additional information, see “Tire Pressure hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Low fuel warning light (if Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4) and “Tire . Since the spare tire is not equipped with
equipped) Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-2). the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted
GUID-873D7089-BB17-4FF0-B9F7-84C05C607FE4
The low fuel warning light illuminates when the TPMS malfunction: or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
function and the low tire pressure warn-
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
soon as it is convenient, preferably before the ing light will flash for approximately 1
tire pressure warning light will flash for ap-
fuel gauge reaches the empty (0) position. minute. The light will remain on after the
proximately 1 minute when the ignition switch
There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining 1 minute. Contact your NISSAN dealer as
is placed in the “ON” position. The light will
in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the soon as possible for tire replacement
remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system
empty (0) position. and/or system resetting.
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
. Replacing tires with those not originally
For additional information, see “Tire Pressure
specified by NISSAN could affect the
Low tire pressure warning light (if Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).
proper operation of the TPMS.
equipped)
GUID-911CC0D6-C851-451A-9672-F938517E7E47 WARNING:
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, CAUTION:
the low tire pressure warning light illuminates . If the light does not illuminate with the
and then turns off. This indicates that the low ignition switch placed in the “ON” posi- . The TPMS is not a substitute for the
tire pressure warning system is operational. tion, have the vehicle checked by a regular tire pressure check. Be sure to
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. check the tire pressure regularly.
This light illuminates if there is low tire pressure
or a tire pressure warning system malfunction. . If the light illuminates while driving, avoid . If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of
sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt less than 25 km/h (16 MPH), the TPMS
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) may not operate correctly.
monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off
spare. the road to a safe location and stop the . Be sure to install the specified size of tires
vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with to all four wheels correctly.
Low tire pressure warning:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
under-inflated tires may permanently
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire damage the tires and increase the like-
pressure, the low tire pressure warning light lihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle P position selecting warning light
will illuminate. damage could occur and may lead to an (if equipped)
accident and could result in serious GUID-04F63909-FA92-40BE-8846-C2249425457D
When the low tire pressure warning light personal injury. Check the tire pressure The warning light blinks in red when the
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine
pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres- to the recommended COLD tire pressure with the shift lever in any position except the “P”
sure shown on the tire placard. The low tire shown on the tire placard to turn the low (Park) position.
pressure warning light does not automatically tire pressure warning light off. If the light If this warning appears, move the shift lever to
turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After still illuminates while driving after adjust- the “P” (Park) position or push the ignition
the tire is inflated to the recommended pres- ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or switch to the “ON” position.
sure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you
above 25 km/h (16 MPH) to activate the TPMS An inside warning chime will also sound.
have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire
and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).)
Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire tires are properly inflated, have the ve-
pressure.

(59,1)
If any of the following conditions occur, the SRS

Seat belt warning light (if air bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt Water-in-fuel-filter warning light
equipped) need servicing. Have the system checked, and if (diesel engine model)
GUID-905907A4-9945-4F2E-A6AA-336F37383C75 necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer GUID-35DEB554-AFA3-4216-B7C8-8701EBBAC83C
Type A: promptly. If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light illumi-
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
nates while the engine is running, drain the
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, . The SRS air bag warning light remains water from the fuel filter promptly. See “Fuel
the seat belt warning light illuminates. The light illuminated after about 7 seconds. filter (diesel engine model)” (P.8-13).
will continue to illuminate until the driver’s and/ . The SRS air bag warning light flashes
or the front passenger’s (if equipped) seat belt intermittently.
is fastened. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) CAUTION:
. The SRS air bag warning light does not
When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 illuminate at all. Continuing vehicle operation without prop-
MPH), the light will blink and the chime (if Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag erly draining could cause serious damage to
equipped) will sound unless the driver’s and/ system and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not the engine.
or the front passenger’s (if equipped) seat belt function properly. (See “Supplemental air bag
is securely fastened. The chime (if equipped) systems” (P.1-24).) INDICATOR LIGHTS
GUID-09B38E16-00AE-4261-814F-BFACCE95D422
will continue to sound for about 90 seconds
until the seat belt is fastened.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Cruise control on indicator light (if
Type B: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B warning light (if equipped) equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, GUID-C5AC2AFB-ADC4-4DCD-A019-8C3615F2531A GUID-F906E126-A9AA-4440-837C-402EFD06A1BE
the seat belt warning light illuminates. The light When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, The cruise control on indicator light indicates
will continue to illuminate until the driver’s seat the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning the activation of the cruise control system.
belt is fastened. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) light illuminates and then turns off. This in- When the cruise control main switch is turned
dicates the VDC system is operational. on, the indicator light will illuminate, indicating
The warning light blinks when the VDC system the cruise control system is in the standby
Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)] warn- mode. (See “Cruise control” (P.5-25).)
is operating.
ing light (if equipped)
GUID-B1868479-D35C-4C22-852F-996F8E9FD7D9 When the warning light blinks while driving, the
This light blinks when the vehicle speed goes driving condition is slippery and the vehicle’s Cruise control set indicator light
over approximately 120 km/h (75 MPH). Be sure traction limit is about to be exceeded. (if equipped)
to observe the speed limit in the area where If the warning light illuminates when the GUID-AE30D47C-A156-4819-B6CF-957B6EB08D16
you are driving. ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, it The cruise control set indicator light indicates
may indicate that the VDC system is not the status of the cruise control system.
Supplemental Restraint System functioning properly and may need servicing. When the vehicle speed is controlled by the
(SRS) air bag warning light Have the system checked, and if necessary cruise control system, the indicator light illumi-
GUID-F6A2270F-8C94-4E75-A8E8-C6AC3FE6063F repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. nates.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC If the cruise control set indicator light blinks
the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air system function will be cancelled but the while the engine is running, or while driving, it
bag warning light illuminates for about 7 vehicle is still driveable. (See “Vehicle Dynamic may indicate the cruise control system is not
seconds and then turns off. This indicates that Control (VDC) system” (P.5-24).) functioning properly and may need servicing.
the SRS air bag system is operational. Have the system checked, and if necessary

(60,1)
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See

“Cruise control” (P.5-25).) High beam indicator light Idling Stop System indicator light
GUID-3DDEAD02-756A-4757-9483-78381AEB1179
The high beam indicator light illuminates when
(for Hong Kong)
GUID-0DB2F03D-575D-4A77-BB80-B3F42F946FD3
Engine start operation indicator the headlight high beam is “ON”. The indicator The Idling Stop System indicator light illumi-
light (if equipped) turns off when the low beam is selected. (See nates in the meter when the Idling Stop System
GUID-2D3757AC-781B-442B-87A1-5752C0E7B5AD “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-19).) is activated or is in the ready state.
This light appears when the shift lever is in the
“P” (Park) position (Automatic Transmission/ The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at
Continuously Variable Transmission model) or Idling Stop System indicator light a high speed when the engine hood is open.
“N” (Neutral) position (Manual Transmission (if equipped for Thailand) The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at
GUID-DCC70FD7-684A-4AB1-9D08-70586A580398
model). This light means that the engine will a low speed, when the Idling Stop System is
The Idling Stop System indicator light illumi-
start by pushing the ignition switch with the malfunctioning.
nates in the meter when the Idling Stop System
brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal
is activated. NOTE:
(MT model) depressed. You can start the engine
directly in any position. The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at . When the Idling Stop System indicator
a high speed, when the driver’s door or the light blinks at a high speed (twice ap-
engine hood is open. proximately every one second), be sure to
Front fog lights indicator light (if check if the engine hood is open. When
The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at
equipped) a low speed, when the Idling Stop System is
the engine hood is opened the engine will
GUID-43717DE8-BA4C-4479-8130-BBC0676CD8A0 be in the normal stopped state. In this
The front fog lights indicator light illuminates malfunctioning.
case, restart the engine with the ignition
when the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog light switch.
NOTE:
switch” (P.2-21).)
. When the Idling Stop System indicator . When the Idling Stop System indicator
light blinks at a high speed (twice ap- light blinks at a low speed (once approxi-
Glow plug indicator light (diesel proximately every one second): mately every two seconds), have the
engine model) — Be sure to check if the driver’s door is system checked, and if necessary re-
GUID-869DF67E-36E6-4BB1-AB60-CC7935E3452D open. paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, . Even if the Idling Stop System indicator
— Be sure to check if the engine hood is
the glow plug indicator light illuminates and light illuminates before stopping your
open. When the engine hood is opened
turns off after the glow plugs have warmed up. vehicle, the Idling Stop System may not
the engine will be in the normal
If the glow plugs have already warmed up, the activate when you are driving on an uphill
stopped state. In this case, restart the
glow plug indicator flashes briefly and then or downhill grade, or when the steering
engine with the ignition switch.
turns off. wheel is operated, etc.
. When the Idling Stop System indicator
light blinks at a low speed (once approxi-
mately every two seconds), have the
system checked, and if necessary re-
paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

(61,1)
the engine control system is not functioning

Low temperature indicator light properly and may need servicing. Have the Rear fog light indicator light (if
(green) (if equipped) system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a equipped)
GUID-FAEE3A22-2F45-4A6D-9989-33932E0D3C7A NISSAN dealer promptly. GUID-1F5B6DAC-A658-4B14-B687-F0DFE761CFD6
The low temperature indicator light illuminates The rear fog light indicator light illuminates
when the engine coolant temperature is low. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on steady:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B when the rear fog light is on. (See “Fog light
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, An engine control system malfunction has switch” (P.2-21).)
the low temperature indicator light illuminates been detected. Have the vehicle checked, and
and then turns off after the engine coolant has if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer Security indicator light (if
warmed up. promptly. You do not need to have your vehicle
towed to the dealer. equipped)
If the low temperature indicator light stays GUID-6737FA7E-C7CA-4C05-981E-34875BDC66B2
illuminated after the engine has sufficiently Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) blinking (if The security indicator light blinks when the
warmed up, it may indicate the low tempera- equipped): ignition switch is in the “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC”
ture sensor in the engine coolant system is not
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B position. This function indicates the security
An engine misfire has been detected which system equipped on the vehicle is operational.
functioning properly and may need servicing. may damage the engine control system. Have
Have the system checked, and if necessary the vehicle checked, and if necessary repaired, If the security system is malfunctioning, this
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. by a NISSAN dealer promptly. light will remain on while the ignition switch is
in the “ON” position. (See “Security system” (P.3-
Precautions: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 17) for additional information.)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
GUID-4108685A-575B-4FCF-86A5-54D1CB89594F To reduce or avoid possible damage to the
engine control system when the MIL illumi- Small light indicator light (if
CAUTION: nates or blinks:
equipped)
. Continuing vehicle operation without . Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 GUID-E36ED1F8-2782-4AFF-AD7F-C0EE4329B180
proper servicing of the engine control MPH). The small light indicator light illuminates when
system could lead to poor driveability, . Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration. the front clearance lights, instrument panel
reduced fuel economy, and damage to lights, rear combination lights and license plate
. Avoid going up steep uphill grades.
the engine control system, which may lights are on. The indicator light turns off when
. Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary these lights are turned off.
affect the vehicle’s warranty coverage.
loads.
. Incorrect setting of the engine control
system may lead to non-compliance of SPORT mode indicator light (if
local and national emission laws and Overdrive off indicator light (if equipped)
regulations. equipped) GUID-9070A2CE-6F32-4BE0-9D0D-9B5378CDB880
GUID-244C5345-FDDA-4C33-833A-648148B24D5F When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the SPORT mode indicator light illuminates and
the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illumi- the overdrive off indicator light illuminates and then turns off.
nates. After starting the engine, the MIL turns then turns off.
The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates
off. This indicates that the engine control The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the SPORT mode is turned “ON”. (See
system is operational. when the overdrive is turned OFF. (See “Driving “Driving with Continuously Variable Transmis-
If the MIL illuminates or blinks (if equipped) with Automatic Transmission (AT)” (P.5-13) for sion (CVT)” (P.5-16) for the use of the SPORT
while the engine is running, it may indicate that the use of the overdrive off switch.) mode switch.)

(62,1)
Key reminder chime Parking brake reminder chime

Turn signals/hazard indicator GUID-B0650CF7-195A-446D-B67C-5A71CDF5E373 GUID-B80A3D8C-224E-48DA-A89C-D15FFA961236
The key reminder chime will sound if any of the The parking brake reminder chime will sound if
lights following operations are detected: the vehicle is driven at speeds more than 7
GUID-0C08F9BE-1259-4C32-A5CE-565955DD4D37
The turn signals/hazard indicator lights blink Model with Intelligent Key system: km/h (4 MPH) with the parking brake applied.
when the turn signal switch lever or hazard Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
. The driver’s door is opened while the
indicator flasher switch is “ON”. (See “Headlight
and turn signal switch” (P.2-19) or “Hazard
ignition switch is in the “ACC” position. Seat belt warning chime (if equipped)
GUID-B99FE89D-3C9F-4A4C-AB65-E1DD2FF63913
indicator flasher switch” (P.6-2).) Model without Intelligent Key system: When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10
. The driver’s door is opened while the key is MPH), the chime will sound unless the driver’s
left in the ignition switch and the ignition and/or the front passenger’s (if equipped) seat
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” belt is securely fastened. The chime will con-
indicator light (if equipped) position (Type A). tinue to sound for about 90 seconds until the
GUID-25535B06-DD4B-40D0-A31A-92B5F12BA576
. The driver’s door is locked with the power seat belt is fastened.
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator door lock switch with the door open while
the key is left in the ignition switch and the Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (if
light illuminates and then turns off.
ignition switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or equipped for GUID-6F29B31F-BD3F-4055-9001-73813E632261
Thailand)
The VDC off indicator light illuminates when the “LOCK” position (Type B). The Idling Stop System reminder buzzer will
VDC off switch is pushed to the “OFF” position.
Be sure that the ignition switch is switched to sound if the driver’s door or the engine hood is
When the VDC off switch is pushed to the “OFF” the “LOCK” position when the door is opened, opened while the Idling Stop System is acti-
position, the VDC system is turned off. (See and carry the Intelligent Key with you when vated.
“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- leaving the vehicle.
24).) Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (for
For the Intelligent Key system, an inside or
outside chime will sound under some condi- Hong Kong)GUID-20B34648-74B3-43D5-AEE0-7A72FE54F044
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-25FC9D17-6455-4813-AF47-458687DA2DE8
tions. When a chime sounds, be sure to check The Idling Stop System reminder buzzer will
Brake pad wear warning
GUID-42101CDF-43F6-4D32-B9D2-ACD007C7F0D4
both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. (See sound if the engine hood is opened while the
The disc brake pads have audible wear warn- “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).) Idling Stop System is activated.
ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it Reverse reminder chime (if equipped)
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
Light reminder chime
GUID-28B837DE-A230-45E3-9A43-5D64A24A7C76 GUID-3902358A-0734-4C39-8B69-1037E7FAF766
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound The light reminder chime will sound if the The chime will sound inside the vehicle to
will first occur only when the brake pedal is driver’s door is opened while the headlight remind the driver if the shift lever is in the “R”
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, switch is in the or position and the (Reverse) position while the ignition switch is in
the sound will always be heard even if the ignition switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” the “ON” position. This is not a chime to remind
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes position. people outside the vehicle.
checked as soon as possible if the wear Be sure to turn the light switch to the “OFF”
warning sound is heard. position when you leave the vehicle.
Have the system checked, and if necessary
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See
“Brakes” (P.8-15).)

(63,1)
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

GUID-6CE214B9-19DE-4159-84D8-2460178800A4
Speed warning chime (for India)
GUID-39793345-503E-4811-A7D2-787A5B959A85 HEADLIGHT SWITCH position GUID-15242FF5-B58E-467A-A6D4-12842D922048
GUID-2E6B824B-C09F-4F4C-A942-556DF911636C
Primary warning: The position turns on the headlights in
When vehicle speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 MPH), addition to the other lights.
a chime will sound intermittently until the
driver reduces the speed to less than 80
Headlight beam
GUID-FF3A6707-E274-4312-8981-40177FA61E39
km/h (50 MPH).
Secondary warning:
When vehicle speed exceeds 120 km/h (75
MPH), a chime will sound continuously until
the driver reduces the speed to less than 120
km/h (75 MPH), after which it will switch to the
primary warning.
JVI0370X
Type A
JVI0371X
Type A
JVI0343X
Type B
NISSAN recommends that you consult the local
regulations concerning the use of lights.
JVI0344X
positionGUID-7647D991-88A6-4CB7-AA85-C2350DF02974 Type B
The position turns on the front clearance To turn on the high beam, push the lever
lights, instrument panel lights, rear combina- towards the front position .
tion lights and other lights. To turn off the high beam, return the lever to
the neutral position .
To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards
the rearmost position . The headlights can be
flashed even when the headlights are not on.
When the lever is pulled towards the rearmost

(64,1)
position after the ignition switch is placed in Type B in the vehicle changes, the headlight axis may
GUID-F113CC49-0989-4DA0-B376-FD9597F8B3E4
the “OFF” or “LOCK” position, the headlight will become higher than normal.
If the doors are closed and locked with the
turn on and stay on for 30 seconds. The lever If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road, the
remote controller, the Intelligent Key or the
can be pulled 4 times for up to 2 minutes (if headlights may directly shine on the rearview
door request switch (if equipped) while the
equipped). and outside mirrors of a vehicle ahead or the
headlight switch is in either the or
position, the battery saver function will turn off windshield of an oncoming vehicle, which may
Daytime running light system (if obscure other drivers’ vision.
the lights to prevent the battery from being
equipped) GUID-B4C6E4FB-36B4-4E00-8D30-1385A7D57F85 discharged. The lights will turn on when the To adjust to the proper aiming height, turn the
The daytime running lights will come on after doors are being opened. switch accordingly. The higher the number
starting the engine. designated on the switch, the lower the head-
When the light switch is turned to the CAUTION: light axis.
position, the daytime running lights will turn off. For Hong Kong:
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM (if equipped)
GUID-0FAA45A8-83CB-4312-9D07-3B9EAF123306
not running for extended periods of time to Select the switch position by referring to the
prevent the battery from being discharged. following samples.
The light reminder chime will sound if the
driver’s door is opened while the following Number Number
improper operations are found: HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL (if Switch Weight of load
of front of rear in luggage
. The headlight switch is in either the or equipped) GUID-F6B313F5-3338-4533-ADF9-2EB54D27B875 posi-
seat oc- seat oc-
tion compartment
position, and the ignition switch in the cupants cupants
“ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position. No oc-
Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the 0 1 or 2 No load
cupants
“OFF” position when you leave the vehicle.
1 2 3 No load
Type A Approximately
GUID-A80A0396-DEF2-4959-B77B-6E7726AE7AE8 2 2 3 85 kg (187 lb)
When the headlight switch is in the or
position while the engine is running, the lights No oc- Approximately
will automatically turn off after placing the 3 1 301 kg (664 lb)
cupants
ignition switch in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK”
position and opening the driver’s side door. For the Middle East:
When the headlight switch remains in either SIC2275 Select the switch position by referring to the
the or position after the lights following samples.
The headlight aiming control operates when
automatically turn off, the lights will turn on
the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and
when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”
the headlight is on to allow the headlight axis
position or the engine is started.
to be adjusted according to the driving condi-
tion.
When driving with no heavy load/luggage or
driving on a flat road, select the normal position
“0”.
If the number of occupants and load/luggage

(65,1)
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if equipped)

GUID-FE79A320-47DF-4BDB-966F-1094CB387D99
Number Number
Switch
of front of rear
Weight of load FRONT FOG GUID-A395DC1B-CCDC-453E-970E-5625857EB212
LIGHTS (if equipped)
posi- in luggage
seat oc- seat oc- compartment
tion
cupants cupants
No oc- No load
0 1 or 2
cupants
1 2 3 No load
Approximately
1 2 3 24 kg (53 lb)*1
Approximately
2 2 3 65 kg (143 lb)*2 JVI0345X
Type B
No oc- Approximately
3 1 258 kg (569 lb) SIC3811
cupants CAUTION: Type A
*1: For mid grade models The turn signal switch will not be cancelled
*2: Except for mid grade models automatically if the steering wheel turning
angle does not exceed the preset amount.
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
GUID-4ADE663B-AD64-4741-B0F4-B89959A0DD95 After the turn or lane change, make sure that
the turn signal switch is returned to its
original position.
Turn signalGUID-2A2EA500-A3AA-499B-8E53-BC04AC2D4B00
To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up
or down towards the desired direction.
When the turn is completed, the turn signal
SIC3813
cancels automatically.
Type B
Lane change signal To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog light
GUID-DB1475AD-64F8-4B52-93BF-FCFFF5FE8D8B
switch to the position with the headlight
To turn on the lane change signals, move the
JVI0372X switch in the or position.
lever up or down towards the desired
Type A direction. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light
switch to the “OFF” position.
To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the
opposite direction.
If the lever is moved back right after moving up
or down , the light will flash 3 times (if
equipped).

(66,1)
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

GUID-78CEE670-06F4-4BD5-9E81-EFC68202A59F
REAR FOG LIGHT (if equipped) turns off.
GUID-2994023E-9B4D-46E6-A5A5-8285353A8CEC WARNING:
To turn off both the front and rear fog lights,
turn the fog light switch to the “OFF” position. In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid
For Type B: To turn on the rear fog light, turn may freeze on the windshield and obscure
the headlight switch to the position, then your vision. Warm the windshield with the
turn the fog light switch to the position. defogger before you wash the windshield.
The switch returns to the “OFF” position auto-
matically, and the rear fog light will illuminate. CAUTION:
Make sure the indicator light on the
instrument panel illuminates. . Do not operate the washer continuously
To turn off the rear fog light, turn the fog light for longer than 30 seconds.
switch to the position again. Make sure the . Do not operate the washer if the window
SIC3812 indicator light on the instrument panel washer fluid reservoir is empty.
Type A (front and rear fog lights) turns off. . If the wiper operation is interrupted by
snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving
to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn
the wiper switch to the “OFF” position and
remove the snow or ice on and around
the wiper arms. In approximately 1 min-
ute, turn the switch on again to operate
the wiper.
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH GUID-5CA3AD80-E072-4B97-943D-CF6B722C6853
The windshield wiper and washer operate
SIC4066
Type B (rear fog light)
The rear fog light should be used only when
visibility is seriously reduced. [Generally, to less
than 100 m (328 ft)]
For Type A: To turn on the rear fog light, turn
the fog light switch to the position. The
switch returns to the position automati-
cally, and the rear fog light will illuminate with
the front fog lights. Make sure the indica-
tor light on the instrument panel illuminates.
To turn off the rear fog light, turn the fog light
switch to the position again. Make sure the
indicator light on the instrument panel

(67,1)
Wiper operation low speed. low speed.

GUID-D1A8F556-AA65-44A7-B0AC-0CF3008D7E30
Type A and Type B: The lever position “HI” operates the wiper at The lever position “HI” operates the wiper at
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B high speed. high speed.
To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up
to the “OFF” position. to the “OFF” position.
The lever position “MIST” operates the wiper The lever position “MIST” operates the wiper
one sweep. The lever automatically returns to one sweep. The lever automatically returns to
its original position. its original position.
Type C and Type D:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Washer operation
GUID-AC0D5C6D-91CC-4578-BC19-51AEC13399E2
To operate the washer, pull the lever toward
the back of the vehicle until the desired
amount of washer fluid is spread on the wind-
SIC3922 shield. The wiper will automatically operate
several times.
Type A
JVI0349X
Type C
SIC3926
Type B
The lever position “INT” operates the wiper
intermittently.
. The intermittent operation can be adjusted
by turning the adjustment control knob,
(longer) or (shorter) .
. The intermittent operation speed varies in JVI0026X
accordance with the vehicle speed. (For Type D
example, when the vehicle speed is high, The lever position “INT” operates the wiper
the intermittent operation speed will be intermittently.
faster.)
The lever position “LO” operates the wiper at
The lever position “LO” operates the wiper at

(68,1)
DEFOGGER SWITCH (if equipped) HORN

GUID-B393BDEA-8F6E-4372-81E4-AE63BFD3945D GUID-B2FF5DD3-CD6B-4EA8-A885-A186CC9CFD4F
CAUTION:
. When operating the defogger continu-
ously, be sure to start the engine. Other-
wise, it may cause the battery to
discharge.
. When cleaning the inner side of the
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the electrical conductors on the
surface of the window.
SIC4127 SIC4434
Type A Type A
SIC4145 JVI1008X
Type B Type B
The rear window defogger switch operates
The defogger is used to reduce the moisture,
fog or frost on the rear window surface to
improve the rear view.
When the defogger switch is pushed, the
indicator light illuminates and the defogger
operates for approximately 15 minutes. After
the preset time has passed, the defogger will
turn off automatically.
To turn off the defogger manually, push the
defogger switch again.

(69,1)
WINDOWS
GUID-FBA7CD71-3B24-4A68-86F1-856C726917D8
window switch.
MANUAL WINDOWS (if equipped)
GUID-A68B64ED-1401-4D7B-B442-A1A8CA4C62DA To close a window, pull up the power window
switch.
Driver’s window switch

GUID-61797734-5E0A-48F1-ABDF-79E42088B189
JVI0442X
Type C
SIC4435
The side windows can be opened or closed

by turning the hand crank on each door.
SIC3815
POWER WINDOWS (if equipped)
GUID-0425354A-A743-48F4-A2DE-EF938744F47B The driver’s switch, which is the main switch,
can control all windows.
WARNING:
Locking passengers’ windows:
. Make sure that all passengers have their GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
hands, etc. inside the vehicle before When the lock button is pushed in, the
operating the power windows. passengers’ windows cannot be operated.
JVI1531X
. To help avoid risk of injury or death To cancel the passengers’ windows lock, push
Type D through unintended operation of the the lock button again.
The horn switch operates regardless of the vehicle and or its systems, including
ignition switch position except when the bat- entrapment in windows or inadvertent
Passenger’s GUID-879E902B-8E84-46FE-B067-9F3C3196E063
window switch
tery is discharged. door lock activation, do not leave chil-
When the horn switch is pushed and held, the dren, people who require the assistance
horn will sound. Releasing the horn switch will of others or pets unattended in your
cease the horn sound. vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
quickly become high enough to cause a
significant risk of injury or death to
people and pets.
The power windows operate when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
To open a window, push down the power SIC2311

(70,1)
The passenger’s switch can control its corre- Auto-reverse function (if equipped): 4. Check if the power window functions
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
sponding window. operate properly.
When the passenger’s windows lock button on WARNING: If you open or close the power window
the driver’s switch is pushed in, the passenger’s continuously, it may cause the power window
There is a small distance just before the
switch cannot be operated. not to operate properly. Perform the above
closed position which cannot be detected.
procedure.
Automatic function Make sure that all passengers have their
GUID-59DEB010-99BC-4D3C-AA84-8DCBB2545293 hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing If the power window functions do not operate
the windows. properly after performing the above procedure,
repeat the steps. See a NISSAN dealer, if
The auto-reverse function enables a window to necessary, for checking the power window
automatically reverse when something is system.
caught in the window as it is closing by the
automatic function. When the control unit
detects an obstacle, the window will be low-
ered immediately.
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto-reverse function may
activate if an impact or load similar to some-
SIC3509 thing being caught in the window occurs.
Automatic function is available for the switch When power window switch does not
that has an mark on its surface. operate GUID-955BEF18-311C-4AF0-8E6C-BE60F57D555F
The automatic function enables a window to Some power window functions (automatic
fully open or close (if equipped) without holding close function, auto-reverse function) will not
the switch down or up. operate as described after the battery cable is
To fully open the window, push the power disconnected and the electrical supply is inter-
window switch down to the second detent and rupted. Perform the following procedure to
release the switch. To fully close (if equipped) initialize the power window functions.
the window, pull the power window switch up 1. Start the engine.
to the second detent and release the switch.
The switch does not have to be held during 2. If the driver’s window is closed, open it
window operation. completely by operating the driver’s win-
dow switch.
To stop the window open/close operation
during the automatic function, push down or 3. After starting the engine, pull up and hold
pull up the switch in opposite directions. the driver’s window switch to close the
driver’s window. Hold the switch for ap-
proximately 3 seconds after the window
has been fully closed, and then release it.

(71,1)
CLOCK
GUID-660FF281-6C8B-4DF2-AF40-962E6417D2CD
If the battery cable is disconnected, the clock 4. Push the clock settings switch to adjust 3. Push the clock settings switch to adjust
will be reset and the correct time will not be the minutes. the hour. To advance the time, hold down
indicated. Readjust the time. To advance the time, hold down the switch the switch .
For the clock adjustment in the audio unit see . 4. Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the
“Audio system” (P.4-13). Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the minute display to flash.
ADJUSTING TIME second display “:” to flash. 5. Push the clock settings switch to adjust
GUID-D0AE35B7-5D04-459E-8287-66DD94138341
5. Push the clock settings switch to reset the minutes. To advance the time, hold
Type A the second counter. down the switch . Wait at least 3 seconds
GUID-077570E3-FA3C-4C93-ACF4-58B57E807FD2
or 5 seconds for the second display “:” to
The selected values will be stored if no user flash.
input is detected for 60 seconds, or can be
reset by using the clock settings switch . 6. Push the clock settings switch to reset
the second counter.
Type B GUID-63AA03EA-DB36-419B-87C0-B60A2574B78D
JVI0730X
Example
The digital clock in the meter displays the
time when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position.
To display the clock, push the clock settings JVI0186X
switch . To adjust the time, perform the
following procedure. The digital clock in the meter displays the
time when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
1. Push the clock settings switch for more position. To adjust the time, perform the
than 1.5 seconds or 3 seconds to enter following procedure:
clock adjusting mode.
1. If the trip computer mode switch is
The hours display will start to flash. pushed while the distance to empty or
2. Push the clock settings switch to adjust outside air temperature (if equipped) is
the hour. displayed, the clock display will blink.
To advance the time, hold down the switch 2. Push the clock settings switch for more
. than 1.5 seconds or 3 seconds. The hours
3. Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the display will start to flash.
minute display to flash.

(72,1)
POWER OUTLET (if equipped) CIGARETTE LIGHTER (if equipped)

GUID-B787B9C4-9391-4868-B834-53E7E1F541DB GUID-19B838DA-5C38-4979-8B62-84D4D2D8ED77
. Use power outlet with the engine running
to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.
. Avoid using power outlet when the air
conditioner, headlights or rear window
defogger is on.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,
be sure to turn off the power switch of
electrical accessory being used and the
ignition switch.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good
JVI1000X contact is not made, the plug may over- JVI0260X
heat or the internal temperature fuse
Type A
may open.
. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. WARNING:
. When not in use, be sure to close the cap. The cigarette lighter should not be used
while driving so that full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.
CAUTION:
. The cigarette lighter socket is a power
source for the cigarette lighter element
only. The use of the cigarette lighter
JVI1001X socket as a power source for any other
Type B accessory is not recommended.
The power outlet is for powering electrical . Do not use any other power outlet for an
accessories such as cellular telephone. accessory lighter.
CAUTION: The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-

tion switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. To
. The outlet and plug may be hot during or heat the cigarette lighter, push it in until it
immediately after use. latches. When the lighter is heated, it will spring
. This power outlet is not designed for use out automatically.
with a cigarette lighter unit. Return the cigarette lighter to its original
. Do not use with accessories that exceed a position after use.
12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not
use double adapters or more than one
electrical accessory.

(73,1)
STORAGE
GUID-06B59626-1E6A-42AC-AB4D-575DE0F40B40
Slide a card in the card holder .
WARNING:
. The storages should not be used while
CUP HOLDERS
GUID-19691200-1B1F-4D2D-9506-5179C614CF6C
driving so full attention may be given to
vehicle operation. CAUTION:
. Keep the storage lids closed while driving Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially
to help prevent injury in an accident or a when the cup holder is being used to prevent
sudden stop. spilling the contents. If the contents are hot,
they could scald you or your passengers.
GLOVE BOX GUID-589D5762-590C-485B-BF53-8171BB7A9152
Front GUID-B7EEB801-7286-4FDD-881F-D3CA671C7C54 JVI0347X
Rear of center console (Type B)
Rear (if equipped)

GUID-DE59E54B-5B33-4230-8975-AFE8F9A65C8D
JVI0187X
JVI0168X
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
Front of center console
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
JVI0193X
CARD HOLDER (if equipped)
GUID-AE1089FF-BCD6-4FEC-B235-150064202C06
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.
SIC4409
Rear of center console (Type A)
JVI0188X

(74,1)
SUN VISORS INTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-CC4906A6-2759-4E26-B758-AA8982212CA4 GUID-08B7A8D3-8B72-49E3-8FDA-30A428F63828
SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER
GUID-65326B42-670C-4D99-9F1B-97D68EF1592D CAUTION:
. Do not leave the light switch on when the
engine is not running for extended peri-
ods of time to prevent the battery from
being discharged.
. Turn off the lights when you leave the
vehicle.
MAP LIGHT (if equipped) / ROOM LIGHT

GUID-260A14C1-F9AD-4CE5-A510-9CAB64FAA04D
JVI0189X
CAUTION:
. Do not use bottle holder for any other
objects that could be thrown about in the
vehicle and possibly injure people during
sudden braking or an accident.
. Do not use bottle holder for open liquid
containers. JVI0190X
The map light (if equipped) or room light

control switch has three positions: ON , OFF
SIC2872
and center .
1. To block out glare from the front, swing ON position GUID-F4866831-16DD-4A40-A882-B279A93C8FC1
down the sun visor .
When the switch is in the ON position , the
2. To block glare from the side, remove the map light (if equipped) or room light will
sun visor from the center mount and swing illuminate.
it to the side .

(75,1)
OFF positionGUID-39B97031-E67C-4B4F-8B8E-866760E3C6D9 Battery saver system

GUID-4C305DD2-959A-4745-9897-0B7530A4EAD0
TRUNK LIGHT (if equipped)
GUID-236C7943-D48E-45DD-BB20-4986E18DB755
When the switch is in the OFF position , the If any door is left open for a period of time with The trunk light illuminates when the trunk lid is
map light (if equipped) or room light will not the map light (if equipped) or room light switch opened. When the trunk is closed, the light will
illuminate, regardless of the condition. placed horizontally or the map light (if turn off.
equipped) or room light switch in the center
Center position
GUID-BDF74C0C-FA58-4DEE-9D5F-DEC6B95AC1B1 position , the map light (if equipped) or room
When the switch is in the center position , the light will automatically turn off.
map light (if equipped) or room light will
illuminate under the following conditions: REAR READING LIGHTS (if equipped)
GUID-8C47AAE6-C12C-4756-AF19-CD1685E9491A
. ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-

tion (models with Intelligent Key system)
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. the key is removed from the ignition switch
(models without Intelligent Key system)
. doors are unlocked by pushing the “UN-
LOCK” button (on the remote controller
or Intelligent Key) or the request switch
(models with Intelligent Key system), with
the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position JVI1040X
. any door is opened and then closed with The rear reading light has a three-position
the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position switch.
and without the key in the ignition switch : OFF
(models without Intelligent Key system) : NEUTRAL
: ON
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the “ACC” or “ON” position When the rear reading light switch is in the “ON”
position , the rear reading lights illuminate,
— remain on while the door is opened. regardless of any condition.
When the door is closed, the lights turn
off. When the switch is in the position or , the
rear reading lights do not illuminate, regardless
of any condition.

(76,1)
MEMO

(77,1)
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys .........................................................................................................................
.... 3-2 Security system (if equipped) ..........................................................
.... 3-17
Key (if equipped) ....................................................................................
.... 3-2 Theft warning system (if equipped) ................................. .... 3-17
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) key NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) ...................................... .... 3-17
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 3-3 Hood ....................................................................................................................
.... 3-18
Intelligent Key (if equipped) ..........................................................
.... 3-3 Opening hood ....................................................................................
.... 3-19
Doors ......................................................................................................................
.... 3-5 Closing hood .......................................................................................
.... 3-19
Locking with key ....................................................................................
.... 3-5 Trunk lid ...........................................................................................................
.... 3-19
Locking with inside lock knob ....................................................
.... 3-5 Opening trunk lid (if equipped) ............................................
.... 3-20
Locking with power door lock switch (if equipped) ..... .... 3-6 Trunk button on remote controller
Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism (if equipped) .........................................................................................
.... 3-20
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 3-6 Trunk button on intelligent key (if equipped) .......... .... 3-20
Auto door lock releasing mechanism (if equipped) ..... .... 3-6 Trunk open request switch (if equipped) .................... .... 3-20
Impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism Key operation (if equipped) .....................................................
.... 3-20
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 3-6 Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................
.... 3-20
Child safety rear door lock ............................................................
.... 3-6 Opening fuel-filler lid ....................................................................
.... 3-20
Remote keyless entry system (if equipped) ............................ .... 3-7 Fuel-filler cap ......................................................................................
.... 3-21
Using remote keyless entry system ....................................... .... 3-7 Steering wheel ............................................................................................
.... 3-21
Intelligent Key system (if equipped) ..............................................
.... 3-8 Mirrors ................................................................................................................
.... 3-21
Operating range .................................................................................
.... 3-10 Inside rearview mirror .................................................................
.... 3-21
Using Intelligent Key system .....................................................
.... 3-10 Outside rearview mirrors ..........................................................
.... 3-22
Battery saver system ......................................................................
.... 3-12 Vanity mirror (if equipped) .......................................................
.... 3-23
Warning and audible reminders ............................................. .... 3-12 Parking brake ...............................................................................................
.... 3-24
Troubleshooting guide ..................................................................
.... 3-13 Lever type ..............................................................................................
.... 3-24
Using remote keyless entry system .................................... .... 3-15
Hazard indicator and outside chime operation ........ .... 3-16

(78,1)
KEYS
GUID-474CE877-D8D3-4CC0-A477-C8DD76387FDF
Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys KEY (if equipped)
GUID-AF59ECF0-A9AD-4E54-8C46-033CFD154761
specific to your vehicle. A key number plate is
supplied with your key. Record the key number
and keep the key number plate in a safe place,
except in the vehicle, in case of the need to
duplicate the keys.
The key can only be duplicated using an
original key or the original key number. The
key number is required when you have lost all
of the keys and do not have the original key to
duplicate from. If the key is lost, or you need
extra keys, provide an original key or the key SPA2385
number to a NISSAN dealer. Type B
CAUTION:
Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when
leaving the vehicle.
SPA2342
Type A
Your vehicle is equipped with the following set
of keys:
1. Master key (Molded) JVP0119X
2. Master key (Plate) Type C
3. Key number plate 1. Master key
2. Master key (Plate)
3. Key number plate
As many as 5 master keys with remote
controller can be registered and used with
one vehicle.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

(79,1)
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS*) when registering new keys, be sure to take all
KEY (if equipped) NATS keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
GUID-C6E36851-6D6B-4E41-8520-8B2E43D44C2E
CAUTION:
Do not allow the NATS key, which contains an
electrical transponder, to come into contact
with water or salt water. This could affect the
system function.
*: Immobilizer
JVP0118X INTELLIGENTGUID-5FD42458-6A24-40D2-B1D3-A32FE801BA4E
KEY (if equipped)
Type C
1 NATS key
JVC0018X 2 NATS key (Molded)
Type A
3 Key number plate
Your vehicle is equipped with the following set
of keys:
1 NATS key (Molded) (2)
2 Key number plate
SPA2222
Type A (with panic alarm)
JVP0195X
Type D
1 NATS key (2)
2 Key number plate
JVP0078X
Your vehicle can only be driven with the NATS
Type B
keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s
NATS components. As many as 5 NATS keys
can be registered and used with one vehicle.
The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN
SPA2201
dealer prior to use with the NATS of your
vehicle. Since the registration process requires Type B (without panic alarm)
erasing all memory in the NATS components
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

(80,1)
1. Intelligent Key (2) erly. To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
2. Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key) — Do not place the Intelligent Key for an knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
(2) extended period in a place where To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it
3. Key number plate temperatures exceed 60°C (140°F). into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
Your vehicle can only be driven with the — Do not change or modify the Intelli- returns to the lock position.
Intelligent Keys, which are registered to your gent Key. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components — Do not use a magnet key holder. doors. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).)
and NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS*) compo-
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be — Do not place the Intelligent Key near
registered and used with one vehicle. The new equipment that produces a magnetic
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer field such as a TV, audio equipment
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and and personal computers or cellular
NATS of your vehicle. Since the registration phones.
process requires erasing all memory in the — Do not allow the Intelligent Key to
Intelligent Key components when registering come into contact with water or salt
new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys water, and do not wash it in a wash-
that you have to the NISSAN dealer. ing machine. This could affect the
*: Immobilizer system function.
. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
CAUTION: NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code
of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use
you. Do not leave the vehicle with the to unlock the vehicle. For information
Intelligent Key inside. regarding the erasing procedure, please
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with contact a NISSAN dealer.
you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a
precision device with a built-in transmit- Mechanical GUID-EEBAD230-0E28-4899-AF64-47F4AA1A0FCB
key
ter. To avoid damaging it, please note the
following.
— The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
however, wetting may damage the
Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key
gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
completely dry.
— Do not bend, drop or strike it against
another object.
— If the outside temperature is below
−10°C (14 °F), the battery of the In-
SPA2033
telligent Key may not function prop-

(81,1)
DOORS
GUID-9B82D15B-F84B-4FEE-9E79-03D9C1B618C3
Type A LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
WARNING: GUID-BF00CBE6-364E-4B51-AF72-B79B6F7A7415 GUID-0CC1AA36-156F-4E54-AB2B-84A084E86C52
To lock the driver’s door, insert the key in to the
. Always look before opening any doors, to door key cylinder located on the driver’s side
avoid an accident with oncoming traffic. door and turn the key to the front of the vehicle
. To help avoid risk of injury or death .
through unintended operation of the For locking other doors, use the power door
vehicle and/or its systems, including en- lock switch. (See “Locking with power door lock
trapment in windows or inadvertent door switch” (P.3-6).)
lock activation, do not leave children,
To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the
people who require the assistance of
rear of the vehicle .
others or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Additionally, the temperature inside a For unlocking other doors, use the power door
closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly lock switch. (See “Locking with power door lock SPA2603
become high enough to cause a signifi- switch” (P.3-6).)
cant risk of injury or death to people and
pets. Type B GUID-82469266-78D1-4021-A955-1F513CF0C0C4 CAUTION:
To lock the driver’s door, insert the key to the
When locking the doors using the inside lock
LOCKING WITH KEY
GUID-157AA271-1627-4938-89D6-48139C4D38A5
door key cylinder located on the driver’s side
knob, be sure not to leave the key in the
door, and turn the key to the front of the
vehicle.
vehicle .
For locking other doors, use the inside lock To lock the front doors, push the inside lock
knob. (See “Locking with inside lock knob” (P.3- knob to the lock position , and then close the
5).) door while pulling the door handle.
To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the To lock the rear doors, push the inside lock
rear of the vehicle . knob to the lock position and then close the
For unlocking other doors, use the inside lock door.
knob. (See “Locking with inside lock knob” (P.3- To unlock, pull the inside lock knob to the
5).) unlock position .
When the driver’s door is locked, pulling the
SPA2602 Type C GUID-83EA35E9-2919-4169-B802-C4098C30614F driver’s side door handle will unlock the door.
To lock the doors, insert the key to the door key
cylinder located on the driver’s side door, and
turn the key to the front of the vehicle . All
doors will lock.
To unlock the doors, turn the key to the rear of
the vehicle . All doors will unlock.

(82,1)
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK To activate or deactivate vehicle speed 2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the
SWITCH (if equipped) sensing door lock mechanism power door lock switch to the “UNLOCK”
GUID-0FB5E404-5394-4CE4-B1E5-0E49FB73A06F GUID-A6052EF8-A6C1-421C-BF78-D9304607A63C position for 5 seconds.
To activate or deactivate the door lock me-
chanism, perform the following procedures. 3. The hazard indicator light will flash as
follows if the switching operation is suc-
The function is set to deactivated as the factory cessful:
default setting.
. Twice - activated
1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-
. Once - deactivated
tion.
2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the IMPACT SENSING DOOR LOCK RELEAS-
power door lock switch to the “LOCK” ING MECHANISM (if equipped)
GUID-93A86110-710F-4504-B7A1-8085F84B4451
position for 5 seconds.
All doors will be unlocked automatically in the
3. The hazard indicator light will flash as event of frontal or rear impact while the
JVP0012X follows if the switching operation is suc- ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
cessful:
The impact sensing door lock releasing me-
CAUTION: . Twice — activated chanism may not function depending on the
. Once — deactivated force of the impact.
When locking the doors using the power door
lock switch, be sure not to leave the key in AUTO DOOR LOCK RELEASING ME- CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
GUID-9F6A8E00-458C-40FD-8AB2-74A4A066142C
the vehicle. CHANISM (ifGUID-B2647450-904B-440F-BFB9-6CB6A02F7365
equipped)
To lock the doors, push the power door lock All doors will be unlocked automatically when
switch to the lock position . the ignition switch moved from “ON” to “OFF”
position (models with Intelligent Key system).
To unlock, push the power door lock switch to
the unlock position . All doors will be unlocked automatically when
the key is removed from the ignition switch
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCK (models without Intelligent Key system).
MECHANISM GUID-FB282723-13BF-4B14-A8E6-B66EE196DAEB
(if equipped) To activate or deactivate auto door
All doors will be locked automatically when the lock releasingGUID-5872BA2B-129C-4386-9675-982E6E1E451B
mechanism
vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h (6 MPH). Once
the lock has been unlocked, while driving, the To activate or deactivate the auto door lock
SPA2037
vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism releasing mechanism, perform the following
will not lock the door again unless one of the procedures. The child safety rear door locks help prevent
following is performed. The function is set to deactivated as the factory rear doors from being opened accidentally,
. Opening any doors. default setting. especially when small children are in the
1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi- vehicle.
. Placing the ignition switch in the “OFF”
position. tion. When the levers are in the lock position , the
child safety rear door locks engage and the
rear doors can only be opened by the outside

(83,1)
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

(if equipped)
GUID-37F6AEB0-0D7B-4E4C-A863-36E7A4128BF0
door handles. The remote keyless entry system can operate recommends erasing the ID code of that
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock all door locks using the remote controller. The remote controller from the vehicle. This may
position . remote controller can operate at a distance of prevent the unauthorized use of the remote
approximately 1 m (3.3 ft) away from the controller to unlock the vehicle. For information
vehicle. The operating distance depends upon regarding the erasing procedure, contact a
the conditions around the vehicle. NISSAN dealer.
As many as 5 remote controllers can be used For information regarding the replacement of a
with one vehicle. For information about the battery, see “Remote controller battery” (P.8-
purchase and use of additional remote con- 22).
trollers, contact a NISSAN dealer.
The remote controller will not function under USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYS-
the following conditions: TEM GUID-8287647C-B851-4A53-869E-07C61CE4FFC3
. When the distance between the remote
controller and vehicle is more than approxi-
mately 1 m (3.3 ft).
. When the remote controller battery is
discharged.
. When the key is in the ignition switch.
CAUTION:
. When locking the doors using the remote
controller, be sure not to leave the key in
the vehicle. JVP0120X
. Do not allow the remote controller, which Type A (with panic alarm)
contains electrical components, to come
into contact with water or salt water. This
could affect the system function.
. Do not drop the remote controller.
. Do not strike the remote controller shar-
ply against another object.
. Do not place the remote controller for an
extended period in an area where tem-
peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).
. When the outside temperature is extre-
mely low, the remote keyless entry sys- JVP0073X
tem may not function properly. Type B (without panic alarm)
If a remote controller is lost or stolen, NISSAN

(84,1)
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-AA8F2495-E4F4-4D68-87E4-C0AF32CFFA15
Locking doors
GUID-3EDA15FE-6B90-4C05-832A-8A24AC5278EF
Opening trunk lid
GUID-BA1ED9B8-9ACD-408E-B6D1-534641A08BB4
1. Remove the key from the ignition switch. 1. Push and hold the “TRUNK” / but-
2. Close all doors. ton on the remote controller for longer
than 1 second with the key removed from
3. Push the “LOCK” button on the the ignition switch.
remote controller.
2. The trunk lid opens.
4. All doors will be locked.
5. Operate door handles to confirm that the Using panicGUID-00D95FFA-156C-4DC9-BF9A-D5B570CC2F37
alarm (if equipped)
doors have been securely locked. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
you may activate the alarm to call attention as
CAUTION: follows: SPA2222
After locking the doors using the remote 1. Push the “PANIC” button (Type A) on Type A (with panic alarm)
controller, be sure that the doors have been the remote controller for more than 1
securely locked by operating the door han- second.
dles. 2. The theft warning alarm will stay on for 25
seconds.
Unlocking doors
GUID-13E7D7B4-B5A3-4810-AD9B-4CAE2FC73936
3. The panic alarm stops when:
1. Push the “UNLOCK” button on the . It has run for 25 seconds, or
remote controller. . Any of the buttons on the remote controller
2. All doors will be unlocked. are pushed. (Note: Panic or trunk button
All doors will be locked automatically unless should be pushed for more than 1 second.)
one of the following operations is performed Battery indicator light
within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK” GUID-20033071-DCC1-4CC4-8D8A-BD641B6B2AA3 SPA2201
button on the remote controller while The battery indicator light (Type A) or Type B (without panic alarm)
the doors are locked. (Type B) illuminates when you push any button. 1. Intelligent Key (2)
If the light does not illuminate, the battery is
. Opening any doors. 2. Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key)
weak or needs replacement. For information
. Inserting the key into the ignition switch. (2)
regarding replacement of a battery, see “Re-
If during this 30-second time period, the mote controller battery” (P.8-22). 3. Key number plate
“UNLOCK” button on the remote controller is
pushed, all doors will be locked automatically Hazard indicator operation
GUID-37307261-3B9E-4812-8862-DDF036F823F0 WARNING:
after another 30 seconds. When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
. Radio waves could adversely affect elec-
indicator will flash as a confirmation.
tric medical equipment. Those who use a
. “LOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes once. pacemaker should contact the electric
. “UNLOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes medical equipment manufacturer for
twice. the possible influences before use.

(85,1)
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves . When in possession of wireless equipment, vehicle battery is not completely discharged.
when the buttons are pushed. The radio such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with
waves may affect aircraft navigation and and CB radio. one vehicle. For information about the pur-
communication systems. Do not operate . When the Intelligent Key is in contact with chase and use of additional Intelligent Keys,
the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. or covered by metallic materials. contact a NISSAN dealer.
Make sure the buttons are not operated . When any type of radio wave remote
unintentionally when the unit is stored control is used nearby.
during a flight. CAUTION:
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
The Intelligent Key system can be used to electric appliance such as a personal com- . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
operate all the doors and the trunk with the puter. contains electrical components, to come
remote controller function or by pushing the into contact with water or salt water. This
. When the vehicle is parked near a parking
request switch on the vehicle without taking could affect the system function.
meter.
the key out from a pocket or purse. The In such cases, correct the operating conditions . Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
operating environment and/or conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use . Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
may affect the Intelligent Key system opera- the mechanical key. against another object.
tion.
Although the life of the battery varies depend- . Do not change or modify the Intelligent
Be sure to read the following before using the ing on the operating conditions, the battery’s Key.
Intelligent Key system. life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is . Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.
discharged, replace it with a new one. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-
CAUTION: For information regarding replacement of a ately wipe until it is completely dry.
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with battery, see “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23). . If the outside temperature is below −10°C
you when operating the vehicle. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv- (14 °F), the battery of the Intelligent Key
. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the ing radio waves, if the key is left near equip- may not function properly.
vehicle when you leave the vehicle. ment which transmits strong radio waves, such . Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
as signals from a TV and personal computer, extended period in an area where tem-
. When the outside temperature is extre- the battery life may become shorter.
mely low, the Intelligent Key system may peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).
not function properly. When the battery is discharged, firmly apply the . Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a
foot brake and touch the ignition switch with key holder that contains a magnet.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating the Intelligent Key. Then push the ignition
with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The switch while depressing the brake pedal (CVT . Do not place the Intelligent Key near
Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio model) or the clutch pedal (MT model) within 10 equipment that produces a magnetic
waves. Environmental conditions may interfere seconds after the chime sound. (See “Push- field, such as a TV, audio equipment and
with the operation of the Intelligent Key system button ignition switch (model with Intelligent personal computers or cellular phones.
under the following operating conditions. Key system)” (P.5-8).) If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
. When operating near a location where Because the steering wheel is locked electri- recommends erasing the ID code of that
strong radio waves are transmitted, such cally, unlocking the steering wheel with the Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may
as a TV tower, power station and broad- ignition switch in the “LOCK” position is im- prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent
casting station. possible when the vehicle battery is completely Key to operate the vehicle. For information
discharged. Pay special attention that the regarding the erasing procedure, contact a

(86,1)
NISSAN dealer. OPERATING RANGE

GUID-A9822084-FCCA-4961-BD67-E66D6C3F7EE5
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled.
For information about disabling the Intelligent
Key function, contact a NISSAN dealer.
SPA1744
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-603A4822-3ADD-4574-A869-D1EAAE15987B
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
operating range from the request switch .
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged
or strong radio waves are present near the
operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s
operating range becomes narrower, and the
Intelligent Key may not function properly.
The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in)
from each request switch .
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper the request
switches may not function. SPA2506
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating The request switch will not function under the
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone following conditions:
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
the request switch and lock/unlock the doors . When the Intelligent Key is left inside the
and the trunk. vehicle
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range
. When any door is open or not closed
securely
. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
charged

(87,1)
. When the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or . Do not pull the door handle before pushing Lockout protection:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
“ON” position the door handle request switch. The door To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
will be unlocked but will not open. Release accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout
the door handle once and pull it again to protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key
open the door. system.
Locking doors
GUID-60182580-5440-44A1-88FA-8AFB2E2FB922
. When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle
and you try to lock the door using the
driver’s inside lock knob after getting out of
the vehicle, all the doors will unlock auto-
matically and a chime will sound after the
door is closed.
. When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle
while the driver’s door is opened and you
SPA2407 try to lock the door using the power door
lock switch after getting out of the vehicle,
. Do not push the door handle request
all the doors will unlock automatically after
switch with the Intelligent Key held in your
the power door lock switch or the driver’s
hand as illustrated. The close distance to
inside lock knob is operated.
the door handle will cause the Intelligent JVP0015X
Key system to have difficulty recognizing
that the Intelligent Key is outside the When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, CAUTION:
vehicle. you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the The lockout protection may not function
. After locking the doors using the door door handle request switch (driver’s or front under the following conditions:
handle request switch, make sure that the passenger’s) within the range of operation.
doors have been securely locked by oper- . When the Intelligent Key is placed on top
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
ating the door handles. of the instrument panel.
indicator will flash and the outside chime will
. When locking the doors using the door sound as a confirmation. For details, see . When the Intelligent Key is placed on the
handle request switch, make sure to have “Hazard indicator and outside chime operation” top of the rear parcel.
the Intelligent Key in your possession (P.3-16). . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside
before operating the door handle request 1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” of the glove box.
switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from position. . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside
being left in the vehicle.
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. of the door pockets.
. The door handle request switch is opera-
tional only when the Intelligent Key has 3. Close all doors. . When the Intelligent Key is placed on or
been detected by the Intelligent Key sys- under the spare tire area.
4. Push the door handle request switch
tem. (driver’s or front passenger’s). . When the Intelligent Key is placed on the
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being outer side of the trunk area.
5. All doors will be locked.
left inside the vehicle or the trunk, make . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside
sure you are carrying the key with you and 6. Operate door handles to confirm that the
or near metallic materials.
then lock the doors or the trunk. doors have been securely locked.
The lockout protection may function when

(88,1)
the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
GUID-EF22DB72-8E0F-4042-85EE-C74B27CF57A3
is too close to the vehicle. 2. Push the trunk open request switch . When all the following conditions are met for a
3. The trunk will be unlatched. period of time, the battery saver system will cut
Unlocking doors
GUID-8A729769-E50A-470D-90F0-50D1ED3D9CE2 off the power supply to prevent battery dis-
4. The outside chime sounds 4 times.
1. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. charge.
5. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
2. Push the door handle request switch . . The ignition switch is in the “ACC” position
3. All doors will be unlocked. . All doors are closed, and
If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the . The shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position
CAUTION: (Automatic Transmission/Continuously
doors, that door may not be unlocked. Return-
ing the door handle to its original position will Variable Transmission model).
When closing the trunk, make sure to have
unlock the door. If the door does not unlock, the Intelligent Key in your possession before WARNING AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
after returning the door handle, push the door closing the trunk to prevent the Intelligent GUID-DBC95260-A433-44BB-8274-FB23C167BDC8
handle request switch to unlock the door. Key from being left in the trunk. The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a
function that is designed to minimize improper
Automatic relock: operations of the Intelligent Key and to help
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Lockout protection:
All doors will be locked automatically unless GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B prevent the vehicle from being stolen. A chime
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle
one of the following operations is performed
accidentally locked in the trunk, the Intelligent and a warning light illuminates or blinks.
within 30 seconds after pushing the request
Key system is equipped with lockout protec-
switch while the doors are locked. See the troubleshooting guide on the next
tion.
. Opening any doors. page and “Warning lights, indicator lights and
When the trunk lid is closed with all the doors audible reminders” (P.2-11).
. Pushing the ignition switch. locked and the Intelligent Key inside the trunk,
If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK” a chime will sound and the trunk lid will open. Intelligent Key system warning light:
button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all P position selecting warning light: (Auto-
doors will be locked automatically after the CAUTION: matic Transmission/Continuously Variable
next preset time. Transmission model)
The lockout protection may not function
Opening trunk lid under the following conditions.
GUID-23A6AE5D-C000-4E67-9A74-F571B0377246 CAUTION:
. When the Intelligent Key is placed on or When the chime or beep sounds or the
under the spare tire area. warning light illuminates or blinks, be sure
. When the Intelligent Key is placed at the to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent
outer side of the trunk area. Key.
. When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or
near metallic materials.
JVP0016X

(89,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-58C5B64D-A753-47F0-BFED-49A4CA13C329
Symptom Possible cause Action to take

The P position selecting warning
light in the meter and the inside
When pushing the ignition switch to warning chime sounds continu- The shift lever is not in the “P” (Park) Shift the shift lever to the “P” (Park)
stop the engine ously (Automatic Transmission/ position. position.
Continuously Variable Transmis-
sion model).
When shifting the shift lever to the
“P” (Park) position (Automatic The inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or Push the ignition switch to the
Transmission/Continuously Vari- continuously. “ON” position. “OFF” position.
able Transmission model).
When opening the driver’s door to The inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the “ACC” Push the ignition switch to the
get out of the vehicle continuously. position. “OFF” position.
The Intelligent Key system warning
light in the meter blinks in yellow,
The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or Push the ignition switch to the
the outside chime sounds 3 times “OFF” position.
“ON” position.
and the inside warning chime
sounds for a few seconds.
When closing the door after getting
out of the vehicle The P position selecting warning
light in the meter illuminates and
The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)
the outside chime sounds continu-
“OFF” position and the shift lever is position and push the ignition
ously (Automatic Transmission/ switch to the “OFF” position.
not in the “P” (Park) position.
Continuously Variable Transmis-
sion model).
When closing the door with the
The outside chime sounds for a few The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
inside lock knob turned to the
seconds and all the doors unlock. vehicle or trunk.
“LOCK” position
The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the request switch vehicle or trunk.
The outside chime sounds for a few
or the “LOCK” button on the The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or Push the ignition switch to the
seconds and all the doors unlock. “OFF” position.
Intelligent Key to lock the door “ON” position.
A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
The outside chime sounds for ap-
When closing the trunk lid proximately 10 seconds and the
trunk.
trunk lid opens.

(90,1)
Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for a few vehicle.
request switch to lock the door seconds.
A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
Replace the battery with a new one.
The Intelligent Key system warning (See “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-
The battery charge is low.
When pushing the ignition switch to light in the meter blinks in green. 23).)
start the engine
The Intelligent Key system warning The Intelligent Key is not in the Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
light in the meter blinks in yellow. vehicle.

(91,1)
USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYS- function under the following conditions: Automatic relock :
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
TEM GUID-0AA6AB2D-1803-4545-8021-62938F31370F
. When the Intelligent Key is not within the All doors will be locked automatically unless
operational range. one of the following operations is performed
. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK”
charged. button on the Intelligent Key while the
For information regarding the replacement of a doors are locked. If during this 30-second time
battery, see “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23). period, the “UNLOCK” button on the
Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked
Locking doors
GUID-B1DB975F-A1CE-45AD-8F47-8BB503896891
automatically after another 30 seconds.
When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard . Opening any doors.
indicator will flash and the outside chime will . Pushing the ignition switch.
sound as a confirmation.
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”
Opening trunk lid
GUID-CE222837-90C1-4247-863E-CC730F278DFB
SPA2100 position and carry the Intelligent Key. 1. Push the “TRUNK” / button on
Type A (with panic alarm) the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
2. Close all doors.
2. The trunk will be unlatched.
3. Push the “LOCK” button on the
Intelligent Key. 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
4. All doors will be locked. Using panic alarm (if equipped)
GUID-2F23BF1C-0AF3-4621-83AB-5ED261205A9A
5. Operate the door handles to confirm that If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
the doors have been securely locked. you may activate the alarm to call attention as
follows:
CAUTION: 1. Push the “PANIC” button on the
After locking the doors using the Intelligent Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
Key, be sure that the doors have been 2. The theft warning alarm will stay on for 25
SPA2130 securely locked by operating the door han- seconds.
dles.
Type B (without panic alarm) 3. The panic alarm stops when:
Operating range Unlocking doors . It has run for 25 seconds, or
GUID-CF56AA5D-7CC5-40D3-A020-1F95217406E7 GUID-78F80551-B2BF-42BF-BBAE-1937525C1C0E
The remote keyless entry system allows you to . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key
1. Push the “UNLOCK” button on the are pushed. (Note: Panic or trunk button
lock/unlock all doors and to unlock the trunk Intelligent Key.
lid. It also provides the panic alarm (if should be pushed for more than 1 second.)
2. All doors will be unlocked.
equipped). The operating distance depends
upon the conditions around the vehicle. To
securely operate the lock and unlock buttons,
approach the vehicle to about 1 m (3.3 ft) from
the door.
The remote keyless entry system will not

(92,1)
HAZARD INDICATOR AND OUTSIDE CHIME OPERATION

GUID-4D14C69A-7CFE-4599-A334-6FBCB4DBDF61
When you lock or unlock the doors with the request switch or the remote keyless entry function,
the hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime will sound as a confirmation.
The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator and outside chime will activate when
locking or unlocking the doors.
Hazard indicator and horn mode
GUID-F6572ADF-43CC-4763-954D-740C221AA7BE
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
Intelligent Key system OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME -
(using request switch) times
once twice
Remote keyless entry HAZARD - none
HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice
system OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME -
(using or times
once twice
button)

(93,1)
SECURITY SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-795B77A4-4A83-4387-8945-085E58CCCF5E
This light operates whenever the ignition off.
WARNING: switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position.
This is normal. Theft warning system operation:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Do not change or modify the security The warning system will give the following
system. Doing so could affect the proper How to activateGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the system: alarm:
operation of the system. 1. Close all windows and push the ignition . The hazard indicator blinks and the horn
. Changes or modifications not expressly switch to the “OFF” position. sounds intermittently for approximately 30
approved by the party responsible for The system can be activated even if the seconds.
compliance could void the user’s author- windows are open. . The alarm automatically turns off after
ity to operate the equipment. approximately 30 seconds. However, the
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get
Your vehicle is equipped with the following out of the vehicle. alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered
security systems: with again.
3. Make sure the hood and the trunk are
closed. Close and lock all doors with the The alarm is activated by:
. Theft warning system (if equipped)
. NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)* door handle request switch, LOCK button . Operating the door or the trunk without
on the Intelligent Key or power door lock using the Intelligent Key system.
(* immobilizer)
switch. . Opening the hood.
The security condition will be shown by the . If the door is locked using the inside lock
security indicator light. How to stop alarm:
knob, the system will not be activated. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. The alarm will stop by unlocking a door
THEFT WARNING SYSTEM (if equipped)
GUID-393A0BC3-1476-4A2E-B75F-4E81E18CFE3D
4. Confirm that the security indicator light
with the door handle request switch or
The theft warning system provides visual and comes on. The security indicator light stays
“UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent
audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are on for approximately 30 seconds. The Key.
disturbed. vehicle security system is now pre-armed.
After approximately 30 seconds the vehicle . The alarm will stop when the ignition
security system automatically shifts into switch is pushed to the “ACC” or “ON”
Security indicator light
GUID-46151388-ED71-481D-B58A-063EBCF1888C position.
the armed phase. The security light begins
to flash once every approximately 3 sec- If the system does not operate as described
onds. above, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.
If, during this 30-second pre-arm time NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS)
period, the door is unlocked with the door GUID-D69AC017-542A-4B88-926A-95A54AD52D45
handle request switch, the “UNLOCK” The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) will not
button on the Intelligent Key, the power allow the engine to start without the use of the
door lock switch, or the ignition switch is registered NATS key.
pushed to the “ACC” or “ON” position, the If the engine does not start using the registered
system will not arm. NATS key, it may be due to interference caused
Even when the driver and/or passengers are by:
SIC2045 in the vehicle, the system will activate with all . Another NATS key.
doors locked and ignition switch in the . Automated toll road device.
The security indicator light is located in the “LOCK” position. Push the ignition switch to
meter panel. the “ACC” or “ON” position to turn the system

(94,1)
HOOD
GUID-875A1922-A297-4969-8CC7-BA8882725C1E
. Automated payment device. security systems on the vehicle are operational.
. Other devices that transmit similar signals. WARNING:
If NATS is malfunctioning, this light will remain
Start the engine using the following procedure: on while the ignition switch is in the “ON” . The hood must be closed and latched
1. Remove any items that may be causing the position. securely before driving. Failure to do so
interference away from the NATS key. If the light remains on and/or the engine could cause the hood to fly open and
does not start, contact a NISSAN dealer for result in an accident.
2. Leave the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-
tion for approximately 5 seconds. NATS service as soon as possible. Be sure to . Never open the hood if steam or smoke is
bring all NATS keys that you have when coming from the engine compartment to
3. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or visiting a NISSAN dealer for service. avoid injury.
“LOCK” position, and wait approximately 10
seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 again.
5. Start the engine.
6. Repeat the steps above until all possible
interferences are eliminated.
If this procedure allows the engine to start,
NISSAN recommends placing the registered
NATS key separate from other devices to avoid
interference.
Security indicator light

GUID-D6C9B044-69BA-4091-8735-E3068867E3CE
SIC2045
The security indicator light is located on the

meter panel. It indicates the status of NATS.
The light operates whenever the ignition
switch is in the “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position.
The security indicator light indicates that the

(95,1)
TRUNK LID
GUID-1368C23C-5BFB-4CCB-BC01-10613DBDA0C5
OPENING HOOD
GUID-A03D3982-C98B-4C2A-B61D-A669C570C6D2 WARNING:
. The trunk lid must be closed securely
before driving. An open trunk lid could
allow dangerous exhaust gases to be
drawn inside the vehicle.
. Closely supervise children when they are
around your vehicle to prevent them
from playing and becoming locked in
the trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the vehicle locked, with the
trunk lid closed when not in use, and keep
JVP0017X access to vehicle keys away from chil-
dren.
1. Pull the hood lock release handle located CLOSING HOOD
GUID-9564ED64-C15A-44B3-B4A6-4E130D1D67E3 The trunk lid can be opened by performing one
below the instrument panel until the hood
1. While supporting the hood, return the of the following operations.
springs up.
support rod to its original position. . Using the trunk lid release handle (if
2. Locate the lever in between the hood
2. Slowly lower the hood to about 20 to 30 cm equipped)
and grille and push the lever sideways with
(8 to 12 in) above the hood lock, then let it . Using the remote controller (if equipped)
your fingertips.
drop. . Using the Intelligent Key remote keyless
3. Raise the hood .
3. Make sure it is securely latched. entry function (if equipped)
4. Remove the support rod and insert it into . Using the Intelligent Key trunk open re-
the slot . quest switch (if equipped)
Hold the coated parts when removing or . Using the key (if equipped)
resetting the support rod. Avoid direct con-
tact with the metal parts, as they may be hot
immediately after the engine has been
stopped.
JVP0018X
To close the trunk lid, push the trunk lid down

(96,1)
FUEL-FILLER LID
GUID-D62826F9-535D-41D4-8DE9-C84CC2669783
until it securely locks. TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH (if
WARNING:
OPENING TRUNK LID (if equipped) equipped) GUID-2B881F65-F5A5-407B-BD32-FA33F5899EB3
GUID-05029FA1-9C86-4BB4-B523-56F3B80DFA1B
To open the trunk lid, push the trunk open . Gasoline is extremely flammable and
request switch while carrying the Intelligent highly explosive under certain conditions.
Key. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).) You could be burned or seriously injured
if it is misused or mishandled. Always
KEY OPERATION (if equipped)
GUID-F2AE9D84-B359-4970-801C-ED568D645868
stop the engine and do not smoke or
allow open flames or sparks near the
vehicle when refueling.
. Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap
a half of a turn, and wait for any “hissing”
sound to stop to prevent fuel from
spraying out and possibly causing perso-
nal injury. Then remove the cap.
JVP0019X
. Use only an original equipment type fuel-
Pull the trunk lid release handle located filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-
below the driver’s seat until the trunk lid in safety valve needed for proper opera-
springs up. tion of the fuel system and emission
JVP0020X control system. An incorrect cap can
TRUNK BUTTON ON REMOTE CON- result in a serious malfunction and pos-
TROLLER (if GUID-06576367-F07A-46F1-8630-8ACC388CE092
equipped) To open the trunk lid, insert the key to the key sible injury.
cylinder and turn the clockwise .
To open the trunk lid, push the “TRUNK” OPENING FUEL-FILLER LID
/ button on the remote controller. The trunk lid will be released . GUID-95A82A38-55CE-4E0A-9F7A-10CBD38B4CE7
(See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-7).)
TRUNK BUTTON ON INTELLIGENT KEY (if

equipped) GUID-8BF859A6-0705-4A45-BD6E-7E4DD87DDDF7
To open the trunk lid, push the “TRUNK”
/ button on the Intelligent Key. (See
“Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).)
SPA2336
To open the fuel-filler lid, pull the fuel-filler lid

release handle.

(97,1)
STEERING WHEEL MIRRORS

GUID-31CC0B0E-A592-42F3-A713-0D2C8E3E5286 GUID-5038B67E-268C-4E89-A6CC-3B5C68E9E345
FUEL-FILLERGUID-98BFD1BD-43B1-45EB-936E-C2CB4B4F180B
CAP
WARNING: WARNING:
Never adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjust the position of all mirrors before
so that full attention may be given to vehicle driving. Do not adjust the mirror positions
operation. while driving so that full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.
INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

GUID-CB11A31B-45AF-4241-8CB2-8985B2B463E3
JVP0021X
The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the

cap counterclockwise to remove. Tighten the
cap clockwise until ratchet clicks, more than
twice, after refueling. JVP0258X
While pushing the lock lever down , adjust the

CAUTION: steering wheel up or down until the desired SPA2447
If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it position is achieved.
away with water to avoid paint damage. While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjust
Pull the lock lever up firmly to lock the
the mirror angles until the desired position is
steering wheel in place.
achieved.
SPA2143
Pull the adjusting lever when the glare from

the headlights of the vehicle behind you
obstructs your vision at night.

(98,1)
Push the adjusting lever during the day for The outside rearview mirror remote control The outside rearview mirror remote control
the best rearward visibility. operates when the ignition switch is in the operates when the ignition switch is in the
For Hong Kong: “ACC” or “ON” position. “ACC” or “ON” position.
Do not attach any accessories or electrical 1. Move the switch to select the right or left The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold
devices to or around the inside rearview mirror. when the outside rearview mirror folding
mirror. Otherwise, the Intelligent Key system 2. Adjust each mirror until the desired posi- switch is pushed to the “CLOSE” position .
(if equipped) and remote keyless entry sys- tion is achieved . To unfold, push to the “OPEN” position .
tem may not function properly.
Lever control type (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B CAUTION:
OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS
GUID-3127D178-EAE0-4880-9AE1-F4CF22E75964 . Continuously performing the fold/unfold
operation of the outside rearview mirror
WARNING: may cause the switch to stop the opera-
. Never touch the outside rearview mirrors tion.
while they are in motion. Doing so may . Do not touch the mirrors while they are
pinch your fingers or damage the mirror. moving. Your hand may be pinched, and
. Never drive the vehicle with the outside the mirror may malfunction.
rearview mirrors folded. This reduces rear . Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You
view visibility and may lead to an acci- will be unable to see behind the vehicle.
dent.
. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by
. Objects viewed in the outside mirror are SPA2772 hand, there is a chance that the mirror
closer than they appear. (if equipped) will move forward or backward during
Adjust the mirror angles with the inside lever driving. If the mirrors were folded or
. The picture dimensions and distance in until the desired position is achieved.
the outside mirrors are not real. unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them
Folding again electrically before driving.
Adjusting GUID-74594297-61BE-4E06-BD9F-A851B67E0BD3
GUID-152D1E7C-5BE7-453F-879C-BF882A11BE18
Remote controlGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
type (if equipped): Automatic folding function with interlocking
Remote controlGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
type (if equipped): door lock (if equipped):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
SPA1732A
SPA2214 JVC0025X

(99,1)
The outside rearview mirrors fold automatically VANITY MIRROR (if equipped)
by interlocking door lock. This function can be CAUTION: GUID-70A201BA-7C99-4BC9-92CA-57EDBEC40918
used while the outside rearview mirror folding . Continuously performing the fold/unfold
switch is in the “AUTO” position . operation of the outside rearview mirror
. The outside rearview mirrors fold automa- may cause the switch to stop the opera-
tically when the door is locked by the door tion.
handle request switch or the remote key- . Do not touch the mirrors while they are
less entry system. moving. Your hand may be pinched, and
. The outside rearview mirrors do not fold the mirror may malfunction.
automatically when the switch is in the . Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You
intermediate position. will be unable to see behind the vehicle.
. The outside rearview mirrors unfold when
the ignition switch is placed in the “ACC” or . If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by
hand, there is a chance that the mirror SIC3869
“ON” position.
will move forward or backward during
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor
driving. If the mirrors were folded or
WARNING: down and pull up the mirror cover.
unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them
. When the outside rearview mirror is again electrically before driving.
folded/unfolded manually, depending
on the switch position, the outside rear- Manual controlGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
type (if equipped):
view mirror may start operation by pla-
cing the ignition switch in the “ACC” or
“ON” position.
. When unfolding the outside rearview
mirror with the switch being in the
“AUTO” position, the mirror will be un-
folded further by placing the ignition
switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
To return its original position, fold the
outside rearview mirror once.
The outside rearview mirror remote control SPA1829
operates when the ignition switch is in the
Fold the outside rearview mirror by pushing it
“ACC” or “ON” position.
toward the rear of the vehicle.
The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold
when the outside rearview mirror folding
switch is pushed to the “CLOSE” position .
To unfold, push to the “AUTO” position .

(100,1)
PARKING BRAKE
GUID-55BC4E88-F9E4-45DC-8314-9D4B96ED1433
To release the parking brake, firmly depress
WARNING: and hold the foot brake pedal. Pull up the
. Never drive the vehicle with the parking parking brake lever slightly, push the button
brake applied. The brake will overheat and lower the lever completely .
and fail to operate and will lead to an Before driving, be sure that the brake warning
accident. light has turned off.
. Never release the parking brake from
outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves,
it will be impossible to push the foot
brake pedal and will lead to an accident.
. Never use the shift lever in place of the
parking brake. When parking, be sure the
parking brake is fully applied.
vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave
children, people who require the assis-
tance of others or pets unattended in
your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-
ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm
day can quickly become high enough to
cause a significant risk of injury or death
to people and pets.
LEVER TYPEGUID-BBA8DC55-32CE-4CD6-A059-51B0AFFB718D
SPA2110
To apply the parking brake, pull the parking

brake lever up .

(101,1)
4 Heater and air conditioner, and audio sys-

tem
Safety precautions .......................................................................................
.... 4-2 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
Rear view monitor (if equipped) .......................................................
.... 4-2 (Type D) ...................................................................................................
.... 4-37
How to read the displayed lines ...............................................
.... 4-2 CD/USB memory care and cleaning ................................ .... 4-43
Difference between predictive and Steering wheel switch for audio control (if
actual distances .....................................................................................
.... 4-3 equipped) .............................................................................................
.... 4-43
Adjusting the screen .........................................................................
.... 4-4 Car phone or CB radio .........................................................................
.... 4-45
Operating tips ..........................................................................................
.... 4-4 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if equipped
Ventilators ..........................................................................................................
.... 4-5 for type A audio) ........................................................................................
.... 4-45
Side ventilators .......................................................................................
.... 4-5 Regulatory information ..............................................................
.... 4-46
Center ventilators .................................................................................
.... 4-5 Control buttons and microphone ..................................... .... 4-46
Rear ventilators (if equipped) ......................................................
.... 4-6 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if equipped
for type B audio) ........................................................................................
.... 4-49
Heater and air conditioner ....................................................................
.... 4-6
Regulatory information ..............................................................
.... 4-50
Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) .............. .... 4-6
Control buttons and microphone ..................................... .... 4-50
Manual air conditioner ......................................................................
.... 4-7
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if equipped
Automatic air conditioner ...........................................................
.... 4-10
for type C audio) .......................................................................................
.... 4-53
Servicing air conditioner ..............................................................
.... 4-11
.... 4-53
Rear comfort fan (if equipped) ................................................
.... 4-12
Audio system (if equipped) ................................................................
.... 4-13
Bluetooth® settings .......................................................................
.... 4-54
Audio operation precautions ....................................................
.... 4-13
Using the system .............................................................................
.... 4-55
Antenna .....................................................................................................
.... 4-21
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if equipped
FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player for type D audio) .......................................................................................
.... 4-58
(Type A) ......................................................................................................
.... 4-22
.... 4-59
FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
(Type B) ......................................................................................................
.... 4-27
Using the system .............................................................................
.... 4-59
FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
(Type C) ......................................................................................................
.... 4-30 Bluetooth® settings .......................................................................
.... 4-61

(102,1)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REAR VIEW MONITOR (if equipped)

GUID-9C8A368E-2751-4CFA-B8AC-E6443BFCDDDC
GUID-76877965-5961-4899-987A-424E87209057
When the shift lever is shifted into the R . Make sure that the trunk lid is securely
WARNING: (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows closed when backing up.
the view to the rear of the vehicle. . Do not put anything on the rear view
. Do not adjust the heater and air condi-
The system is designed as an aid to the driver camera. The rear view camera is installed
tioner controls or audio controls (if
in situations such as slot parking or parallel above the license plate.
equipped) while driving so that full atten-
parking. When washing the vehicle with high-
tion may be given to vehicle operation. .
. If you noticed any foreign objects enter- pressure water, be sure not to spray it
WARNING: around the camera. Otherwise, water
ing the system hardware, spilled liquid on
the system, or noticed smoke or fumes Failure to follow the warnings and instruc- may enter the camera unit causing water
coming out from the system, or any other tions for proper use of the rear view monitor condensation on the lens, a malfunction,
unusual operation is observed, stop using could result in serious injury or death. fire or an electric shock.
the system immediately and contact the . Do not strike the camera. It is a precision
. The rear view monitor is a convenience instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-
nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such
but it is not a substitute for proper tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or
conditions may lead to an accident, fire
backing. Always turn and look out the an electric shock.
or electric shock.
windows, and check mirrors to be sure
. Do not disassemble or modify this sys- that it is safe to move before operating
tem. If you do, it may lead to an accident, the vehicle. Always back up slowly. CAUTION:
fire, or electric shock.
. The system is designed as an aid to the Do not scratch the camera lens when clean-
driver in showing large stationary objects ing dirt or snow from the lens.
CAUTION: directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid
damaging the vehicle.
Do not use the system when the engine is not HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES
GUID-5CEAB573-5DA2-4833-BD16-1EA38D46EDF6
running for extended periods of time to . The system cannot completely eliminate
prevent battery discharge. blind spots and may not show every
object.
. Underneath the bumper and the corner
areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on
the rear view monitor because of its
monitoring range limitation. The system
will not show small objects below the
bumper, and may not show objects close
to the bumper or on the ground.
. Objects viewed in the rear view monitor
differ from actual distance because a SAA2776
wide-angle lens is used.
. Objects in the rear view monitor will Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
appear visually opposite than when and distances to objects with reference to the
viewed in the rear view and outside bumper line are displayed on the monitor.
mirrors.
4-2 Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

(103,1)
Distance guide lines: DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND Backing up on a steep downhill
GUID-FC35BDC3-4DFD-44B1-A1E9-6E175F0E7DB0
Indicate distances from the bumper. ACTUAL DISTANCES
GUID-281135B6-55DB-4587-AF4D-15633EE4959E
. Red line : approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
Backing up on a steep uphill
. Yellow line : approx. 1 m (3 ft) GUID-AD06334E-BD14-4CCE-B4FC-73312D545643
. Green line : approx. 2 m (7 ft)

. Green line : approx. 3 m (10 ft)
Vehicle width guide lines :
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
SAA2243
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the

JVH0295X distance guide lines and the vehicle width
guide lines are shown further than the actual
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance. For example, the display shows 1 m (3
distance guide lines and the vehicle width ft) to the place , but the actual 1 m (3 ft)
guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance on the hill is the place . Note that any
distance. For example, the display shows 1 m (3 object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer
ft) to the place , but the actual 1 m (3 ft) than it appears.
distance on the hill is the place . Note that any
object on the hill is viewed in the monitor
further than it appears.
Heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3

(104,1)
Backing up near a projecting object

GUID-C504A976-ADB9-4247-B507-6633138AFAF9
Backing up GUID-8A1C4CBC-5CB7-402C-8036-E1F403F9EFE0
behind a projecting object ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
GUID-42822A05-9833-445C-91F6-F0485D4E519B
For detailed information, see “Audio main
operation” (P.4-38).
OPERATINGGUID-34DDB4A0-7ADE-446A-B7DC-ABC56193F9F7
TIPS
. When the shift lever is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen
automatically changes to the rear view
monitor mode. However, the radio can be
heard.
. When the view is switched, the display
images on the screen may be displayed
with some delay.
. When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not clearly display
objects. This is not a malfunction.
. When strong light is directly coming on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
screen. This is due to strong reflected light
from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
. The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.
. The colors of objects on the rear view
monitor may differ somewhat from the
SAA3440 JVH0296X actual color of objects. This is not a mal-
function.
The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object The position is shown further than the . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in
in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the position in the display. However, the position a dark environment. This is not a malfunc-
object if it projects over the actual backing up is actually at the same distance as the tion.
course. position . The vehicle may hit the object
when backing up to the position if the object . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
projects over the actual backing up course. camera, the rear view monitor may not
display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause discolora-
tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
and then wipe with a dry cloth.

(105,1)
VENTILATORS
GUID-EB190C39-347D-4242-AFC2-BE84C8BA6A11
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor SIDE VENTILATORS CENTER VENTILATORS
GUID-FCB219A6-71B4-4304-A89F-639DAF04214C
screen may be adversely affected. GUID-EF43B71F-049E-4B3C-87B5-D2287DCC2B25
. Do not use wax on the camera window. Square typeGUID-C4AB4A06-4975-4AE0-BECE-979B7210862A

Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
dampened with mild detergent diluted with
water.
SAA3126
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators JVH0018X

by opening, closing or rotating.
Open/close the ventilators by moving the
The side ventilators can be used for the side control in either direction (if equipped).
window defogger.
: This symbol indicates that the venti-
lators are closed. Moving the side
control in this direction will close the
ventilators.
: This symbol indicates that the venti-
lators are open. Moving the side con-
trol in this direction will open the
ventilators.
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators
by moving the center knob (up/down/left/
right) until the preferred position is achieved.

(106,1)
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-5422E9B6-6A77-4C50-B8F9-B410766DA859
Circle type NOTE:
GUID-B7B91F84-F2EC-4C4A-98B9-EAEE77676BA9 WARNING: . Odors from inside and outside the vehicle
. The heater and air conditioner operate can build up in the air conditioner unit.
only when the engine is running. Odor can enter the passenger compart-
ment through the vents.
. Never leave children or adults who would . When parking, set the heater and air
normally require the support of others conditioner controls to turn off air recir-
alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be culation to allow fresh air into the pas-
left alone either. They could unknowingly senger compartment. This should help
activate switches or controls and inad- reduce odors inside the vehicle.
vertently become involved in a serious
accident and injure themselves. On hot, OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air
sunny days, temperatures in a closed
vehicle could quickly become high en-
conditioner)GUID-B1B053C1-41BC-4E32-8C53-EB9EDAD52303
SAA3126
ough to cause severe or possibly fatal
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators injuries to people or animals.
by opening, closing or rotating. . Do not use the recirculation mode for
long periods as it may cause the interior
REAR VENTILATORS (if equipped)
GUID-321B226B-75D2-48E2-9C77-054AB5F27E3A air to become stale and the windows to
fog up.
. Do not adjust the heating and air con-
ditioning controls while driving so that
full attention may be given to vehicle
operation.
The heater and air conditioner operate when JVH0234X
the engine is running. The air blower will
operate when the ignition switch is in the
“ON” position even if the engine is turned off.
For models with Idling Stop System
SAA3126
When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop
Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying
by opening, closing or rotating. functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air
conditioning functions from being deactivated,
turn off the Idling Stop mode by pressing the
Idling Stop OFF switch. For more details, see
“Idling Stop System (if equipped for Thailand)”
(P.5-21) or “Idling Stop System (for Hong Kong)”
JVH1162X
(P.5-22) .
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model*
When the engine coolant temperature and

(107,1)
outside air temperature are low, the air flow MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
from the foot outlets may not operate for a GUID-25D13BD8-07C1-48BA-B9F7-D1C519548620
maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is not a
malfunction. After the coolant temperature
warms up, the air flow from the foot outlets
will operate normally.
The sensors and , located on the instru-
ment panel, help maintain a constant tempera-
ture. Do not put anything on or around the
sensors.
*: The illustration is for the Right-Hand Drive
(RHD) model. For the Left-Hand Drive (LHD)
model, the layout will be the opposite.
JVH0675X
Type A
JVH0712X
Type B

(108,1)
Fan speed control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial clockwise
to increase the fan speed.
Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial counter-
clockwise to decrease the fan speed.
Temperature control:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature. Turn the dial between the
middle and the right position to select the hot
temperature. Turn the dial between the middle
JVH0816X
and the left position to select the cool tem-
Type C perature.
1. Rear window defogger switch (if Controls
equipped) (See “Defogger switch” (P.2-24).) GUID-5F776D11-132F-4EB4-A15D-58854D597199
Heater operation
GUID-BC21EB54-322E-4FD9-8651-6D9EEE148487
Air intake control:
2. Fan speed control “ ” dial GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Heating:
. Move the air intake lever to the “ ” GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. “A/C” (Air Conditioner) button (if equipped) This mode is used to direct heated air to the
position. The air flow is drawn from outside
4. Air flow control dial the vehicle. foot outlets.
5. Temperature control dial . Move the air intake lever to the “ ” 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ”
6. Air intake lever (Outside air circulation position. The air flow is circulated inside position for normal heating.
“ ” /Air recirculation “ ”) the vehicle. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn Air flow control: position.
the fan speed control “ ” dial to the “OFF” (0) GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the
Turn the air flow control dial to change the air
position. desired position.
flow mode.
NOTE: — Air flows from the center and side 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
ventilators. desired position between the middle and
For models with Idling Stop System
the hot (right) position.
The Idling Stop System will not activate — Air flows from the center and side
under the following conditions: ventilators and foot outlets. Ventilation: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. When the air flow control dial knob is in — Air flows mainly from the foot out- This mode directs outside air to the side and
the front defogger position and the fan lets. center ventilators.
speed control dial is on 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ”
— Air flows from the defogger and
. When rear window defogger switch is foot outlets. position.
turned on
— Air flows mainly from the defogger 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”
outlets. position.
desired position.

(109,1)
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the 3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the 4. Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C”
desired position. desired position. indicator light will illuminate.)
Defrosting or defogging: 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
desired position. desired position between the middle and
This mode directs the air to the defogger
the cool (left) position.
outlets to defrost/defog the windows. Heating and defogging:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. For quick cooling when the outside tem-
1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ” This mode heats the interior and defogs the
perature is high, move the air intake lever
position. windows.
to the “ ” position. Be sure to move the
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ” 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ” air intake lever to the “ ” position for
position. position. normal cooling.
3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ” . A visible mist may be seen coming from the
desired position. position. ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the 3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate
desired position between the middle and desired position. a malfunction.
the hot (right) position. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the Dehumidified heating:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
5. Turn the side ventilators to the side win- maximum hot (right) position. This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the
dows to defrost or defog for a clear view to 5. Turn the side ventilators to the side win- air.
the side mirrors. dows to defrost or defog for a clear view to 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ”
. To remove frost from the outside surface of the side mirrors. position.
the windshield quickly, turn the tempera-
Air conditioner operation (if equipped) 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”
ture control dial to the maximum hot GUID-5CBB1ABC-29AC-463F-85E8-D74A08F31F6D position.
position and the fan speed control “ ” The air conditioner system should be operated
dial to the maximum position. for approximately 10 minutes at least once a 3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the
. If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turn month. This helps prevent damage to the air desired position.
the “A/C” button (if equipped) on. conditioner system due to the lack of lubrica- 4. Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C”
tion. indicator light will illuminate.)
Bi-level heating:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Cooling: 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
This mode directs cool air from the side and GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
desired position between the middle and
center vents and warm air from the foot This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the
the hot (right) position.
outlets. When the temperature control dial is air.
turned to the maximum hot or cool position, 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ” Dehumidified defogging:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the air between the ventilators and the foot position. This mode is used to defog the windows and
outlets is the same temperature. dehumidify the air.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”
1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position. 1. Move the air intake lever to the “ ”
position. position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ” desired position. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ”
position. position.

(110,1)
3. Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
desired position. GUID-CB216132-D470-42B7-A745-DA32B2A523C0
4. Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C”

indicator light will illuminate.)
5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
6. Turn the side ventilators to the side win-
dows to defrost or defog for a clear view to
the side mirrors.
SAA2592
1. Front defogger “ ” button Automatic operation (AUTO)

GUID-F00C956F-A865-4F7B-9FC3-20E19AF9A943
2. Display The AUTO mode may be used year-round as
3. Rear window defogger “ ” button (See the system automatically controls constant
“Defogger switch” (P.2-24).) temperature, air flow distribution and fan
4. “AUTO” button speed after the desired temperature is set
manually.
5. Temperature control “ ”/“ ” buttons
6. Fan speed control “ +” and “ -” To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push
buttons the “OFF” button.
7. “OFF” button Cooling and dehumidified heating:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
8. “MODE” (air flow control) button 1. Push the “AUTO” button. (“AUTO” will appear
9. Air recirculation “ ” button on the display.)
10. Outside air circulation “ ” button 2. If the “A/C” indicator light does not illumi-
nate, push the “A/C” button. (The “A/C”
11. “A/C” (Air Conditioner) button
indicator light will illuminate.)
NOTE: 3. Push the temperature control “ ”/“ ”
For models with Idling Stop System button to set the desired temperature.
The Idling Stop System will not activate when 4. If the indicator light on either the outside
the front defogger button or rear window air circulation “ ” button or the air
defogger button is turned on. recirculation “ ” button is illuminated,
push and hold the button with the light
illuminated to switch to the automatic air
intake control mode. (Both air recirculation
and outside air circulation buttons will blink
twice.)

(111,1)
A visible mist may be seen coming from the Manual operation . Push the outside air circulation button
GUID-5ED40235-9A58-40C0-9B7C-8F726571211F
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is to draw outside air into the passenger
The manual mode can be used to control the
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal- compartment. The indicator light on
heater and air conditioner to your desired
function. the button will come on.
settings. (“MANUAL” will appear on the display.)
Heating (A/C off): . To control the air intake automatically,
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push push and hold either the air recirculation
1. Push the “AUTO” button. (“AUTO” will appear the “OFF” button. button or the outside air circulation
on the display.) button (whichever indicator light is
Fan speed control:
2. If the “A/C” indicator light illuminates, push GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
illuminated). The indicator lights (both air
Push the fan speed control “ ”/“ ” button. recirculation and outside air circulation
the “A/C” button. (The “A/C” indicator light
Push the “ ” button to increase the fan buttons) will flash twice, and then the air
will turn off.)
speed. Push the “ ” button to decrease the intake will switch to automatic control.
3. Push the temperature control “ ”/“ ” fan speed.
button to set the desired temperature. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER
Push the “AUTO” button to change the fan GUID-A452163A-6EF2-497F-8D8E-005E91C99A28
. Do not set the temperature lower than the speed to the automatic mode.
outside air temperature. Doing so may WARNING:
cause the temperature to not be controlled Air flow control:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
properly. Push the “MODE” button to change the air flow The air conditioner system contains refriger-
. If the windows fog up, use dehumidified mode. ant under high pressure. To avoid personal
heating instead of the A/C off heating. injury, any air conditioner service should be
— Air flows from the center and side done only by an experienced technician with
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: ventilators. the proper equipment.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the front defogger “ ” button. (The — Air flows from the center and side
“ ” indicator light will illuminate.) ventilators and foot outlets. The air conditioner system in your vehicle is
charged with a refrigerant designed with the
2. Push the temperature control “ ”/“ ” — Air flows mainly from the foot outlets
environment in mind.
button to set the desired temperature. — Air flows from the defogger outlets
and foot outlets. This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s
. To remove frost from the outside surface of ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a
the windshield quickly, set the temperature Temperature control: small part to global warming.
to a high temperature and the fan speed to GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the maximum level. Push the temperature control “ ”/“ ” Special charging equipment and lubricant are
button to set the desired temperature. Push required when servicing your vehicle’s air con-
. After the windshield is cleared, push the
the “ ” button to increase the temperature. ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-
front defogger “ ” button again. (The
Push the “ ” button to decrease the tem- cants will cause severe damage to the air
indicator light will turn off.)
perature. conditioner system.
. When the front defogger “ ” button is
pushed, the air conditioner will automati- Air intake control: See “Air conditioner system refrigerant and
cally turn on when the outside air tem-
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
lubricant” (P.9-5).
. Push the air recirculation button to
perature is above −2°C (28°F) to defog the recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your
windshield. The air recirculation mode will The indicator light on the button will environmentally friendly air conditioner system.
automatically turn off. The outside air come on.
circulation mode “ ” will be selected to
improve the defogging performance.

(112,1)
Air conditioner filter (if equipped)

GUID-709F1360-AC81-4947-8F6C-C019F2B30E38
REAR COMFORT FAN (if equipped)
GUID-FFFDB273-0524-4610-9DC6-E65E03F84A04
The air conditioner system is equipped with an
air conditioner filter. To make sure the air
conditioner heats, defogs, and ventilates effi-
ciently, replace the filter according the specified
maintenance intervals listed in the separate
maintenance booklet. To replace the filter,
contact a NISSAN dealer.
The filter should be replaced if the air flow
decreases significantly or if windows fog up
easily when operating the heater or air condi-
tioner.
JVH0149X
The rear comfort fan improves the comfort in front of the rear seats. Turn the dial to
level of the rear passengers by sending air- set the preferred fan speed.
conditioned air from the front seats area to the
: Fan off
rear seats.
: Minimum fan speed
Using rear comfort fan
GUID-1024C122-8CDF-495F-A066-5E11884FD3F4 : Maximum fan speed
3. The air from the front center ventilators is
drawn in and blown out of the rear
ventilators . Adjust the amount and the
direction of the air flow by opening, closing
or rotating the rear ventilators.
NOTE:
. When using the air conditioner (cooler),
by directing the air from the front center
ventilators downward toward the Rear
Comfort Fan, cooled air from the front
JVH0131X center ventilators will flow more effec-
tively to the rear seats, allowing better in-
1. Turn on the air conditioner located on the cabin air circulation while providing the
instrument panel. Wait for the front seats rear passengers with the cool feel of the
area to reach the preferred temperature. wind .
2. Turn on the rear comfort fan. . The temperature in the front seats needs
to be air-conditioned (this may take up to
The fan speed of the rear comfort fan can
10 minutes after turning on the air con-
be adjusted with the control dial located
ditioner) before the rear comfort fan

(113,1)
AUDIO SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-C632DA94-F715-4DE3-9A27-6DCC7CB2EDB1
effectively cools/warms the rear seats. AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS — Copy control compact discs (CCCD)
GUID-48034462-02B5-4770-8218-11DE9015C5F4
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)
WARNING: — Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
Do not adjust the audio system while driving

so that full attention may be given to vehicle
operation.
The audio system operates when the ignition
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Radio GUID-B47CCA32-F597-4DDB-AA2C-0A5F669E5174
. Radio reception is affected by station signal
strength, distance from radio transmitter,
buildings, bridges, mountains and other
external influences. Intermittent changes
in reception quality normally are caused by
these external influences.
. Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle
may influence radio reception quality.
Compact Disc (CD) player (if equipped)

GUID-C38CE18A-7DAB-41A4-B310-15A8FAD8031D
. During cold weather or rainy days, the
player may malfunction due to the humid-
ity. If this occurs, remove the CD from CD
player and dehumidify or ventilate the
player completely.
. The player may skip while driving on rough
roads.
. The CD player sometimes may not function SAA0480
when the passenger compartment tem-
perature is extremely high. Lower the . Do not use the following CDs as they may
temperature before use. cause the CD player to malfunction.
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. — 8 cm (3.1 in) discs
. CDs that are of poor quality, or are dirty, — CDs that are not round
scratched, covered with fingerprints, or — CDs with a paper label
that have pin holes may not work properly. — CDs that are warped, scratched or have
. The following CDs may not work properly. unusual edges.

(114,1)
. This audio system can only play prere- General notes for USB use:
corded CDs. It has no capabilities to record CAUTION:
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner
or burn CDs. . Do not force the USB device into the USB information regarding the proper use and care
. If the CD cannot be played, one of the connection port. Inserting the USB device of the device.
following messages will be displayed. tilted or up-side-down into the port may
Notes for iPod use:
Check disc: damage the port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into the USB “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone”, and “Made
— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly
connection port. for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has
(the label side is facing up, etc.).
been designed to connect specifically to iPod,
— Confirm that the CD is not bent or . Do not grab the USB connection port
iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been
warped and it is free of scratches. cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB
certified by the developer to meet Apple
CD reading error (if equipped): device out of the port. This could damage
performance standards.
the port and the cover.
After this message is displayed, the beep Apple is not responsible for the operation of
sounds and then the CD in the unit will be . Do not leave the USB cable in a place
this device or its compliance with safety and
ejected. where it can be pulled unintentionally.
regulatory standards.
— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly Pulling the cable may damage the port.
Please note that the use of this accessory with
(the label side is facing up, etc.). The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless
— Confirm that the CD is not bent or USB devices should be purchased separately as performance.
warped and it is free of scratches. necessary.
iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
Push eject: This system cannot be used to format USB shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
This is a malfunction due to the tempera- devices. To format a USB device, use a personal Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
ture inside the player is too high. Remove computer. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
the CD by pushing the EJECT button, and
In some states/area, the USB device for the . Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause
after a short time reinsert the CD. The CD
front seats plays only sound without images for a checkmark to be displayed on and off
can be played when the temperature of the
regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod
player returns to normal.
parked. is connected properly.
Unplayable:
This system supports various USB memory . An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain
The file is unplayable in this audio system.
devices, USB hard drives (if equipped) and iPod in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection players. Some USB devices may not be sup- connected during a seek operation. In this
ported by this system. case, please manually reset the iPod.
Port (if equipped)
GUID-EA95B7A7-45E6-4261-A92D-F3217AA4ED71
. Partitioned USB devices may not be played . An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will continue
correctly. to fast-forward or rewind if it is discon-
WARNING: nected during a seek operation.
. Some characters used in other languages
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed . An incorrect song title may appear when
USB device while driving. Doing so can be a properly on display. Using English language the Play Mode is changed while using an
distraction. If distracted you could lose con- characters with a USB device is recom- iPod nano (2nd Generation).
trol of your vehicle and cause an accident or mended. . Audiobooks may not play in the same order
serious injury. as they appear on an iPod.

(115,1)
. Large video files cause slow responses in may discharge quicker than usual. . AAC (if equipped) — Advanced Audio Coding
an iPod. The vehicle center display may . This system is compatible with the Blue- (AAC) is a compressed audio format. AAC
momentarily black out, but will soon re- tooth® AV profile (A2DP and AVRCP). offers greater file compression than MP3
cover. and enables music file creation and storage
Bluetooth® is a trademark at the same quality as MP3.
. If an iPod automatically selects large video NOS1617
owned by Bluetooth SIG,
files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle . Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
Inc. and licensed to Visteon
center display may momentarily black out, bits per second used by a digital music files.
Corporation.
but will soon recover. The size and quality of a compressed digital
Compact Disc (CD) (if equipped)/USB audio file is determined by the bit rate used
Bluetooth® Audio player (if equipped) when encoding the file.
GUID-792C9AF3-FE67-45FB-AB1D-E6E6626A4B56 device with MP3/WMA/AAC (if
. Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be . Sampling frequency — The rate at which
used with this system. For detailed infor- equipped) GUID-AF3A395C-57D2-4323-813C-321051C4B33A the samples of a signal are converted from
mation about Bluetooth® audio devices Explanation of GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
terms: analog to digital (A/D conversion) per
that are available for use with this system, . MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures second.
contact a NISSAN dealer. Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the . Multisession — Multisession is one of the
. Before using a Bluetooth® audio system, most well known compressed digital audio methods for writing data to media. Writing
the initial registration process for the audio file format. This format allows for near “CD data once to the media is called a single
device is necessary. quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size session, and writing more than once is
. Operation of the Bluetooth® audio system of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an called a multisession.
may vary depending on the audio device audio track from CD can reduce the file size . ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
that is connected. Confirm the operation by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1 part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
procedure before use. kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no contains information about the digital mu-
. The playback of Bluetooth® audio will be perceptible loss in quality. MP3 compres- sic file such as song title, artist, album title,
paused under the following conditions. The sion removes the redundant and irrelevant encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
playback will be resumed after the follow- parts of a sound signal that the human ear ID3 tag information is displayed on the
ing conditions are completed. doesn’t hear. Album/Artist/Song title line on the display.
— while using a hands-free phone . WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a * Windows® and Windows Media® are registered
— while checking a connection with a cell compressed audio format created by Mi- trademarks and trademarks in the United
phone crosoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA States of America and other countries of
codec offers greater file compression than Microsoft Corporation of the USA.
. The in-vehicle antenna for Bluetooth® com-
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
munication is built in the system. Do not
digital audio tracks in the same amount of
place the Bluetooth® audio device in an
space when compared to MP3s at the
area surrounded by metal, far away from
same level of quality.
the system or in a narrow space where the
device closely contacts the body or the This product is protected by certain intel-
seat. Otherwise, sound degradation or lectual property rights of Microsoft Cor-
connection interference may occur. poration and third parties. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of
. While a Bluetooth® audio device is con-
this product is prohibited without a license
nected through the Bluetooth® wireless
from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft
connection, the battery power of the device
subsidiary and third parties.

(116,1)
Playback order:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
SAA1025
Playback order chart
The music playback order of the CD with MP3
or WMA is as illustrated.
. The names of folders not containing MP3 or
WMA files are not shown in the display.
. If there is a file in the top level of the disc,
“Root Folder” is displayed.
. The playback order is the order in which
the files were written by the writing soft-
ware. Therefore, the files might not play in
the desired order.

(117,1)
Specification chart (for Type A and B audio):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based
computer) are not supported.
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
Supported versions*1 WMA7, WMA8, WMA9 (WMA9 Pro, WMA9 Lossless, WMA9 Voice may not be
Version supported)
WMA*2 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Sampling frequency
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE
Displayable character codes*3 (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16
BOM Little Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.

(118,1)
Specification chart (for Type C audio):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
32kHz - 44.1 kHz - 48kHz (model with Bluetooth® function)
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz (model without Bluetooth® function)
Bit rate 32 kbps - 320 kbps VBR*4
Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
Supported versions*1 32 kHz - 48 kHz
WMA*2 Sampling frequency
Version MPEG-4 AAC
AAC Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
ID tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only) (model with Bluetooth®
function)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name) ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only) (model without
Bluetooth® function)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for
CD, CD-R, CD-RW one folder)
Folder levels
Folder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
USB Memory size: 4GB
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE
Displayable character codes*3 (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16
BOM Little Endian), 07:SHIFT-JIS
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.

(119,1)
Specification chart (for Type D audio):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems * Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3
MP3 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Supported versions*1
Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
WMA*2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR4, 32 kbps - 320 kbps (WMA9 only)
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
CD, CD-R, CD-RW Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255, Files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
USB Memory size: 4GB
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-
Displayable character codes*3 16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8)
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

(120,1)
Troubleshooting guide:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour)
before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data), MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will
Cannot play be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes
and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the
setting of MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required
before the music starts playing. before the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing
Music cuts off or skips width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3, “.wma”, or when play is prohibited
Move immediately to the next by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next
song when playing. song.
The songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in
the desired order. the desired order.

(121,1)
ANTENNA GUID-BB7B16F5-20BF-4B93-8225-E6468736C3E3
SAA2102
Type B
Removing antenna
GUID-26161325-BFDB-40F9-AEB3-9EE09F6634B6
You can remove the antenna if necessary.
Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove it
by turning it counterclockwise.
To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-
wise and tighten.
CAUTION:
. Be sure to fold down (for Type A) or
remove the antenna before the vehicle
enters a garage with a low ceiling.
JVH0143X
. Be sure that the antenna is removed
before the vehicle enters an automatic
Type A car wash.
The angle of the antenna can be changed for
Type A antenna. . Be sure that the antenna is folded down
(for Type A) or removed before covering
the vehicle with a cover.

(122,1)
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A) 17. MENU button
GUID-F281EBCD-EA78-4B87-87DE-3B67FB64182D
JVH0011X
1. MUTE button 9. SCAN button

2. FM·AM radio band select button 10. RDM (Random) button
3. CD button 11. RPT (Repeat) button
4. Radio memory buttons 12. Power button/Volume control knob
5. AUX button 13. AUX IN (auxiliary input) jack
6. CD EJECT button 14. AUTO.P (Automatic Preset) button
7. DISP button 15. SCRL (Scroll) button
8. SEEK/TRACK/FILE button 16. TUNE/FF (Forward)·REW (Rewind)/FOLDER
button

(123,1)
Audio main operation : (−) to decrease / (+) to increase 2. To adjust the hours, push the SEEK/TRACK/
GUID-C54D1675-12DF-48C9-B28F-4F27FA6D1B53
: (−) to decrease / (+) to increase FILE button or .
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. : (F) to adjust fade to the front/ (R) 3. To adjust the minutes, push the TUNE/
to adjust fade to the rear FF·REW/FOLDER button or .
POWER button:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
: (R) to adjust balance to the right/ If no user input is detected for 10 seconds, or
To turn on the audio system, push the Power when the “MENU” button is pushed, the clock
(L) to adjust balance to the left
button. setting mode will automatically return to the
. The system will turn on in the mode, which Once the audio settings are set to the desired normal mode.
was used immediately before the system level, push the button until the radio or CD
was turned off. display appears.
MUTE button:
. If there is no CD loaded, the radio will be If no action is performed for approximately 5 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
turned on. seconds, the audio settings mode will auto- Press the button to mute the sound. Press
To turn off the audio system, push the PWR matically return to the normal mode. again to restore the sound.
button. Beep tones:
Volume control:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
AUX button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To turn the beep sound off or on, push the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To control the volume, turn the VOLUME SEEK/TRACK/FILE button or or TUNE/ The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
control knob. FF·REW/FOLDER button or until The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
the desired mode is displayed. This turns on or standard analog audio input such as from a
Turn the knob clockwise to make the sound off the beep sound when audio buttons are
louder. portable cassette tape, CD player, MP3 player or
pushed. laptop computer.
Turn the knob counterclockwise to make the
sound quieter. Clock display: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Push the AUX button to play a compatible
To display the clock on the screen, perform the device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
following operations. NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
MENU button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 1. Push the button repeatedly until mini plug cable when connecting your music
To change the audio settings, push the CLOCK ON or OFF appears on the display device to the audio system. Music may not play
button to select the mode while the CD or radio while the audio system is on. properly when a monaural cable is used.
is on.
2. Push the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button
Push the button until the desired mode or or TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button
WARNING:
appears on the display. or to select CLOCK ON. Do not allow the cable or an external device
BASS ? TREBLE ? FADE ? BALANCE ? BEEP ? connected to the AUX terminal to affect your
Clock adjustment:
CLOCK ? BASS GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B driving.
To adjust the clock, turn the clock display on
Push the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button ( or and perform the following operations.
) or TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button ( NOTE:
or ) to adjust the audio settings. 1. Push the button while CLOCK ON is on . Depending on the external device, please
the display. The hour and minute digits note that the volume may be louder or
blink. quieter than that of the external device.

(124,1)
. When the AUX contacts the plug of the will turn off and the radio will turn on. Radio memory GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
button:
connector cable, noise may be heard. To change the radio bands, push the The audio system can store up to 12 FM station
. The connected external device cannot be button until the desired band is displayed. frequencies (for FM1 and FM2) and 6 AM station
operated with the main audio system. frequencies.
AM ? FM1 ? FM2
The volume and sound quality can be
The FM stereo indicator, “ST” will display during To store the station frequency:
adjusted.
. The song title in the external device FM stereo reception. When the stereo broad- 1. Tune to the desired broadcasting station
cannot be displayed on the audio display. cast signal is weak, the radio will automatically frequency by using the or
change from stereo to monaural reception. button.
. For the power source of the external
device, use the special battery. The ex- 2. Push and hold a memory button (1 - 6) until
ternal device cannot be charged with the TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button: a beep sounds.
AUX terminal. Noise may be heard if the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. The switch number and frequency will
CD, radio etc. is operated while charging When adjusting the broadcasting station fre-
quency manually, push the or appear on the display when the memory
the battery with the power socket of the is stored properly.
vehicle. button until the desired frequency is
achieved. 4. Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory
FM-AM radio operation When adjusting the broadcasting station fre- buttons.
GUID-28C69204-9228-450B-8BAE-72DCA8C26DEF
quency automatically, push the or Push a memory button (1 - 6) to select a
button. When the system detects a broad- memory.
casting station, it will stop at the station. If the battery cable is disconnected or if the
audio fuse blows, the radio memory will be
SEEK button: erased. In such a case, reset the desired
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B stations.
When adjusting the broadcasting station fre-
quency automatically, push the or
button. When the system detects a broad- (Automatic Preset) button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
casting station, it will stop at the station. The audio system can store up to 6 FM station
frequencies and 6 AM station frequencies.
JVH0012X button: To store the station frequency automatically,
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed, the system will push and hold the button until a beep
The audio system operates when the ignition sounds. The station will be automatically
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. seek and stop at the detected broadcasting
station for 5 seconds, and then it will start to stored in the “AUTO.P” memory. The display
seek for the next broadcasting station. indicates “AP-**”.
button: Push the button to select a memory.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Push the button in this 5-second period to
When the button is pushed while the audio stop seeking.
system is off, the audio system will turn on and
the radio will turn on.
When the button is pushed while another
audio source is playing, the other audio source

(125,1)
CD player operation CD: will be played.

GUID-FD0EFEF3-2D2B-4FF0-B74D-AA7A7F48CFC9
button:
NOS2417 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a CD is
CD with MP3 or WMA: being played, the first 10 seconds of all the
tracks will be played.
When the button is pushed again, the CD
will return to normal play from the track which
NOS2418 is playing.
SEEK/TRACK/FILE button: (Repeat) button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVH0012X GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button (located on the left side) is To change the play settings, push the
The audio system operates when the ignition pushed while a CD is being played, the present button to select the mode.
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. track will be advanced and move to the next CD:
track. Push the button several times to skip
Loading: forward tracks. The CD will advance the num- RPT DISC ? RPT TRACK
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Insert a CD into the slot with the label side ber of times the button is pushed. When the CD with MP3 or WMA:
facing up. The CD will be guided automatically last track of the CD is forwarded, the first track RPT DISC ? RPT FOLDER ? RPT TRACK
into the slot and will start playing. To stop will be played.
playing, push the Power button. . RPT DISC:
When the button is pushed while a CD is All the tracks of the CD will be played
being played, the present track will start over continuously in sequential order. The dis-
CAUTION: from the beginning of the current track. Push play indicates no symbol mark. While the
the button several times to skip back button is pushed, the display indicates
Do not force the compact disc into the slot.
tracks. The CD will rewind the number of times “RPT DISC”.
This could damage the player.
the button is pushed. When the first track of the
CD is rewound, the last track will be played. . RPT TRACK:
The selected track of the CD will be played
button: continuously. While the button is
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button: pushed, the display indicates “RPT TRACK”.
When the button is pushed while a CD is GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
loaded, the CD will start playing automatically. When the or button (located on . RPT FOLDER:
the right side) is pushed and held while a CD is All the tracks of selected folder will be
button: being played, the CD will be played while played continuously in sequential order
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B forwarding or rewinding. When the button is (CD with MP3 or WMA only). While the
When the button is pushed while a CD with released, the CD will return to the normal play button is pushed, the display indicates “RPT
a title is being played, the display will change as speed. FOLDER”.
follows: When the or button is pushed
while a CD with MP3 or WMA is being played,
the first track in the next or the previous folder

(126,1)
(Random) button: CD EJECT button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To change the play sequence, push the To eject a CD, push the CD EJECT button.
button to select the mode. If a CD is ejected by pushing the button,
CD: and it is not taken out from the loading slot, the
RDM DISC ? RPT DISC CD will automatically be reloaded to the slot to
protect the CD.
CD with MP3 or WMA:
RDM DISC ? RDM FOLDER ? RPT DISC
. RPT DISC:
All the tracks of the CD will be played
continuously in sequential order. The dis-
play indicates no symbol mark. While the
button is pushed, the display indicates
“RPT DISC”.
. RDM DISC:
All the tracks or folders (CD with MP3 or
WMA only) of the CD will be played con-
tinuously in random order. While the
“RDM DISC”.
. RDM FOLDER:
All the tracks of the selected folder will be
played continuously in random order (CD
with MP3 or WMA only). While the
“RDM FOLDER”.
(Scroll) button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the title is displayed but it is a long one,
the whole title is not shown in the display. In
this case, push the button to scroll the title.
When the title is scrolled to the end of it, the
display will stop moving and return to the first
condition.

(127,1)
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B) Audio mainGUID-8EFBCDBE-94B3-467E-84AF-09555FAD058A
operation
GUID-B4712E8E-13CF-45B0-BC23-DBF8EB626D99
POWER ON/OFF: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To turn on the audio system, push the VOL/
Power button.
. The system will turn on in the mode (radio
or CD) which was used immediately before
the system was turned off.
. If no CD is loaded, the radio will be turned
on.
To turn on and off the audio system, push the
VOL/Power button.
Volume control:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To control the volume, turn the VOL/Power
button.
Turn the VOL/Power button clockwise to
increase the volume.
Turn the VOL/Power button counterclockwise
to decrease the volume.
Adjusting sound preference:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. To adjust the sound settings, push the
TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button until the item
(Bass, Treble, Balance, Fade, Spd Sen Vol
JVH0335X (speed sensitive volume) or AUX IN Volume)
to be adjusted is displayed.
1. SEEK/TRACK/Rewind button 9. Power button/Volume control knob 2. Turn the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button to
2. SEEK/TRACK/Fast Forward button 10. FM button adjust the settings.
3. CD EJECT button 11. AM button When no action is taken for 5 seconds, the
4. Display 12. CD button display will automatically return to the original
5. Radio memory buttons 13. AUX (Auxiliary) button mode.
6. SCAN button 14. AUX (Auxiliary) IN jack
7. DISP (Display) button 15. TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button
8. RPT (Repeat)·RDM (Random) button

(128,1)
Clock setting: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B properly when a monaural cable is used. stop seeking.
Turning the clock ON/OFF: Radio memory buttons:
Radio operation
GUID-E941C0AF-B5BA-45DB-93FC-F56DDBFD4EB7 GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button until The audio system operates when the ignition The audio system can store up to 12 FM station
“Clock: ON” or “Clock: OFF” is displayed. switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. frequencies (for FM1 and FM2) and 6 AM station
2. Turn the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button to frequencies.
toggle between “Clock: ON” and “Clock: During radio reception, pushing the radio
FM/AM buttons:
OFF”. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B memory button for less than 1.5 seconds will
Adjusting the clock: When the button is pushed while the play the stored radio station.
audio system is off, the audio system will turn To store the station frequency manually:
1. Turn on the clock.
on and the radio will turn on.
2. Push the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button until 1. Tune to the desired broadcasting station
When the button is pushed while frequency using the buttons.
“Adjust Clock: No” is displayed.
another audio source is playing, the other
3. Turn the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button until audio source will turn off and the radio will 2. Push and hold one of the radio memory
“Adjust Clock: Yes” is displayed. turn on. buttons - until a beep sounds.
4. Push the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button. Ad- To change the radio bands (FM1, FM2, or AM), 3. The frequency of the selected station will
just the hour digits by turning the TUNE·- push the buttons. appear on the display when the memory is
FOLDER/MENU button while the digits are stored properly.
flashing and “Change Hour” is displayed. TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 4. Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory
5. Push the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button. Ad- When adjusting the broadcasting station fre- buttons.
just the minutes by turning the TUNE·- quency manually, turn the TUNE·FOLDER/MENU
FOLDER/MENU button while the digits are button until the preferred frequency is CD player operation
GUID-8772122B-1B13-43F5-987A-1AF186A9EAC0
flashing and “Change Minute” is displayed. achieved.
Loading: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When no action is taken for 5 seconds, the Insert a CD into the slot with the label side
display will automatically return to the original SEEK/TRACK buttons: facing up. The CD will be guided automatically
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
mode. To adjust the broadcasting station frequency into the slot and will start playing. After the disc
automatically, push and release the or is loaded, track information will appear on the
AUX button: button. When the system detects a broad- display.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B casting station, it will stop at the station.
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit. CAUTION:
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any Detected stations are skipped while the or
standard analog audio input such as from a button is pushed and held. Do not force the CD into the slot. This could
portable cassette tape player, CD player, digital damage the player.
audio player or laptop computer. SCAN button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the button to play a compatible When the button is pushed, the system will
device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack. seek and stop at the detected broadcasting
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo station for 5 seconds, and then it will start to
mini plug cable when connecting your music seek for the next broadcasting station.
device to the audio system. Music may not play Push the button in this 5-second period to

(129,1)
TUNE·FOLDER/MENU button (CD with MP3/

CD button: WMA): SCAN button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a CD is To skip to the next folder, turn the TUNE·- When the button is pushed while a CD is
loaded, the CD will start playing. FOLDER/MENU button. being played, the first 10 seconds of all the
To skip to the next or previous track within the tracks will be played.
DISP button: folder, push the button. When the button is pushed again, the CD
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B will return to the regular play mode.
When the button is pushed while a CD with
title information is playing, the information text RPT·RDM button:
on the display will change as follows:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B CD EJECT button:
When the button is pushed while a CD is GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
CD: playing, the play mode will change as follows: The CD in the unit will be ejected when the
Track time ? Album Title ? Artist Name ? CD: button is pushed. If the CD is not removed and
Song Title ? Track time left ejected in the unit for 20 seconds, it will be
DISC REPEAT ? TRACK REPEAT ? DISC RAN- reloaded into the slot for protection.
CD with MP3/WMA: DOM ? DISC REPEAT
Track time ? Folder Title ? Album Title ? Artist CD with MP3/WMA:
Name ? Song Title ? Track time DISC REPEAT ? FOLDER REPEAT ? TRACK
REPEAT ? DISC RANDOM ? FOLDER RANDOM
SEEK/TRACK (Rewind/Fast For- ? DISC REPEAT
ward) buttons: DISC REPEAT:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Fast forward/Rewind: All the tracks on the selected CD will play
Push and hold the or button for more repeatedly in sequential order.
than 1.5 seconds to rewind or fast forward FOLDER REPEAT (CD with MP3 or WMA only):
through the track. Release the button to play All the tracks in the selected folder will play
the CD at normal speed. repeatedly in sequential order.
Track up/down: TRACK REPEAT:
To play the next track, push the Fast Forward The selected track will play repeatedly.
button for less than 1.5 seconds while a CD is
playing. DISC RANDOM:
To play the previous track, push the Rewind All the tracks on the selected CD will play in
button for less than 1.5 seconds within 2 random order.
seconds after the current track started playing. FOLDER RANDOM (CD with MP3 or WMA only):
To return to the beginning of the current track, All the tracks in the selected folder will play
push the Rewind button for less than 1.5 repeatedly in random order.
seconds after 2 seconds from when the current
track started playing.

(130,1)
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type C)

GUID-B1A5CFB8-327A-44D0-9FA5-8B2D4549C9AF
JVH0677X
Model without Bluetooth® Hands- Free Phone System

(131,1)
Audio main operation

GUID-31B1BD1F-2F9B-4DF8-9A8E-BE0348B21C83
Power button/Volume control knob:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Power ON/OFF:
To turn on the audio system, push the Power
button.
. The system will turn on in the mode that
was used immediately before the system
was turned off.
. If the system was turned on with the CD
ejected and the devices disconnected, the
radio will turn on.
To turn off the audio system, push the Power
button.
Volume control:
To control the volume, turn the Volume control
knob.
Turn the knob clockwise to make the sound
louder.
Turn the knob counterclockwise to make the
sound quieter.
JVH0882X
Model with Bluetooth® Hands- Free Phone System
SETUP button:
1. DISP (Display) button 10. MEDIA button GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
2. RADIO button 11. MUTE button To configure Audio, Clock, Radio or Language,
3. Day/Night button 12. Power button /Volume control knob perform the following procedure.
4. MIX button 13. RPT (repeat) button 1. Push the button.
5. SEEK button/Rewind button 14. Radio memory buttons 2. Turn the MENU knob clockwise or counter-
6. SEEK button/Fast forward button 15. A-Z button clockwise, the display will appear in the
following order.
7. SETUP button 16. ENTER button/MENU knob
Audio ? Clock ? Radio ? Language ?
8. Back button 17. Phone button Audio
9. CD eject button

(132,1)
3. Push the ENTER button to select the item. Adjusting the setting to 0 (zero) turns off the Language setting:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
speed volume feature. Increasing the speed Push the button to enter the setup menu
Audio adjustments: volume setting results in the audio volume
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
screen and then select “Language”.
Push the button and then select “Audio”. increasing more rapidly with vehicle speed.
Once chosen, push ENTER button to save the Select the appropriate language and push the
Turn the MENU knob, and the mode will change
setting. ENTER button. Upon completion, the screen will
as follows.
automatically adapt the language setting.
Sound ? AUX In ? Speed Vol. Clock setting: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the ENTER button to select the setting Push the button to enter the setup menu Day/Night button:
you want to change. Turn the MENU knob to screen and then select “Clock”. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
adjust the selected item. Turn the MENU knob, and the mode will change Push the button to switch the display
as follows. brightness between the daytime and nighttime
Sound:
modes.
Adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade. Turn the Set Time ? ON/OFF ? Format
MENU knob and then push the ENTER button to Set Time:
select the setting item. Turn the MENU knob to MUTE button (if equipped):
adjust the setting. Select “Set Time” and then adjust the clock as GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
follows. Push the button to mute the audio system.

. Bass: Push the button again to unmute.
The hour display will start flashing. Turn the
Enhances or attenuates the bass response
MENU knob to adjust the hour and push the
sound. Phone button (if equipped):
ENTER button. The minute display will start
. Treble: flashing. Turn the MENU knob to adjust the
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
For operation on how to use button, see
Enhances or attenuates the treble. minute and push the ENTER button to finish “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if
. Bal. (Balance): the clock adjustment. equipped for type C audio)” (P.4-53).
Adjusts the balance of the volume between ON/OFF:
the left and right speakers.
Set the clock display between on or off when MEDIA button:
. Fade: the audio unit is turned off. If set in the “ON”, the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Adjusts the balance of the volume between clock will be displayed when the audio unit is Push the button to play a compatible
the front and rear (if equipped) speakers. turned off by pushing the Power button. device when it is connected.
AUX In: Format: Each time the button is pushed, the audio
Adjusts the volume output from the auxiliary source will change as follows.
Switch the clock display between 24-hour
source. mode and 12-hour clock mode. CD ?AUX ? USB/iPod ? Bluetooth audio (if
Speed Vol. (Speed Volume) : equipped)
Radio setting: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Set the audio system to automatically adjust A source that is not available will be skipped.
Push the button to enter the setup menu
the volume level in relation to vehicle speed.
screen and then select “Radio”.
This mode controls the volume output from the
This function is used to select the FM frequency
speakers automatically in relation to vehicle
band.
speed. When “Speed Vol” is displayed, turn the
MENU knob clockwise or anticlockwise to
adjust the volume level.

(133,1)
Radio operation 2. Push and hold a radio memory button insert another disc.
GUID-58F18843-7DE5-4C58-B435-3BCE6E192C95
to until a beep sounds. (The radio
mutes when the memory button is MEDIA button:
pushed.) GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
3. The channel indicator will display and the To change to the CD mode, push the
RADIO button: radio mute disengages, indicating that the button with a CD inserted until the CD mode is
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
memory is stored properly. selected.
When the button is pushed while another
audio source is playing, the other audio source 4. Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory List view: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
will turn off and the radio will turn on. buttons. While the track is being played, push the ENTER
To change the radio bands, push the If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the button to display the available tracks in a listed
button until the desired band appears. audio fuse blows, the radio memory will be view mode. To select a track from the list, or a
FM 1 ? FM 2 ? AM ? FM 1 erased. In such a case, reset the desired track to start listening to, turn the MENU knob
stations. and then push the ENTER button.
During FM reception, push and hold the
button to update FM list. CD player operation Quick search: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-FA95939A-AF26-414A-BFAF-904E5B83EC9E
Turn the MENU knob to select a station from The audio system operates when the ignition In the list view mode, a quick search can be
the FM list. switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. performed to find a track from the list. Push the
A-Z button, turn the MENU knob to the first
Loading: alphabetic letter of the song title, and then
SEEK buttons: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
push the ENTER button. When found, a list of
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Insert a CD into the slot with the label side
When adjusting the broadcasting station fre- facing up. The CD will be guided automatically the available songs will be displayed. Select,
quency manually, push the or button into the slot and will start playing. After loading and push the ENTER button to play the
until the desired frequency is achieved. the CD, the number of tracks and the play time preferred track.
When adjusting the broadcasting station fre- will appear on the display.
quency automatically, push and hold the Fast forward/Rewind buttons:
or button. When the system detects a CAUTION: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push and hold the or button to fast
broadcasting station, it will stop at the station.
Do not force the CD into the slot. This could forward or rewind through the track. When the
to Radio memory buttons: damage the player. button is released, the track will play at normal
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
During radio reception, pushing the radio playing speed.
memory button will select the stored radio NOTE: Track up/down:
station. . The CD player accepts normal audio CDs
or CDs containing MP3/WMA files. By pushing the or button once, the
The audio system can store up to 12 FM station track will skip forward to the next track or
frequencies (6 in each of FM 1, FM 2) and 6 AM . The audio unit will automatically detect if backward to the beginning of the current track.
station frequencies. a CD containing MP3/WMA files is in- Push the or button more than once to
serted, and “MP3CD” will be indicated. skip through the tracks.
To store the station frequency manually: . An error notification message will be
1. Tune to the desired broadcasting station displayed when inserting an incompati-
frequency by using the buttons. ble disc type (e.g., DVD), or if the player
cannot read the CD. Eject the disc and

(134,1)
Folder browsing: USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection

DISP button:
If the recorded media contains folders with GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Port GUID-0377BEF5-C500-4BE1-AFA5-701D857D1CBC
music files, pushing the or button will While a CD with title information is being
play the tracks of each folder in sequence. USB main operation:
played, the title of the played track is displayed. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To select a preferred folder: When the button is pushed repeatedly

1. Push the ENTER button or the button while a CD with MP3/WMA/AAC is playing,
and a list of tracks in the current folder is further information about the track can be
displayed. displayed along with the track title as follows.
2. Push the button. Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time
3. Turn the MENU knob for the preferred Track details:
folder. Pushing and holding the button will turn
4. Push the ENTER button to access the the display into a detailed overview. Push the
folder. Push the ENTER button again to button to return to the display for the main
start playing the first track or turn the display mode.
JVH0518X
MENU knob, and push the ENTER button to
select another track. CD Eject button: Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model*
If the current selected folder contains sub GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a CD is
folders, push the ENTER button, and a new model, the layout will be the opposite.
loaded, the CD will be ejected.
screen with a list of sub folders will be
displayed. Turn the MENU knob for the sub When the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or
folder and then push the ENTER button to “LOCK” position it is possible to eject the CD WARNING:
select. Select the root folder item when songs currently being played. However the audio unit Do not connect, disconnect or operate the
are recorded additionally in the root folder. will not be activated. USB device while driving. Doing so can be a
If a CD is ejected by pushing the button, distraction. If distracted you could lose con-
RPT button: and it is not taken out from the loading slot trol of your vehicle and cause an accident or
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B within 20 seconds, the CD will automatically be serious injury.
Push the button and the current track will reloaded to the slot in order to protect the CD.
be played continuously.
CAUTION:
MIX button: . Do not force the USB device into the USB
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B connection port. Inserting the USB device
Push the button and all the tracks will be tilted or upside- down into the port may
played in a random order. damage the port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into the USB
connection port.
. Do not grab the USB connection port
cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB
device out of the port. This could damage

(135,1)
the port and the cover. . iPhone (1st to current generation)

DISP button: iPad (1st to current generation)
. Do not leave the USB cable in a place GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
.
where it can be pulled unintentionally. While a track with recorded music information
NOTE:
Pulling the cable may damage the port. tags (ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the
played track is displayed. If the tags are not This audio system does not support iPad
provided then a notification message is discharging.
played.
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner MEDIA button:
information regarding the proper use and care When the button is pushed continuously, GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
of the device. further information about the track can be To operate the iPod, push the button
displayed along with the track title as follows. repeatedly until the USB/iPod mode is selected
The USB connection port is located above the
glove box. Open the lid and connect a USB Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time and then push the ENTER button.
memory device into the port. When the audio Track details: iPod main operation:
system operates, the system will switch to the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Pushing and holding the button will turn Interface:
USB memory device mode automatically.
the display into a detailed overview. Push the The interface for iPod operation shown on the
If the system has been turned off while the USB button to return to the display for the main audio system display is similar to the iPod
memory device was playing, pushing the Power display mode. interface. Use the ENTER button/MENU knob to
button will start the USB memory device.
play a track on the iPod.
The following operations are identical to the iPod player GUID-4800DF2D-4A9B-4A90-84DD-2A20D2F1F54A
operation
The following items can be chosen from the
audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD) Connecting iPod: menu list screen.
operation. For details, see “CD player operation” GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The USB connection port is located above the . Playlists
(P.4-33).
glove box. See “USB (Universal Serial Bus)
. List view Connection Port” (P.4-34). . Artist
. Quick search . Albums
When the iPod is connected to the vehicle, the
. Songs
. iPod music library can only be operated by the
. MIX (Random play) vehicle audio controls. For further information about each item, see
the iPod owner’s manual.
. RPT (Repeat track) Compatibility: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Folder browsing The following operations are identical to the
The system unit shall be compatible with all audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD)
devices (past and future) supporting Apple operation. For details, see “CD player operation”
MEDIA button: Accessory Protocol on USB link. (P.4-33).
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To change to the USB mode, push the It includes (and not limited to): . List view
button with a USB connected until the USB . iPod mini (1st to current generation) . Quick search
mode is selected. . iPod shuffle (1st to current generation) .
. iPod nano (1st to current generation) . MIX (Random play)
. iPod touch (1st to current generation) . RPT (Repeat track)
. iPod classic (1st to current generation)

(136,1)
. Folder browsing NOTE: Track up/down:

The audio system only supports Bluetooth® By pushing the or button once, the
DISP button: devices with AVRCP (Audio Video Remote track will skip forward to the next track or
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Control Profile) version 1.3, or 1.0 or earlier. backward to the beginning of the current track.
While a track with recorded music information Push the or button more than once to
Bluetooth® audio player main operation:
tags (ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
skip through the tracks.
played track is displayed.
When the button is pushed repeatedly, DISP button:
further information about the track can be
displayed along with the track title as follows: If the song contains music information tags
(ID3– tags), the title of the played song will be
Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time displayed. If tags are not provided then the
Track details: display will not show any messages.
Pushing and holding the button will turn When the button is pushed repeatedly
the display into a detailed overview. To return further information about the song can be
to the main display, push the button. displayed along with the song title.
A long push on button will turn the display
Bluetooth® audio player operation (if JVH0848X
into a detailed overview which after a few
equipped) GUID-B9E4C483-0951-4C46-B28A-AA037FDB3C9A seconds returns to the main display; or push
To play Bluetooth® audio, the Bluetooth® audio
Regulatory information: device needs to be paired to the in-vehicle button briefly.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. Bluetooth® trademark system. For the pairing operation, see “Pairing
device” (P.4-54).
Auxiliary input jack
GUID-E8D6768D-53F6-4315-B5EF-0657BAE064E9
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
and licensed to Visteon Cor- MEDIA button:
poration. To operate the Bluetooth® audio streaming,
push the button repeatedly until “BT Audio”
. CE statement is shown.
Hereby Visteon Corp. declares that this
The type of display, or , shown on the
system is in compliance with the essential
audio system can vary depending on the Blue-
requirements and other relevant provisions
tooth® version of the device.
of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Fast forward/Rewind buttons:

JVH0711X
NSY0105 When or button is pushed continu-
ously, the track will be played at high speed. Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model*
When the button is released, the track will be *: The illustration is for the Right-Hand Drive
played at normal playing speed. (RHD) model. For the Left-Hand Drive (LHD)
model, the layout will be the opposite.
The AUX input jack is located above the glove
box. The AUX input jack accepts any standard

(137,1)
analog audio input such as from a portable FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type D)
cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop GUID-E22611D5-1942-4B1D-91F1-A666065B8892
computer.
Push the button repeatedly until the AUX
mode is selected, to play a compatible device
when it is plugged into the AUX input jack.
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used.
WARNING:
Do not allow the cable or an external device
connected to the AUX terminal to affect your
driving.
NOTE:
. Depending on the external device, please
note that the volume may be louder or
quieter than that of the external device.
. When the AUX contacts the plug of the
connector cable, noise may be heard.
. The connected external device cannot be
operated with the main audio system.
The volume and sound quality can be
adjusted.
. The song title in the external device
JVH1577X
cannot be displayed on the audio display.
. For the power source of the external 1. DISP (display) button 9. SCAN button
device, use the special battery. The ex-
2. MEDIA button 10. SEEK TRACK (forward) button
ternal device cannot be charged with the
AUX terminal. Noise may be heard if the 3. CD eject button 11. BACK button
CD, radio etc. is operated while charging 4. FM·AM button 12. Power button/Volume control knob
the battery with the power socket of the 5. CD button 13. RPT (repeat) button
vehicle.
6. Color display 14. RDM (random) button
7. iPod MENU button 15. Radio memory buttons
8. SEEK TRACK (rewind) button 16. TUNE FOLDER knob

(138,1)
17. ENTER/SETTING button . AUX Vol. 24 hour clock is not available.

Controls the volume level of incoming . On-Screen Clock
Audio main GUID-175443E4-A04C-4FBB-A430-DDA3A35E12FE
operation sound when an auxiliary device is con- When this item is turned on, a clock is
Head unit: nected to the system. Choose a setting always displayed in the upper right corner
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low between 1 and 3 or choose 0 to disable the of the screen.
and high frequency ranges automatically in feature entirely. Select the “On-Screen Clock” using the
both radio reception and CD playback. . Brightness and Contrast TUNE FOLDER knob and then push the
Adjust the brightness and contrast of the ENTER/SETTING button. You can toggle
screen. between ON and OFF using the TUNE
Power button/Volume control knob:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Select “brightness” or “contrast” using the FOLDER knob.
Push the Power button to turn the audio TUNE FOLDER knob and then push the . RDS Display
system on and off while the ignition switch is ENTER/SETTING button. Turn the TUNE RDS (radio data system) information can be
placed in the “ON” or “ACC” position. FOLDER knob to adjust the brightness and shown on the display. Select “RDS Display”
Turn the Volume control knob to adjust the contrast of the screen to the preferred using the TUNE FOLDER knob and then
volume. level. push the ENTER/SETTING button. You can
. Clock Adjust toggle between ON and OFF using the
Audio settings:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B TUNE FOLDER knob.
Adjust the clock according to the following
The settings screen will appear when the procedure. . Language Select
ENTER/SETTING button is pushed. The language settings can be changed.
The following items are available in the settings Select “Language Select” using the TUNE
screen. FOLDER knob and then push the ENTER/
. Bluetooth (if equipped) SETTING button. Use the TUNE FOLDER
It is possible to set the Bluetooth® settings. knob to select the preferred language.
. Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade
Controls the sound of the audio system. DISP button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Balance adjusts the sound between the left Display of the screen can be canceled by
and right speakers. Fade adjusts the sound pushing the button. You can still listen to
between the front and rear speakers. music that is being played back even while the
Select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” or JVH1578X screen display is turned off. If you want to
“Fade” using the TUNE FOLDER knob, and display the screen again, either push the
then push the ENTER/SETTING button. 1) Select “Clock Adjust” using the TUNE button once more or push the , , or
Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the FOLDER knob and then push the button.
Bass, Treble, balance and Fade of the ENTER/SETTING button .
screen to the preferred level. 2) Adjust the hour with the TUNE FOLDER MEDIA button:
. Speed Sensitive Vol. knob and then push the ENTER/ GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
To change the Speed Sensitive Volume SETTING button . Pushing the button will switch the displays
(Speed Sensitive Vol.) level from off (0) to 3) Adjust the minute with the TUNE as follows:
5, turn the TUNE FOLDER knob. FOLDER knob and then push the USB/iPod? Bluetooth (if equipped)? AUX?
ENTER/SETTING button . USB/iPod

(139,1)
Radio operation seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

GUID-2ED40C64-A821-4952-8533-ED9282D6BB87
station. button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
FM·AM button: to Radio memory buttons: When the button is pushed with the
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
system off and the CD loaded, the system will
Push the button to change the band as Up to 12 stations can be set for the FM band (6
turn on and the CD will start to play.
follows: each for FM1 and FM2) and 6 stations can be set
for the AM band. When the button is pushed with the CD
AM ? FM1 ? FM2? AM loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
1. Choose the radio band using the
TUNE (Tuning): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B automatically be turned off and the CD will
button.
start to play.
Turn the radio TUNE FOLDER knob for manual 2. Tune to the desired station using the
tuning. button or the TUNE FOLDER knob.
SEEK TRACK (rewind/forward)
Radio Data System (RDS) : 3. Push and hold the desired station preset buttons:
button to until a beep sounds.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
data information service transmitted by some 4. The station indicator will then come on and When the or button is pushed and
radio stations on the FM band (not AM band) the sound will resume. The station is now held while the CD is being played, the CD will
encoded within a regular radio broadcast. set to the button memory. play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When
Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities, the button is released, the CD will return to
5. Other buttons can be set in the same normal play speed.
but many stations are now considering broad- manner.
casting RDS data. When the or button is pushed for less
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
RDS can display: fuse opens, the station memory will be erased. the next track or the beginning of the current
. Station name, such as “The Groove”. In that case, reset the desired stations. track on the CD will be played.
. Music or programming type such as “Clas-
sical”, “Country” or “Rock”. CD player operation
GUID-0B824927-79F4-4C90-8BF8-A3BD9C4B1F64
Place the ignition switch in the “ON” or “ACC” RPT (REPEAT) button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
position, and insert the compact disc (CD) into When the button is pushed while the CD is
SEEK TRACK buttons: the slot with the label side facing up. The CD
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B played, the play pattern can be changed as
Push the or button to tune from low to will be guided automatically into the slot and follows:
high or high to low frequencies and to stop at start playing.
(CD)
the next broadcasting station. After loading the CD, the number of tracks on
the CD and the play time will appear on the (Normal) � 1 Track Repeat
SCAN buttons: display. (CD with compressed audio files)
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
If the radio is already operating, it will auto- (Normal) ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
Push the button to tune from low to high matically turn off and the CD will play. (Normal)
frequencies and stop at each broadcasting
station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again If the system was turned off while the CD was
during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN playing, pushing the Power button will start the
tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that CD.
station.
If the button is not pushed within 5

(140,1)
model, the layout will be the opposite. The following operations are identical to the
RDM (RANDOM) button: audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD)
operation. For details, see “CD player operation”
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a CD is WARNING:
being played, the play pattern can be changed (P.4-39).
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the
as follows: USB device while driving. Doing so can be a
.
(CD) distraction. If distracted you could lose con- . RDM (Random play)
(Normal) � 1 Disc Random trol of your vehicle and cause an accident or . RPT (Repeat track)
serious injury.
(CD with compressed audio files)
MEDIA button:
(Normal) ? 1 Disc Random ? 1 Folder Random GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
? (Normal) CAUTION: To change to the USB mode, push the
. Do not force the USB device into the USB button with a USB connected until the USB
connection port. Inserting a USB device mode is selected.
CD eject button:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B tilted or upside-down into the port may
When the button is pushed with the CD damage the port. Make sure that the USB DISP button:
loaded, the CD will be ejected. device is connected correctly to the USB GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When this button is pushed while the CD is connection port. While a track with recorded music information
being played, the CD will be ejected. tags (ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the
. Do not grab the USB connection port played track is displayed. If the tags are not
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will cover (if equipped) when pulling a USB provided then a notification message is dis-
be pulled back into the slot to protect it. device out of the port. This could damage played.
the port and the cover.
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection When the button is pushed continuously,
. Do not leave a USB cable in a place where further information about the track can be
Port it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling
GUID-14A036F8-AB2F-493B-AB5E-97C7E591FE99 displayed along with the track title as follows.
USB main operation: the cable may damage the port.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time
Track details:
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner Pushing and holding the button will turn
information regarding the proper use and care the display into a detailed overview. Push the
of the device. BACK button to return to the display for the
main display mode.
glove box. Open the lid and connect a USB
memory device into the port. When the audio
system operates, the system will switch to the
USB memory device mode automatically.
If the system has been turned off while the USB
JVH0518X memory device was playing, pushing the
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model* ENTER/SETTING button will start the USB
*: The illustration is for the Right-Hand Drive memory device.

(141,1)
iPod player GUID-BFDC30D0-3565-4CD5-8146-C988E3A96B50

operation . iPhone 3G (iOS 2.1 -) . Shuffle Songs
. iPhone 3GS (iOS 3.0 -) For more information about each item, see the
Connecting iPod: iPod Owner’s Manual.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B . iPhone 4/4S (iOS 4.0 -)
. iPhone 5 (iOS 6.0.0 -)
glove box. Connect the iPod with a USB
connection port using a cable. See “USB (Uni- Operations attributable to firmware update by SEEK TRACK (rewind/forward)
versal Serial Bus) Connection Port” (P.4-40). The Apple are not guaranteed. buttons:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
battery of the iPod is charged while the cable is iPod main operation: When the or button is pushed for more
connected to the vehicle. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is playing, the
The system operates when the ignition switch
Depending on the version of the iPod, the is in the “ON” or “ACC” position. Push the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewind-
display on the iPod shows a NISSAN or Acces- button repeatedly or push the button to ing. When the button is released, the iPod will
sory Attached screen when the connection is switch to the iPod mode. return to the normal play speed.
completed. When the iPod is connected to the When the or button is pushed for less
If the system was turned off while the iPod was
vehicle, the iPod music library can only be than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is playing, the
playing, pushing the Power button will start the
operated by the vehicle audio controls. next track or the beginning of the current track
iPod.
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner on the iPod will be played.
If another audio source is playing and the iPod
information regarding the proper use and care
is connected, pushing the button or the
of the device. RPT (REPEAT) button:
button repeatedly will change the system
Compatibility: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B to the iPod mode. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a track is
The following models are compatible: When the is pushed while the iPod is being played, the play pattern can be changed
. iPod nano 1G (Firmware version 1.3.1 -) connected, the interface for iPod operation is as follows:
shown on the audio display. The items on the
. iPod nano 2G (Firmware version 1.1.3 -) Repeat Off ? 1 Track Repeat? All Repeat ?
menu list can be scrolled by turning the TUNE
. iPod nano 3G (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) Repeat Off
FOLDER knob while the iPod is operating. To
. iPod nano 4G (Firmware version 1.0.2 -) select an item, push the ENTER/SETTING but-
. iPod nano 5G (Firmware version 1.0.1 -) ton. Items in the iPod menu appear on the RDM (RANDOM) button:
. iPod nano 6G (Firmware version 1.0 -) display in the following order. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
When the button is pushed while a track is
. iPod nano 7G (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) . Now playing being played, the play pattern can be changed
. iPod 5G (Firmware version 1.2.1 -) . Playlists as follows:
. iPod classic (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) . Artists Shuffle Off ? Track Shuffle ? Shuffle Off
. iPod Touch (iOS 1.1 -) . Albums
. iPod Touch 2G (iOS 2.1.1 -) . Songs BACK button:
. iPod Touch 3G (iOS 3.1 -) . Podcasts GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
. iPod Touch 4G (iOS 4.1 -) . Genres The display will return to the previous screen.
. iPod Touch 5G (iOS 6.0.0 -) . Composers
. iPhone (iOS 1.0.0 - 2.2.1) . Audiobooks

(142,1)
Bluetooth® audio player operation (if connecting a Bluetooth® device varies ac- Auxiliary input jack
GUID-18FBE0BA-C306-4E1A-9F9E-E2D62E5091B5
equipped) GUID-CC439B52-D252-4835-BEF6-AE0DF3395981 cording to the cellular phone model. See
the Owner’s manual of the Bluetooth®
If you have a compatible Bluetooth® audio device for details.
device that is capable of playing audio files,
the device can be connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® audio main operation:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
audio system so that the audio files on the
device play through the vehicle’s speakers.
Regulatory information:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Bluetooth® trademark:
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
and licensed to Visteon Cor- JVH0711X
poration. Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model*
Connecting Bluetooth® device:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B (RHD) model. For the Left-Hand Drive (LHD)
To connect your Bluetooth® device to the JVH1012X model, the layout will be the opposite.
vehicle, follow the procedure below: The AUX input jack is located above the glove
1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button. To switch to the Bluetooth® audio mode, push box. The AUX input jack accepts any standard
the button repeatedly until the Bluetooth® analog audio input such as from a portable
audio mode is displayed on the screen. cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop
The controls for the Bluetooth® audio are computer.
displayed on the screen. Use the Preset Push the button to play a compatible
button to play and use the Preset button device when it is plugged into the AUX input
to pause. jack.
NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo
mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not play
properly when a monaural cable is used.
JVH0620X WARNING:
2. Select “Bluetooth” . Do not allow the cable or an external device
3. Select “Add Phone or Device” . This same connected to the AUX terminal to affect your
screen can be accessed to remove, replace driving.
or select a different Bluetooth® device.
4. The system acknowledges the command
and asks you to initiate a connection from
the Bluetooth® device. The procedure for

(143,1)
NOTE: . Always place the discs in the storage case STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO
. Depending on the external device, please when they are not being used. CONTROL (ifGUID-ADDB0565-4BE6-4B8E-BA8C-E9DFEA81F877
equipped)
note that the volume may be louder or . To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
quieter than that of the external device. center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
. When the AUX contacts the plug of the cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
connector cable, noise may be heard. motion.
. The connected external device cannot be Do not use a conventional record cleaner
operated with the main audio system. or alcohol intended for industrial use.
The volume and sound quality can be . A new disc may be rough on the inner and
adjusted. outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
. The song title in the external device rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
cannot be displayed on the audio display. side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.
. For the power source of the external
device, use the special battery. The ex- USB memoryGUID-FA91671C-7F42-4A20-B2A1-BE3D359EE963
device (if equipped)
JVH0005X
ternal device cannot be charged with the . Do not touch the terminal portion of the
AUX terminal. Noise may be heard if the USB memory device. Type A
CD, radio etc. is operated while charging . Do not place heavy objects on the USB
the battery with the power socket of the memory device.
vehicle. . Do not store the USB memory device in
highly humid locations.
. Do not expose the USB memory device to
CD/USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING
GUID-2A993BFB-C332-4B64-B184-5EAB43509150
direct sunlight.
. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory
CD GUID-C21429B4-CD0C-45D2-9884-3508764289BC device.
Refer to the USB memory device Owner’s
Manual for the details.
JVH0189X
Type B
SAA0451
. Handle a disc by its edges. Never touch the

surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

(144,1)
1. SOURCE select switch Tilt the / switch for more than 1.5
2. VOLUME control switch seconds to seek for the next or previous
3. Tuning switch available radio station.
The audio system can be operated using the APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS
controls on the steering wheel. REW (CD, USB/iPod*, Bluetooth® audio*):
Tilt the / switch for less than 1.5
SOURCE select switch
GUID-6D0465BB-4C94-4B46-A2E6-DA3F2F22377B seconds to return to the beginning of the
Push the SOURCE select switch to change the present program or skip to the next program.
mode to available audio source. Push several times to skip back or skip through
programs.
JVH0670X
VOLUME control switch
GUID-E03541E9-1079-4729-9D2E-AC9BB52348C3 FF, REW (CD, Bluetooth® audio*):
Type C Push + or - side of the VOLUME control switch Tilt the / switch for more than 1.5
to increase or decrease the volume. seconds to fast forward or rewind the track.
Tuning switch (except for type E)
GUID-D69C36B4-0185-42FE-9741-DC91EF695EAF
Folder change (CD with MP3/WMA, USB/
iPod*):
For type A audio:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Tilt the / switch for more than 1.5
Memory change (radio): seconds to select the next or previous folder.
Push the / switch for less than 1.5 *: if equipped
seconds to change the next or previous radio
preset. Tuning switch (for type E)
GUID-6BBE4449-A20A-4DD9-861D-BED098FBF02A
SEEK tuning (radio): Push the tuning switch to operate the audio
Push the / switch for more than 1.5 system, etc. Functional availability may vary
JVH0817X seconds to seek the next or previous radio depending on the system.
Type D station.
APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS
REW (CD):
Push the / switch for less than 1.5
seconds to return to the beginning of the
present program or skip to the next program.
Push several times to skip back or skip through
programs.
For type B, C and D audio:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Memory change (radio):
Tilt the / switch for less than 1.5
WAE0012X seconds to select the next or previous radio
Type E preset station.
SEEK tuning (radio):

(145,1)
Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
SYSTEM (if equipped for type A audio)
GUID-C4FD2A6E-3A99-4141-A76F-EFE3E3E25990 GUID-68FECA3B-A347-481B-8DE3-BAE555DF5B79
When installing a CB, ham radio or a car phone communications.
in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following WARNING:
If the audio system is being used at the time,
cautions, otherwise the new equipment may the audio mode will mute and will stay muted
. Use a phone after stopping your vehicle
adversely affect the Engine Control System and until the active call is ended.
in a safe location. If you have to use a
other electronic parts.
phone while driving, exercise extreme Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
caution at all times so full attention may System, refer to the following notes.
CAUTION: be given to vehicle operation.
. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®
. Keep the antenna as far away as possible . If you find yourself unable to devote full functions share the same frequency band
from the Electronic Control Module. attention to vehicle operation while talk- (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the
. Keep the antenna wire at least 20 cm (8 ing on the phone, pull off the road to a wireless LAN functions at the same time
in) away from the Engine Control har- safe location and stop your vehicle be- may slow down or disconnect the commu-
nesses. Do not route the antenna wire fore doing so. nication and cause undesired noise. It is
next to any harnesses. recommended that you turn off the wire-
. Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio CAUTION: less LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®
as recommended by the manufacturer. functions.
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a . Set up the wireless connection between a
. Connect the ground wire from the radio phone after starting the engine. cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone
chassis to the body. module before using the Bluetooth®
Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth®
. For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. Hands-Free Phone System.
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner
of a Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you can . Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
set up the wireless connection between your may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone mod- phone module.
ule. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you . You will not be able to use a hands-free
can make or receive a telephone call with your phone under the following conditions:
cellular phone in your pocket. — Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in- service area.
vehicle phone module, no phone connecting — Your vehicle is in an area where it is
procedure is required. Your phone is automa- difficult to receive radio waves; such as
tically connected with the in-vehicle phone in a tunnel, in an underground parking
module when the audio system is turned on garage, behind a tall building or in a
with the registered cellular phone turned on mountainous area.
and carried in the vehicle. — Your cellular phone is locked in order not
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® to be dialed.
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. . When the radio wave condition is not ideal
However, you can talk on only one cellular or ambient sound is too loud, it may be
phone at a time. difficult to hear the other person’s voice
When a call is active, the audio system and during a call.
microphone (located in the ceiling in front of
the rearview mirror) are used for the handsfree

(146,1)
. Immediately after the audio system is — Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, π/ CONTROL BUTTONS AND MICROPHONE
GUID-0D833467-0A10-4B22-9FA7-843566EDBDA8
turned on, it may be impossible to receive 4DQPSK
Steering wheel mounted control:
a call for a short period of time. — Number of Channel: 79
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area — This wireless equipment can’t be used
surrounded by metal or far away from the for any services related to safety be-
in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone cause there is the possibility of radio
quality degradation and wireless connec- interference.
tion disruption.
. While a cellular phone is connected REGULATORY INFORMATION
GUID-6C2A5A01-0DA7-428D-988C-5E2FD1C0CD39
through the Bluetooth® wireless connec-
tion, the battery power of the cellular Bluetooth® GUID-04A2A972-EEBA-42FC-BCEE-FABE340CAB67
Trademark
phone may discharge quicker than usual. Bluetooth® is a trademark
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
seems to be malfunctioning, please contact and licensed to Visteon Cor-
a NISSAN dealer. poration. JVH0885X
. Some cellular phones or other devices may 1. SEEK button
cause interference or a buzzing noise to CE statement
GUID-00B700C8-668D-4426-AA52-138F763DC0B1
come from the audio system speakers. Hereby “Yangfeng Visteon Automotive Electro- 2. PHONE SEND button
Storing the device in a different location nics Co., Ltd.” declares that this Bluetooth car 3. Volume control button
may reduce or eliminate the noise. kit AV System is in compliance with the 4. PHONE END button
. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual essential requirements and other relevant
Microphone:
regarding the telephone pairing procedure provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
specific to your phone, battery charging, Microphone is located near the map light.
cellular phone antenna, etc. Bluetooth® GUID-3305DDD3-85FE-4E4A-9D93-7E05FF302A9B
settings
. The antenna display on the audio display NSY0105
will not coincide with the antenna display Choosing a language:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
of some cellular phones. You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as Free Phone System using English, Arabic, Man-
possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as darin, Russian or Korean. To change the
well as to minimize its echoes. language, perform the following.
. If reception between callers is unclear, 1. Push the PHONE SEND button for more
adjusting the incoming or outgoing call than 5 seconds.
volume may improve the clarity. 2. The system announces: “Press the PHONE
. This wireless hands free car kit is based on END button to select a different language.”
Bluetooth® technology,
3. Push the PHONE END button.
— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P 4. The system announces the current lan-
guage and gives you the option to change
the language. Push the SEEK button to
select a different language.

(147,1)
NOTE: 3. The system asks you to initiate pairing from you wish to delete.
You must push the PHONE SEND button your Bluetooth® cellular phone and enter a 4. When the system asks if you want to delete,
or the PHONE END button within 5 sec- PIN code for pairing the phone. Operate it push the PHONE SEND button. To cancel
onds to change the language. to enter the code “1234”. the deletion, push the PHONE END button.
5. If you decide not to change the language, The pairing procedure of the cellular phone 5. The system asks you to confirm the dele-
do not push either button. After 5 seconds, varies according to each cellular phone tion. To delete the desired phone, push the
the VR session will end, and the language manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own- PHONE SEND button again.
will not be changed. er’s Manual for details.
4. After the prompt “Please say a name for the NOTE:
Pairing procedure:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
phone.” by the system, say a name for the When you delete a phone, the associated
1. Push the PHONE SEND button. The system
phone. If the name is too long, it will not be phonebook for the phone will also be de-
asks you to pair a new phone.
fully registered. leted.
2. Initiate pairing from the cellular phone and Bluetooth® on/off:
5. The system will inform you that the cellular
enter a PIN code for pairing your Blue- GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
phone is successfully registered. 1. Push the PHONE SEND button until the
tooth® cellular phone. Operate it to enter
the code “1234”. The code is always “1234” Selecting a registered phone: system announces “Settings menu”.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
regardless of the number of phones paired. 1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK 2. Push the SEEK button to select Bluetooth®
The pairing procedure of the cellular phone button to select “Connect Phone”, and then on or off.
varies according to each cellular phone push the PHONE SEND button. 3. To turn on/off the Bluetooth® hands-free
manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own- phone system, push the PHONE SEND
er’s Manual for details. 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Select
Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.
3. After the prompt “Please say a name for the button. When Bluetooth® is off, you will not be able to
phone.” by the system, say a name for the make or receive calls by the hands-free mode.
phone. If the name is too long, it will not be 3. Push the SEEK button. Each time the
button is operated, the system announces Also, you will not have access to the phone-
fully registered. book.
the names of the phones. Select the phone
4. The system will inform you that the cellular you wish to use.
phone is successfully registered. Phonebook GUID-E88723C3-7182-4F9D-9545-6DFFBEFD063A
4. Push the PHONE SEND button to complete
Registering an GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
additional phone: The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each
the selection.
phone paired with the system.
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® Deleting a registered phone:
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B NOTE:
However, you can talk on only one cellular 1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK
button to select “Connect Phone”, and then Each phone has its own separate phonebook.
phone at a time. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if
push the PHONE SEND button.
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK you are currently connected with Phone B.
button to select “Connect Phone”, and then 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Delete
push the PHONE SEND button. Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND
button.
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Add
Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND 3. Push the SEEK button. Each time the
button. button is operated, the system announces
the name of the phones. Select the phone

(148,1)
New entry: 3. Push the SEEK button and choose the Bluetooth® cellular phone keypad:
This function is not available while driving. phonebook entry you wish to delete. You can also make a call by operating the
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK 4. When the system asks if you want to delete cellular phone that is registered to the in-
button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then the contact, push the PHONE SEND button. vehicle phone module to use the hands-free
push the PHONE SEND button. To cancel the deletion, push the PHONE phone system.
END button.
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Transfer Ending a call: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND 5. The system asks you to confirm the dele-
tion. Push the PHONE END button on the steering
button. wheel or the off button on the cellular phone.
3. When the system says “Please transfer the 6. To delete the desired contact, push the
phone number from your handset.”, oper- PHONE SEND button again. Receiving orGUID-5CAF0371-5E05-443F-98FD-8680AFE14F46
rejecting a call
ate your cellular phone to send the phone- 7. Push the PHONE SEND button to continue When you hear the ring tone, push the PHONE
book to the system. the deletion or push the PHONE END button SEND button on the steering wheel.
The memory sending procedure from the to finish the phone mode. If you do not wish to answer the call when you
Bluetooth® cellular phone varies according hear the ring tone, push the PHONE END
to each cellular phone manufacturer. See
Making a call
GUID-56BA45DF-CBB4-48C4-A1D5-DC38DC7B40F5 button.
the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for more Phonebook:
details.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK
TransferringGUID-9CFAA1C3-65D9-4592-8BD7-71DB685D9974
a call
4. When prompted by the system, say the button to select “CALL”, and then push the During a call, push the PHONE SEND button to
name that you would like to give for the PHONE SEND button. switch the call from the Bluetooth® Hands-Free
new entry. Phone System to the cellular phone when
2. Push the SEEK button to select “List Name”,
privacy is desired.
Speak in a natural voice without pausing and then push the PHONE SEND button.
between words. Push the PHONE SEND button again to return
3. Push the SEEK button, and choose the
to the hands-free mode.
5. When the system requires you to repeat the phonebook entry you wish to call. The
name, say the name again. system acknowledges the name and be- Some Bluetooth® cellular phones may not be
gins the call. able to return to the hands-free mode. Refer to
6. Push the PHONE SEND button to continue the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for informa-
the entry, or push the PHONE END button Redial: tion about reconnection.
to finish the phone mode. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK Once the audio system is turned off and then
Delete: button to select “CALL”, and then push the turned on again, the system will automatically
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
This function is not available while driving. PHONE SEND button. change to the hands-free mode as the default
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Redial”, and setting.
button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then then push the PHONE SEND button.
push the PHONE SEND button. 3. Push the PHONE SEND button, and then the
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Delete system begins the call.
Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND
button.

(149,1)

SYSTEM (if equipped for type B audio)
GUID-09064561-43BF-4926-8B3C-BAAFC2173DB5
communications. . Immediately after the audio system is
WARNING: turned on, it may be impossible to receive
If the audio system is being used at the time,
. Use a phone after stopping your vehicle the audio mode will mute and will stay muted a call for a short period of time.
in a safe location. If you have to use a until the active call is ended. . Do not place the cellular phone in an area
phone while driving, exercise extreme surrounded by metal or far away from the
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
caution at all times so full attention may in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone
System, refer to the following notes.
be given to vehicle operation. quality degradation and wireless connec-
. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth® tion disruption.
. If you find yourself unable to devote full functions share the same frequency band
attention to vehicle operation while talk- . While a cellular phone is connected
(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the through the Bluetooth® wireless connec-
ing on the phone, pull off the road to a wireless LAN functions at the same time
safe location and stop your vehicle be- tion, the battery power of the cellular
may slow down or disconnect the commu- phone may discharge quicker than usual.
fore doing so. nication and cause undesired noise. It is
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
recommended that you turn off the wire-
seems to be malfunctioning, please contact
CAUTION: less LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®
a NISSAN dealer.
functions.
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a . Some cellular phones or other devices may
. Set up the wireless connection between a
phone after starting the engine. cause interference or a buzzing noise to
cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone
come from the audio system speakers.
Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth® module before using the Bluetooth®
Storing the device in a different location
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner Hands-Free Phone System.
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
of a Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you can . Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual
set up the wireless connection between your may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
regarding the telephone pairing procedure
cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone mod- phone module.
specific to your phone, battery charging,
ule. With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you . You will not be able to use a hands-free cellular phone antenna, etc.
can make or receive a telephone call with your phone under the following conditions:
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
cellular phone in your pocket. — Your vehicle is outside of the telephone possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in- service area. well as to minimize its echoes.
vehicle phone module, no phone connecting — Your vehicle is in an area where it is . If reception between callers is unclear,
procedure is required. Your phone is automa- difficult to receive radio waves; such as adjusting the incoming or outgoing call
tically connected with the in-vehicle phone in a tunnel, in an underground parking volume may improve the clarity.
module when the audio system is turned on garage, behind a tall building or in a
. This wireless hands free car kit is based on
with the registered cellular phone turned on mountainous area.
Bluetooth® technology,
and carried in the vehicle. — Your cellular phone is locked in order not
— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® to be dialed.
— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. . When the radio wave condition is not ideal
However, you can talk on only one cellular or ambient sound is too loud, it may be — Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, π/
phone at a time. difficult to hear the other person’s voice 4DQPSK
during a call. — Number of Channel: 79
When a call is active, the audio system and
microphone (located in the ceiling in front of
the rearview mirror) are used for the handsfree

(150,1)
— This wireless equipment can’t be used 2. PHONE SEND button regardless of the number of phones paired.
for any services related to safety be- 3. Volume control button The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
cause there is the possibility of radio 4. PHONE END button varies according to each cellular phone
interference. manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own-
Microphone: er’s Manual for details.
REGULATORY INFORMATION
GUID-BF26EAE4-CCB5-420E-B6C5-49A8A58884CA Microphone is located near the map light. 3. After the prompt “Please say a name for the
Bluetooth® Trademark phone.” by the system, say a name for the
GUID-1B3718CB-01AD-48E8-8C65-FE44F5932057 Bluetooth® settings
GUID-23194FF7-4709-40D1-A3B4-C438978080FA phone. If the name is too long, it will not be
Bluetooth® is a trademark Choosing a language: fully registered.
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands- 4. The system will inform you that the cellular
and licensed to Visteon Cor-
Free Phone System using English, Arabic, Man- phone is successfully registered.
poration.
darin, Russian or Korean. To change the
Registering an GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
additional phone:
CE statement language, perform the following.
GUID-3073418F-0528-44BB-BAE5-E3433EEE2EB4 You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®
Hereby “Yangfeng Visteon Automotive Electro- 1. Push the PHONE SEND button for more
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
nics Co., Ltd.” declares that this Bluetooth car than 5 seconds.
However, you can talk on only one cellular
kit AV System is in compliance with the 2. The system announces: “Press the PHONE phone at a time.
essential requirements and other relevant END button to select a different language.”
provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. 1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK
3. Push the PHONE END button. button to select “Connect Phone”, and then
4. The system announces the current lan- push the PHONE SEND button.
guage and gives you the option to change 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Add
NSY0105
the language. Push the SEEK button to Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND
select a different language. button.
CONTROL BUTTONS AND MICROPHONE
GUID-3087CCC7-0855-49B0-B32B-31B63CFED1B7
NOTE: 3. The system asks you to initiate pairing from
Steering wheel mounted control: your Bluetooth® cellular phone and enter a
You must push the PHONE SEND button
or the PHONE END button within 5 sec- PIN code for pairing the phone. Operate it
onds to change the language. to enter the code “1234”.
5. If you decide not to change the language, The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
do not push either button. After 5 seconds, varies according to each cellular phone
the VR session will end, and the language manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own-
will not be changed. er’s Manual for details.
4. After the prompt “Please say a name for the
Pairing procedure:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B phone.” by the system, say a name for the
1. Push the PHONE SEND button. The system phone. If the name is too long, it will not be
asks you to pair a new phone. fully registered.
2. Initiate pairing from the cellular phone and 5. The system will inform you that the cellular
JVH0886X enter a PIN code for pairing your Blue- phone is successfully registered.
tooth® cellular phone. Operate it to enter
1. SEEK button
the code “1234”. The code is always “1234”

(151,1)
Selecting a registered phone: Bluetooth® on/off: to each cellular phone manufacturer. See
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK To turn off the Bluetooth®, follow the proce- the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for more
button to select “Connect Phone”, and then dure below. details.
push the PHONE SEND button. 1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK 4. When prompted by the system, say the
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Select button to select “Connect Phone”, and then name that you would like to give for the
Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND push the PHONE SEND button. new entry.
button. 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Bluetooth Speak in a natural voice without pausing
3. Push the SEEK button. Each time the Off”, and then push the PHONE SEND between words.
button is operated, the system announces button. 5. When the system requires you to repeat the
the names of the phones. Select the phone To turn on the Bluetooth®, push the PHONE name, say the name again.
you wish to use. SEND button twice. 6. Push the PHONE SEND button to continue
4. Push the PHONE SEND button to complete When Bluetooth® is off, you will not be able to the entry, or push the PHONE END button
the selection. make or receive calls by the hands-free mode. to finish the phone mode.
Deleting a registered phone: Also, you will not have access to the phone- Delete:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
book. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK This function is not available while driving.
button to select “Connect Phone”, and then Phonebook GUID-3CAECB45-B254-48DA-A327-7268164788C8 1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK
push the PHONE SEND button. button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then
The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Delete phone paired with the system. push the PHONE SEND button.
Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Delete
button. NOTE: Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND
3. Push the SEEK button. Each time the Each phone has its own separate phonebook. button.
button is operated, the system announces You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if 3. Push the SEEK button and choose the
the name of the phones. Select the phone you are currently connected with Phone B. phonebook entry you wish to delete.
you wish to delete. New entry: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 4. When the system asks if you want to delete
4. When the system asks if you want to delete, This function is not available while driving. the contact, push the PHONE SEND button.
push the PHONE SEND button. To cancel To cancel the deletion, push the PHONE
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK
the deletion, push the PHONE END button. END button.
button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then
5. The system asks you to confirm the dele- push the PHONE SEND button. 5. The system asks you to confirm the dele-
tion. To delete the desired phone, push the tion.
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Transfer
PHONE SEND button again.
Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND 6. To delete the desired contact, push the
NOTE: button. PHONE SEND button again.
When you delete a phone, the associated 3. When the system says “Please transfer the 7. Push the PHONE SEND button to continue
phonebook for the phone will also be de- phone number from your handset.”, oper- the deletion or push the PHONE END button
leted. ate your cellular phone to send the phone- to finish the phone mode.
book to the system.
The memory sending procedure from the
Bluetooth® cellular phone varies according

(152,1)
Making a call Receiving orGUID-B1869D78-6A77-4FE4-B75C-CF19D7490C6B

rejecting a call Once the audio system is turned off and then
GUID-20765511-70A5-4DC0-8A3F-1EBCD0088603
turned on again, the system will automatically
Phonebook: To receive a call, push the PHONE SEND button
change to the hands-free mode as the default
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
on the steering wheel when you hear the ring
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK setting.
tone.
button to select “CALL”, and then push the
PHONE SEND button. If you do not wish to answer the call when you
hear the ring tone, push the PHONE END
2. Push the SEEK button to select “List Name”,
button.
and then push the PHONE SEND button.
3. Push the SEEK button, and choose the Turning mute on/off
GUID-CDE42F58-D521-48CB-92E5-ECAFDE41EA5C
phonebook entry you wish to call. The Push the PHONE SEND button if you wish to
system acknowledges the name and be- mute an active call.
gins the call.
Push the PHONE SEND button again to turn off
Redial: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the mute mode.
1. Push the PHONE SEND button and the SEEK
button to select “CALL”, and then push the Transferring a call between hands-free
PHONE SEND button. and handsetGUID-0DD934AD-5F8E-4B4F-9F50-0DF101F64764
mode
2. Push the SEEK button to select “Redial”, and During a call in the hands-free mode, you can
then push the PHONE SEND button. switch to use the handset mode in cases where
privacy is required.
3. Push the PHONE SEND button, and then the
system begins the call. Switching to handset mode:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Bluetooth® cellular phone keypad: 1. During a call in the hands-free mode, push
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the PHONE SEND button to turn on the
You can also make a call by operating the mute mode.
cellular phone that is registered to the in-
vehicle phone module to use the hands-free 2. Push the SEEK button to select “Transfer
phone system. Call”, and then push the PHONE SEND
button.
Ending a call: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Switching backGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
to hands-free mode:
Push the PHONE END button on the steering
wheel or the off button on the cellular phone. 1. During a call in handset mode, push the
PHONE SEND button.
2. When asked by the system if you wish to
switch to the hands-free mode, push the
SEEK button to select “Yes”, and then push
the PHONE SEND button.
Some Bluetooth® cellular phones may not be
able to return to the hands-free mode. Refer to
the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for informa-
tion about reconnection.

(153,1)

SYSTEM (if equipped for type C audio)
GUID-4CF5C870-BACE-4CDD-8EE9-B1E1DFAB1F8F
The Bluetooth® system may not be able to REGULATORYGUID-F538DF71-C8E4-49C4-9F87-C92814881EA1
INFORMATION
WARNING: connect with your cellular phone for the
. Use a phone after stopping your vehicle following reasons: Bluetooth® Trademark
GUID-04CF2A8D-EA5D-4E3A-A187-234E82DF9EB0
in a safe location. If you have to use a . The cellular phone is too far away from the Bluetooth® is a trademark
phone while driving, exercise extreme vehicle. owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
caution at all times so full attention may . The Bluetooth® mode on your cellular and licensed to Visteon Cor-
be given to vehicle operation. phone has not been activated. poration.
. If you find yourself unable to devote full . Your cellular phone has not been paired
attention to vehicle operation while using with the Bluetooth® system of the audio CE statement
GUID-79F80538-3F06-4307-96DD-16A0AA602EF5
the phone, pull off the road to a safe unit. Hereby Visteon Corp. declares that this system
location and stop your vehicle before . The mobile phone does not support Blue- is in compliance with the essential require-
doing so. tooth® technology. ments and other relevant provisions of Direc-
tive 1999/5/EC.
NOTE:
CAUTION: . For details, see your cellular phone’s
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a Owner’s Manual.
NSY0105
phone after starting the engine. . For assistance with your cellular phone
integration, please visit your local NISSAN
Bluetooth® is a wireless radio communication NOTE:
dealer.
standard. This system offers a hands-free The audio system only supports Bluetooth®
facility for your cellular phone to enhance devices with AVRCP (Audio Video Remote
driving comfort. Control Profile) version 1.3, or 1.0 or earlier.
To use the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone CONTROL BUTTONS AND MICROPHONE
GUID-9F3AB654-59D5-44EA-A1ED-1589B56A0DA7
System, your cellular phone must first be setup. Instrument panel:
For details, see “Bluetooth® settings” (P.4-54).
Once it has been setup, the hands-free mode is
automatically activated on the registered cel-
lular phone (via Bluetooth®) when it comes into
range.
A notification message appears on the audio
display when the phone is connected, when an
incoming call is being received, as well as when
a call is initiated.
When a call is active, the audio system, micro-
phone, and steering wheel mounted control
buttons enable hands-free communication.
JVH0913X
If the audio system is in use at the time, the
radio, CD, iPod, USB audio, Bluetooth® audio or 1. A-Z button
AUX source mode will be muted and will stay
muted until the active call has ended.

(154,1)
2. Back button 1. To pair a device, use “Scan device” key or

3. Phone button the “Pair device” key on the display.
4. ENTER button 2. A notification message will be displayed
Steering wheel mounted control: when the phone is successfully paired.
3. The display will return to the current audio
source status after the connection is com-
plete.
. While the Bluetooth® connection is active,
the following icons will appear on the
display.
— : Signal strength indicator JVH0847X
— : Battery status indicator*
. Scan devices
— : Bluetooth® connection ON indica-
tor Bluetooth® devices can be paired with the
system. A maximum of 5 Bluetooth® de-
*: If low battery is indicated, the Blue-
JVH0886X tooth® device must be recharged soon. vices can be registered.
. Pair device
1. SEEK button . Up to 5 different Bluetooth® devices can be
connected. However, only one device can Bluetooth® devices can be paired with the
2. PHONE SEND button be used at a time. If 5 different Bluetooth® system. A maximum of 5 Bluetooth® de-
3. Volume control button registered devices are registered, a new vices can be registered.
Increases or decreases the volume from device can only replace one of the 5 . Sel. device
the system. existing paired devices. Paired Bluetooth® devices are listed and
4. PHONE END button . The pairing procedure and operation may can be selected for connection.
vary according to device type and compat- . Del. device
Microphone: ibility. See the Bluetooth® device Owner’s A registered Bluetooth® device can be
Microphone is located near the map light. Manual for further details. deleted.
Bluetooth® SETTINGS . Settings
GUID-72860E5C-8A38-42B7-9CF3-E607EFF89FF6
Setting items
GUID-8EC7557D-4BDB-4085-A273-01E3EA895BF8 Volume and Ringtone options are listed
Pairing device To set up the Bluetooth® system with a device, and can be selected for the Bluetooth®
GUID-57014E9A-4ABA-4628-9061-AD19A17F9608 the following items are available: hands-free phone.
Enter the phone setup menu via the
button on the instrument panel, select the . Bluetooth
“Bluetooth” key, and then check if the Blue- If this setting is turned off, the connection
tooth® is set to on. (If not push the ENTER between the Bluetooth® devices and the in-
button to turn it on.) vehicle Bluetooth® module will be can-
To setup the Bluetooth® system to pair (con- celled.
nect or register) your preferred cellular phone,
follow the following procedure.

(155,1)
Scan devices: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Pair device: . : Cellular phone integration

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. Push the button on the instrument . Turn on the Bluetooth® on the audio unit. . : Audio streaming (A2DP – Advanced
panel. Select “Scan devices” key. The audio See “Bluetooth” (P.4-55). Audio Distribution Profile)
unit searches for the Bluetooth® devices . Use the audio unit to pair: Del. device:
and shows all devices that were found. Push the button on the instrument
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
A registered device can be removed from
Make sure your Bluetooth® device is avail- panel. Select the “Pair Device” key. Bluetooth® system registration. Select a regis-
able at this time. The pairing procedure depends on the tered device and push the ENTER button to
2. Select the device to be paired using the Bluetooth® device to be connected: confirm to deletion.
MENU knob. 1) Device without PIN code:
Bluetooth:
3. The pairing procedure depends on the The Bluetooth® connection will be auto- GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
matically connected without any further Turn the vehicle’s Bluetooth ® system on or off.
device to be connected:
input. Push the button to return to the phone
a. Device without PIN code: setup menu.
2) Device with PIN code:
The Bluetooth® connection will be auto-
matically connected without any further
Two different ways of pairing are possible USING THE SYSTEM
GUID-1A7865B9-D762-448D-8C9D-C1A2E9259521
depending on the device. For the correct
input. The hands-free mode can be operated using
procedure details, see “Scan devices” (P.4-
b. Device with PIN code: the button on the instrument panel.
55).
Two different ways of pairing are possible . Use the Bluetooth® audio/cellular phone Receiving a call
GUID-74512CCE-7F86-4315-B7C6-C4F6B296E43A
depending on the device: device to pair:
. Type A: 1) Switch on the search mode for Blue-
The message “To pair” and “Enter Pin” tooth® devices.
0000 will be displayed. If the search mode finds the audio unit it
will be shown on the device display.
Confirm the PIN code on the device. The 2) Select the unit device shown as “My
Bluetooth® connection will be made. Car”.
. Type B: 3) Enter the number code shown on the
The message “Pairing request” and “Con- relevant device with the device’s own
firm password” together with a 6 digit keypad, and push the confirmation key
code will be displayed. The unique and on the Bluetooth® device.
identical code should be displayed on Refer to the relevant Bluetooth® device Owner’s JVH0857X
the device. If the code is identical confirm Manual for further details.
on the device. When receiving an incoming call, the display on
Sel. device:
The Bluetooth® connection will be made.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B the audio unit will show the caller’s phone
The paired device list shows which Bluetooth® number (or a notification message that the
audio or cellular phone devices have been caller’s phone number cannot be shown) and
paired or registered to the system. Select the three operation icons as illustrated. To high-
appropriate device to connect to the system. light different icons, turn the MENU knob. Push
The following symbols (if equipped) indicate the the ENTER button to select the highlighted
capability of the registered device: icon.

(156,1)
Answering and during a call:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Initiating a call
GUID-D8116D85-7CF2-45F1-B627-53F973F2209A
NOTE:
Answer the call by selecting . Phone book data will be erased when:
During the call, the following icons are avail- WARNING: . Switching to another registered cellular
able: phone.
Park the vehicle in a safe location, and apply
. Cellular phone is disconnected.
. : the parking brake before making a call.
. The registered cellular phone is deleted
Select this item to end the call.
from the audio system.
. :
Select this item to put the call on hold. 1. Push the button on instrument
. : panel.
Select this item to transfer the call from the 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight “Phone
hands-free phone system to your cellular Book” and push the ENTER button.
phone. 3. Scroll down through the list, select the
. : appropriate contact name (highlighted),
Select this item to transfer the call back to and push the ENTER button.
the hands-free phone system from the 4. The screen will show the number to be
cellular phone. dialled. Push the ENTER button to dial the
. #123: JVH0863X number.
Select this item to enter numbers during a A call can be initiated using one of the following If more than one number is registered,
call. For example, use this function when methods: select an appropriate icon.
directed by an automated phone system to . : Home
dial an extension number. . Making a call from the phonebook
. Manually dialing a phone number
. : Cellular phone
Putting a callGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
on hold: . : Office
. Redialing
To put a call on hold, select . Push ENTER . Using call history (Call List menu) Quick searching the phonebook:
button again to take the call. To reject the call
select . — Dialled
— Received
Rejecting a call:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B — Missed
To reject an incoming call, select or by
pushing on the steering wheel. Making a call from the phonebook:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Once the Bluetooth® connection has been
made between the registered cellular phone
and the hands-free phone system, phonebook
data will be transferred automatically to the
hands-free phone system. The transfer may
take a while before completion.
JVH0858X
The quick search mode can be used as follows:

(157,1)
1. Push the A-Z button. the “/” (Backspace symbol) and once high- (dialled) calls.
2. Turn the MENU knob for the first alphabetic lighted, push the ENTER button. The last . Received
or numerical letter of the contact name. number will be deleted. Pushing the ENTER
button repeatedly will delete each subse- Use the received call mode to make a call
Once highlighted, push the ENTER button which is based on the list of received
to select the letter. quent number.
calls.
3. The display will show the corresponding 4. After entering the last number, scroll to the
symbol and push the ENTER button . Missed
contact name(s). Where necessary, use the
MENU knob to scroll further for the appro- to dial the number. Use the missed call mode to make a call
priate contact name to call. which is based on the list of missed calls.
Redial: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
4. The screen will show the number to be To redial or call the last number dialled, push 3. Scroll to the preferred phone number and
dialled. Push the ENTER button to dial the and hold the button on the instrument push the ENTER button or button on
number. panel or button on steering wheel for the instrument panel.
Manually dialling a phone number: more than 2 seconds.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Second incoming call
GUID-150FEEBC-45AC-4678-841D-6AAEEC550327
Using call history (Call list menu):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVH0859X JVH0861X
JVH0860X
To dial a phone number manually, perform the Whenever there is a second incoming call is
following operation: A number from the dialled, received, or missed shown in the display. By selecting the icon
1. Push the button on the instrument call lists can also be used to make a call. the call is accepted and the current call is put
panel and turn the MENU knob to highlight 1. Push the button on the instrument on hold.
“Dial Number”. panel and select “Call List” on the display. Selecting the icon using the MENU knob /
2. Push the ENTER button to select “Dial 2. Turn the MENU knob and scroll to an item, ENTER button rejects the second incoming call.
Number”. and push the ENTER button to select an When this is done during the conversation it
item. ends the call.
3. Turn the MENU knob to scroll along and
highlight each number of the phone num- Available items: Selecting the icon using the MENU knob /
ber. Push the ENTER button to select the . Dialed ENTER button switches the call on line between
highlighted number. the first and the second call.
Use the dialled call mode to make a call
To delete the last number entered, scroll to which is based on the list of outgoing

(158,1)

SYSTEM (if equipped for type D audio)
GUID-21D7E91E-E836-46A9-BE26-F656180046D8
General settings . PB download
GUID-103CAEDF-986A-4451-81D3-C6320BFDAF44
Download the phonebook of the mobile WARNING:
device to the audio unit manually. . Use a phone after stopping your vehicle
in a safe location. If you have to use a
phone while driving, exercise extreme
caution at all times so full attention may
be given to vehicle operation.
. If you find yourself unable to devote full
attention to vehicle operation while talk-
ing on the phone, pull off the road to a
safe location and stop your vehicle be-
fore doing so.
JVH1202X
CAUTION:
Using the MENU knob/ENTER button, select
“Settings” from the phone menu. To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a
Volume settings and manually downloading phone after starting the engine.
the phonebook can be done using this menu.
Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®
Menu operation:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a
Turn the MENU knob to change the highlighted compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,
item and to change the volume settings. you can set up the wireless connection be-
tween your cellular phone and the in-vehicle
Push the ENTER button to select the high- phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-
lighted item and to apply the setting. nology, you can make or receive a hands-free
Menu items: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B telephone call with your cellular phone in the
vehicle.
. Volume
— Ring Once your cellular phone is connected to the
in-vehicle phone module, no other phone
Set the phone ringing volume.
connecting procedure is required. Your phone
— Call is automatically connected with the in-vehicle
Set the volume of the conversation phone module when the audio system is
during a call. turned on with the previously connected cel-
. Ringtone lular phone turned on and carried in the
— Car vehicle.
Switch the ringtone to ring from the NOTE:
vehicle or the cellular phone.
Some devices require the user to accept
— Phone connections to other Bluetooth® devices. If
Switch the phone ringing volume on or your phone does not connect automatically
off. to the system, consult the phone’s Owner’s

(159,1)
Manual for details on device operation. cannot charge cellular phones. Microphone:
You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth® . Some cellular phones or other devices may Microphone is located near the map light.
cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. cause interference or a buzzing noise to
However, you can talk on only one cellular come from the audio system speakers. USING THE SYSTEM
GUID-9AA601FB-2361-4AD0-AB7F-83E92239158C
phone at a time. Storing the device in a different location The hands-free mode can be operated using
may reduce or eliminate the noise. the button on the steering wheel.
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System, refer to the following notes. . Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual
regarding the telephone charges, cellular Choosing a language
. Set up the wireless connection between a phone antenna and body, etc.
GUID-4FD5B207-B64E-469A-A89A-749E31B62FE4
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehi- You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-
Free Phone System using several languages
cle phone module before using the hands- REGULATORY INFORMATION
GUID-C1BC055E-01CA-48C5-B3EE-966F877FCE38 that are available. For operations to change the
free phone system.
Bluetooth® Trademark language, see “Audio main operation” (P.4-38).
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones GUID-104F751C-1D78-4D3C-BB59-BC59CD6309C0
may not be recognized or work properly. Bluetooth® is a trademark Changing voice feedback volume
For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
GUID-7BD74A5B-40D1-49CA-93F5-1E4460E3D9E4
If you want to adjust the volume of the voice
. You will not be able to use a hands-free and licensed to Visteon Cor- feedback, push the volume control button (+ or
phone under the following conditions: poration. - side of the volume control switches) while
— Your vehicle is outside of the cellular being provided with feedback. You can also use
service area. CONTROL BUTTONS AND MICROPHONE
GUID-17183063-B413-4B7E-A951-F660341B351B the volume control knob on the audio unit.
— Your vehicle is in an area where it is Steering wheel mounted control:
difficult to receive a cellular signal; such Initialization GUID-6AA340CF-3296-4921-85BF-F4063331BD80
as in a tunnel, in an underground When the audio system is turned on, the
parking garage, near a tall building or Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System is initi-
in a mountainous area. alized which takes a few seconds. If the
— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent button is pushed before the initialization com-
it from being dialed. pletes, the system will announce that the
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal hands-free phone system is not ready.
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be
difficult to hear the other person’s voice Connecting GUID-D560E885-F47F-432C-8CC3-6EC19591C0EE
procedure
during a call. You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
surrounded by metal or far away from the JVH0886X However, you can talk on only one cellular
in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone phone at a time.
quality degradation and wireless connec- 1. SEEK button To connect a phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-
tion disruption. 2. PHONE SEND button Free Phone System;
. While a cellular phone is connected 3. Volume control button 1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button.
through the Bluetooth® wireless connec- Increases or decreases the volume from
tion, the battery power of the cellular 2. Use the TUNE FOLDER knob to select
the system. “Bluetooth” and then push the ENTER/
phone may discharge quicker than usual.
The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 4. PHONE END button SETTING button.

(160,1)
3. Select “Add Phone or Device” and then push . Transfer Entry . Missed Calls
the ENTER/SETTING button. This command can be used to transfer Select this command to list the last five
4. When a message with a PIN appears on the multiple contacts at a time. This feature is missed calls to the vehicle. If the call is from
screen, operate the Bluetooth® phone to not available with automatic “Phonebook an entry in the phonebook, the name will
enter the PIN. Download” setting turned on. To enable be displayed. Otherwise, the phone number
manual contact transfer capability, turn off of the missed call will be displayed. Select
5. The connecting procedure varies according
the “Phonebook Download” setting in the “Dial” to call the number. Select “Next Entry”
to each phone. See the phone’s Owner’s
Setting menu. See “Bluetooth® settings” or “Previous Entry” to move through the list
Manual for details.
(P.4-61) for more information. of missed calls.
List of commands
GUID-50F5A33E-88AD-4A45-8D61-0065E1B01DAF
The ability to transfer contacts via the OPP . Outgoing Calls
Bluetooth® profile depends on your mobile Select this command to list the last five
Commands can be used to operate the Blue-
phone. See your phone’s Owner’s Manual outgoing calls from the vehicle. If the call
tooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Push the
for details and instructions. was to an entry in the phoebook, the name
button to bring up the phone command
menu. The available options are: will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone
NOTE:
number of the outgoing call will be dis-
. Phonebook The “Transfer Entry” command is not played. Select “Dial” to call the number.
. Record Name (if equipped) available when the vehicle is in motion. Select “Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to
. Recent Calls move through the list of outgoing calls.
. Delete Entry
. Select Phone . Redial
Select this command to delete an entry in
Phonebook: the phonebook. Choose an entry to delete. Select this command to call the last num-
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B ber dialed.
The following commands are available under Record Name (if equipped): . Call Back
“Phonebook”. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The system allows you to record custom voice Select this command to call the number of
NOTE: tags for contact names in the phonebook. Up the last incoming call to the vehicle.
to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system.
Each phone has its own separate phonebook. Select Phone: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if Recent Calls: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Select this command to select a phone to use
you are currently connected with Phone B. The following commands are available under from a list of those phones connected to the
. List Names “Recent Calls”: vehicle.
Select this command to have the system . Incoming Calls
list the names in the phonebook one by Making a call from the phonebook
Select this command to list the last five GUID-9EDDBA64-DA00-469E-B0C3-C159A6F752CF
one in alphabetical order. Select “Dial” to incoming calls to the vehicle. If the call is 1. Push the button on the steering wheel
dial the number of the currently selected from an entry in the phonebook, the name and push the button to select the
name. Push the button to move will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone “Phonebook” .
through the list and select the person you number of the incoming call will be dis- 2. Push the button on the steering wheel
wish to call. Select “Record Name” to record played. to select the “List Names” .
a name for the current phonebook entry.
Select “Dial” to call the number. Select “Next 3. Push the button to select the person
Select “Delete Recording” to delete a re-
Entry” or “Previous Entry” to move through you wish to call.
corded name for the current phonebook
the list of incoming calls.
entry.

(161,1)
4. Push the button to accept the selec- the second call. Push the button to reject NOTE:
tion. The system acknowledges the selec- the second call. When you delete a phone, the associated
tion and starts dialing. While the second call is active, pushing the phonebook for the phone will also be
button will allow the same commands that are deleted.
Redialing GUID-8CE40D3C-FB45-452F-B4A5-CCF26D2BE314 available during any call as well as two addi-
1. Push the button on the steering wheel tional commands: . Replace Phone
and push the button to select “Call”. Select to replace a phone from the dis-
. “Switch Call”
2. Push the button and select “Redial” to played list. When a selection is made, the
Select this command to hold the second system will ask to confirm before proceed-
call the last number dialed. call and switch back to the original call. ing. The recorded phonebook for the phone
Receiving a call . “End Other Call” being deleted will be saved as long as the
GUID-27067953-89BE-4B6B-BC42-211C45F0D854
When a call is received by the phone connected Select this command to stay with the new phone’s phonebook is the same as the
to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone second call and end the original call. old phone’s phonebook.
System, the call information is displayed on Push the button to accept the call. Push . Select Phone or Device
either the vehicle information display or both the button to reject the call. Select to connect to a previously con-
the vehicle information display and the control nected phone from the displayed list.
panel display. Ending a callGUID-806CF507-E147-49BB-8ED8-FCA4B105461B . Phonebook Download
To end an active call, push the button. Select to turn on or off the automatic
Push the button to accept the call. Push
the button to reject the call. download of a connected phone’s phone-
Bluetooth® GUID-8D435D0A-5347-424E-B088-CB273B6A2DD5
SETTINGS book.
During a call
GUID-D35F830F-ABDE-4D98-9AF3-25B7AC694CBF
To access and adjust the settings for the . Show Incoming Calls
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System;
While a call is active, push the button to Select “Driver Only” to have incoming call
access additional options. Select one of the 1. Push the ENTER/SETTING button. information displayed only in the vehicle
following commands: 2. Use the TUNE FOLDER knob to select information display. Select “Both” to have
. “Mute On” / “Mute Off” “Bluetooth” and then push the ENTER/ incoming call information displayed in both
Select the command to mute or unmute SETTING button. the vehicle information display and the
the system. center display screen.
Available setting items:
. “Transfer Call” . Bluetooth
Select this command to transfer the call to Select “On” or “Off” to turn the vehicle’s
the handset. To transfer the call back from Bluetooth® system on or off.
the handset to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free . Add Phone or Device
Phone System, push the button and
confirm when prompted. For operation to connect a phone to the
system, see “Connecting procedure” (P.4-
If supported by the phone, the Bluetooth® 59).
Hands-Free Phone System allows for call wait-
ing functionality. If a call is received while . Delete Phone or Device
another call is already active, a message will Select to delete a phone from the displayed
be displayed on the screen. Push the list. The system will ask to confirm before
button to hold the active call and switch to deleting the phone.

(162,1)
MEMO

(163,1)
5 Starting and driving
Break-in schedule .........................................................................................

.... 5-3 Starting engine (model with Intelligent Key system) ..... .... 5-11
Before starting engine ..............................................................................
.... 5-3 Gasoline engine ................................................................................
.... 5-11
Precautions when starting and driving ...................................... .... 5-3 Diesel engine .......................................................................................
.... 5-12
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...............................................
.... 5-4 Driving vehicle .............................................................................................
.... 5-13
Three-way catalyst (gasoline engine model) ................. .... 5-4 Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ................. .... 5-13
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Driving with Continuously Variable
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 5-4 Transmission (CVT) ........................................................................
.... 5-16
Care when driving ........................................................................................
.... 5-6 Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) ........................ .... 5-19
Engine cold start period ..................................................................
.... 5-6 Idling Stop System (if equipped for Thailand) ................... .... 5-21
Loading luggage ....................................................................................
.... 5-6 Operating Idling Stop System ...............................................
.... 5-21
Driving in wet conditions ................................................................
.... 5-6 Idling Stop OFF switch ................................................................
.... 5-22
Driving in winter conditions .........................................................
.... 5-6 Idling Stop System (for Hong Kong) .......................................... .... 5-22
Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Operating Idling Stop System ...............................................
.... 5-23
Key system) .......................................................................................................
.... 5-7 Idling Stop OFF switch ................................................................
.... 5-23
Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system
Transmission (CVT) ..............................................................................
.... 5-7 (if equipped) ..................................................................................................
.... 5-24
Manual transmission (MT) ..............................................................
.... 5-7 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ............... .... 5-25
Steering lock .............................................................................................
.... 5-7 Cruise control (if equipped) ..............................................................
.... 5-25
Key positions ............................................................................................
.... 5-7 Precautions on cruise control ...............................................
.... 5-25
Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Cruise control operations .........................................................
.... 5-25
Key system) .......................................................................................................
.... 5-8 Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reduction
Precautions on push-button ignition driving tips ......................................................................................................
.... 5-27
switch operation ....................................................................................
.... 5-8 Increasing fuel economy and reducing Carbon
Intelligent Key system .......................................................................
.... 5-8 Dioxide emissions .....................................................................................
.... 5-27
Steering lock .............................................................................................
.... 5-9 Parking ..............................................................................................................
.... 5-28
Ignition switch positions .................................................................
.... 5-9 Sonar (parking sensor) system (if equipped) ..................... .... 5-29
Intelligent Key battery discharge ..........................................
.... 5-10 Trailer towing ...............................................................................................
.... 5-30
Starting engine (model without Intelligent Electric power steering system .....................................................
.... 5-30
Key system) ....................................................................................................
.... 5-10 Brake system ...............................................................................................
.... 5-31
Gasoline engine ...................................................................................
.... 5-10 Brake precautions ..........................................................................
.... 5-31
Diesel engine ..........................................................................................
.... 5-11 Brake assist (if equipped) .........................................................
.... 5-32

(164,1)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) (if equipped) ..................... .... 5-32 Engine coolant ..................................................................................
.... 5-34
Using system .........................................................................................
.... 5-32 Tire equipment ..................................................................................
.... 5-34
Self-test feature ...................................................................................
.... 5-32 Special winter equipment ........................................................
.... 5-34
Normal operation ...............................................................................
.... 5-33 Parking brake .....................................................................................
.... 5-34
Vehicle security ...........................................................................................
.... 5-33 Corrosion protection ....................................................................
.... 5-34
Cold weather driving ..............................................................................
.... 5-33
Battery ........................................................................................................
.... 5-34

(165,1)
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
AND DRIVING
GUID-FB3F1F63-B2DF-4823-B4E2-00BC901A3876 GUID-0DDFA1BA-0E4D-4D8D-914D-F8C260F36890
GUID-9D7B988A-7AAC-4994-A4EC-3E5AFC2009B4
During the first 1,600 km (1,000 miles), follow
these recommendations to obtain maximum
WARNING: WARNING:
engine performance and ensure the future The driving characteristics of your vehicle will . Never leave children or adults who would
reliability and economy of your new vehicle. change remarkably by any additional load normally require the support of others
Failure to follow these recommendations may and its distribution, as well as by adding alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be
result in shortened engine life and reduced optional equipment (trailer coupling, roof left alone either. They could unknowingly
engine performance. racks, etc.). Your driving style and speed activate switches or controls and inad-
. Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast must be adjusted according to the circum- vertently become involved in a serious
or slow, for long periods of time. stances. Especially when carrying heavy accident and injure themselves. On hot,
. Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm. loads, your speed must be reduced ade- sunny days, temperatures in a closed
(HR12DE or HR15DE engine) quately. vehicle could quickly become high en-
ough to cause severe or possibly fatal
. Do not run the engine over 2,500 rpm. (K9K . Make sure the area around the vehicle is illness to people or animals.
engine) clear.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any . Closely supervise children when they are
. Visually inspect tires for their appearance around your vehicle to prevent them
gear. and condition. Measure and check the tire from playing and becoming locked in
. Do not start quickly. pressure for proper inflation. the trunk where they could be seriously
. Do not brake hard as much as possible. . Check that all windows and lights are clean. injured. Keep the vehicle locked with the
. Adjust the seat and head restraint posi- trunk closed when not in use, and prevent
tions. children’s access to vehicle keys.
. Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirror positions. NOTE:
. Fasten your seat belt and ask all passen- During the first few months after purchasing
gers to do the same. a new vehicle, if you smell strong odors of
. Check that all doors are closed. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) inside
. Check the operation of the warning lights the vehicle, ventilate the passenger compart-
when the ignition switch is placed in the ment thoroughly. Open all the windows
“ON” position. before entering or while in the vehicle. In
addition, when the temperature in the pas-
. Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance
senger compartment rises, or when the
and do-it-yourself” section should be
vehicle is parked in direct sunlight for a
checked periodically.
period of time, turn off the air recirculation
mode of the air conditioner and/or open the
windows to allow sufficient fresh air into the
passenger compartment.
Starting and driving 5-3

(166,1)
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

GUID-046A8C36-D5E5-4D69-ADC8-229087CE51D8
— You suspect that exhaust fumes are overheat. Do not keep driving if the
entering into the passenger compart- engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of
WARNING: ment. performance or other unusual operating
— You notice a change in the sound of conditions are detected. Have the vehicle
. Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains the exhaust system. inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer.
colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. . Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can — You have had an accident involving
damage to the exhaust system, un- level. Running out of fuel could cause the
cause unconsciousness or death. engine to misfire, damaging the three-
derbody, or rear of the vehicle.
. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are way catalyst.
entering the vehicle, drive with all win-
dows fully open, and have the vehicle
THREE-WAY CATALYST (gasoline engine . Do not race the engine while warming it
model) up.
inspected immediately. GUID-1F4D37F1-C9FA-4A7B-BB0D-FF7FDFDD7B71
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start
. Do not run the engine in closed spaces the engine.
WARNING:
such as a garage.
. Do not park the vehicle with the engine . The exhaust gas and the exhaust system TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
running for an extended period of time. are very hot. Keep people, animals and
flammable materials away from the ex- (TPMS) (if equipped)
GUID-F7FBDB9A-15F8-4382-8E2A-0BB539F41A44
. Keep the trunk lid closed while driving, haust system components. Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn should be checked monthly when cold and
into the passenger compartment. If you . Do not stop or park the vehicle over
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended
must drive with the trunk lid open, follow flammable materials such as dry grass,
by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
these precautions: wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
cause a fire.
— Open all the windows. vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
— Turn the air recirculation mode off The three-way catalyst is an emission control indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
and set the fan speed control to the device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust pressure label, you should determine the prop-
highest level to circulate the air. gas in the three-way catalyst is burned at high er tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
temperatures to help reduce pollutants. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
. If a special body or other equipment is
added for recreational or other usage, been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
follow the manufacturer’s recommenda- CAUTION: System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry pressure telltale when one or more of your
. Do not use leaded gasoline. (See “Recom- tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
into the vehicle. (Some recreational vehi- mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”
cle appliances such as stoves, refrigera- when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates,
(P.9-2).) Deposits from leaded gasoline you should stop and check your tires as soon
tors, heaters, etc. may also generate seriously reduce the ability of the three-
carbon monoxide.) as possible, and inflate them to the proper
way catalyst to help reduce exhaust pressure. Driving on a significantly under-in-
. The exhaust system and body should be pollutants and/or damage the three- flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can
inspected by a qualified mechanic when- way catalyst. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
ever: . Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
— Your vehicle is raised while being in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
serviced. systems may cause overrich fuel to flow Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
into the three-way catalyst, causing it to
5-4 Starting and driving

(167,1)
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the must be driven at speeds above 25 km/h TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have
driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire (16 MPH) to activate the TPMS and turn off a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as
pressure, even if under-inflation has not the low tire pressure warning light. Use a soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all
reached the level to trigger illumination of the tire pressure gauge to check the tire tires are properly inflated, have the ve-
TPMS low tire pressure telltale. pressure. hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a . Tire pressure rises and falls depending on . Since the spare tire is not equipped with
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted
the system is not operating properly. The TPMS and the outside temperature. Do not re- or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
malfunction indicator is combined with the low duce the tire pressure after driving because function and the low tire pressure warn-
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects the tire pressure rises after driving. Low ing light will flash for approximately 1
a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- outside temperature can lower the tem- minute. The light will remain on after the
mately one minute and then remain continu- perature of the air inside the tire which can 1 minute. Contact a NISSAN dealer as
ously illuminated. This sequence will continue cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This soon as possible for tire replacement
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as may cause the low tire pressure warning and/or system resetting.
the malfunction exists. When the malfunction light to illuminate. If the warning light
indicator is illuminated, the system may not be illuminates in low ambient temperature,
specified by NISSAN could affect the
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as check the tire pressure for all four tires.
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a For additional information, see “Low tire pres-
variety of reasons, including the installation of sure warning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire Pressure . Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-2). sealant into the tires, as this may cause a
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction WARNING:
telltale after replacing one or more tires or CAUTION:
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the . If the low tire pressure warning light
replacement or alternate tires and wheels illuminates while driving, avoid sudden . The TPMS may not function properly
allow the TPMS to continue to function prop- steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, when the wheels are equipped with tire
erly. reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to chains or the wheels are buried in snow.
a safe location and stop the vehicle as . Do not place metalized film or any metal
Additional information
GUID-A0D56F71-4497-490C-903B-1E9EBA8C3270
soon as possible. Driving with under- parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with inflated tires may permanently damage may cause poor reception of the signals
the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the the tires and increase the likelihood of from the tire pressure sensors, and the
tire pressure of the spare tire. tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could TPMS will not function properly.
occur and may lead to an accident and
. The TPMS will activate only when the Some devices and transmitters may tempora-
could result in serious personal injury.
vehicle is driven at speeds above 25 km/h rily interfere with the operation of the TPMS
Check the tire pressure for all four tires.
(16 MPH). Also, this system may not detect a and cause the low tire pressure warning light
Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-
sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a to illuminate. Some examples are:
mended COLD tire pressure shown on the
flat tire while driving).
tire placard to turn the low tire pressure . Facilities or electric devices using similar
. The low tire pressure warning light does warning light off. If the light still illumi-
not automatically turn off when the tire radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
nates while driving after adjusting the
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the
to the recommended pressure, the vehicle

(168,1)
CARE WHEN DRIVING

GUID-887D0EDB-C957-4BEF-A5CD-CC47FFD725E0
. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS
being used in or near the vehicle. essential for your safety and comfort. As a GUID-A9C142A5-700B-4FF2-994E-355F35D42625
driver, you should be the one who knows best . Drive cautiously.
. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a
how to drive in the given circumstances. . Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.
DC/AC converter is being used in or near
the vehicle. . Avoid sharp turning or lane changing
ENGINE COLD START PERIOD suddenly.
Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate GUID-D8912B0E-9CEB-44B6-B373-46C97DF8D3F4
in the following cases. Due to the higher engine speeds, when the . Avoid sudden steering.
engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised . Avoid following too close to the vehicle in
. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and when selecting a gear during the engine warm- front.
tire without TPMS. up period after starting the engine.
. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID
has not been registered. LOADING LUGGAGE
GUID-22420696-7856-455C-B5B6-9AF607ACA45E
. If the wheel is not originally specified by Loads and their distribution and the attach-
NISSAN. ment of equipment (coupling devices, roof
baggage carriers, etc.) will considerably change
the driving characteristics of the vehicle. Your
driving style and speed must be adjusted
according to the circumstances.
DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS

GUID-3EFD08C4-0BAA-429E-A767-3C3F141A9D4A
. Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.
. Avoid sharp turning or lane changing
suddenly.
. Avoid following too close to the vehicle in
front.
When water covers the road surface with water
puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce
speed to prevent hydroplaning which can
cause skidding and loss of control. Worn tires
will increase this risk.

(169,1)
IGNITION SWITCH (model without

GUID-061F5539-0E0B-4F5E-8412-6DEB6FA97FBC
3. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” STEERING LOCK
WARNING: position. GUID-4FDD65E7-6635-4231-A2EB-756D4A2C9510
Never remove the key or turn the ignition 4. Remove the key. To lock steering wheel
GUID-0B83B5BC-0505-4773-83AD-EFBD9AB64D0F
switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If the ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK” 1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”
The steering wheel will lock. This may cause position, the shift lever cannot be moved from position.
the driver to lose control of the vehicle and the “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can be 2. Remove the key.
could result in serious vehicle damage or moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON”
personal injury. 3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn
position with the foot brake pedal depressed. clockwise from the straight up position.
The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)/CON- “ACC” positions, although it is not marked on To unlock steering wheel
GUID-66CA1D10-8C66-422A-8714-3196943F2714
TINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION the ignition switch. 1. Insert the key into the ignition switch.
(CVT) 2. Gently turn the ignition switch while rotat-
GUID-2A58D1F2-FD0D-4485-9608-2233A77F431E
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)
GUID-93665DA0-1679-4532-9E5E-814806D9C017 ing the steering wheel slightly right and left.
KEY POSITIONS
GUID-27190651-C7B9-479E-99BC-E963442B3EE0
LOCK (0) GUID-9CDA6886-A5F0-47B1-BF88-A208A89101EA

The ignition key can only be removed at this
position.
The steering lock can only be locked at this
position.
OFF (1) GUID-519A419B-9E57-4F10-93A6-E3BE604C778E

SSD0392 The engine is turned off with the steering wheel
SSD0503 unlocked.
The ignition lock is designed so that the
ignition switch cannot be turned to the “LOCK” The ignition switch includes a device that helps ACC (2)
position until the shift lever is moved to the “P” prevent accidental removal of the key while GUID-2DC0E465-F863-49D5-A37A-B10C195E729E
driving. The electrical accessory power activates with-

(Park) position. When moving the ignition
out the engine turned on.
switch to the “LOCK” position, to remove the The key can only be removed when the ignition
key from the ignition switch, make sure the switch is in the “LOCK” position. ON (3)
shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position. GUID-D9BB44B7-6AD2-48D5-A3A4-499CC56AE027
To turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” The ignition system and the electrical acces-
When the ignition switch cannot be turned to position from the “ACC” or “ON” position, turn sory power activate without the engine turned
the “LOCK” position: the key to the “OFF” position, push the key in, on.
1. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) then turn the key to the “LOCK” position.
position. The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and
2. Turn the ignition switch slightly to the “ON” “ACC” positions, although it is not labeled on
direction. the ignition switch.

(170,1)
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

(model with Intelligent Key system)
GUID-6AA64E4D-CF2A-4C55-B7FC-A807EBE1BCFB
START (4) GUID-0EF30CCA-E626-45F6-A395-458E0EE4FF00 PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNI- (P.6-9).)
The engine starter activates and the engine will TION SWITCHGUID-72610BF4-7A13-4F7C-9268-B1CD0D54F95F
OPERATION Operating range
GUID-F4B305E6-5716-4B0A-8C41-A551B759EC8E
start. The ignition switch, when released, will
automatically turn to the “ON” position. WARNING:
CAUTION: Do not operate the push-button ignition

switch while driving the vehicle except in an
As soon as the engine has started, release emergency. (The engine will stop when the
the ignition switch immediately. ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times
or the ignition switch is pushed and held for
more than 2 seconds.) The steering wheel will
lock and could cause the driver to lose
control of the vehicle. This could result in
serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
JVS0057X
Before operating the push-button ignition
switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting
“P” (Park) position (for Automatic Transmission/ the engine when the Intelligent Key is within
Continuously Variable Transmission model) or the specified operating range as illustrated.
the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position (for When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
Manual Transmission model). discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-776CEBEB-E2AC-49C4-83E9-3B7C2C073CB7 system’s operating range becomes narrower
The Intelligent Key system can operate the and may not function properly.
ignition switch without taking the key out from If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
your pocket or bag. The operating environment range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
Key system operation. the ignition switch to start the engine.
. The trunk area is not included in the
CAUTION: operating range, but the Intelligent Key
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with may function.
you when operating the vehicle. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
. Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside
vehicle when you leave the vehicle. the glove box, door pocket or the corner of
the interior compartment, the Intelligent
. If the vehicle battery is discharged, the Key may not function.
ignition switch cannot be switched from
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door
the “LOCK” position, and if the steering
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelli-
lock is engaged, the steering wheel can-
gent Key may function.
not be moved. Charge the battery as
soon as possible (See “Jump starting”

(171,1)
Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu- To unlock steering wheel . Push four times to return to “ACC”.
GUID-10918C66-44D9-4576-8607-B43EC7F70FFB
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) Push the ignition switch, and the steering . Open or close any door to return to “LOCK”
model wheel will be automatically unlocked. when in the “OFF” position.
GUID-59D71E40-A758-4908-8674-FBC599D2EE34
The indicator light on the ignition switch
The ignition lock is designed so that the illuminates when the ignition switch is in the
ignition switch cannot be switched to the CAUTION:
“ACC” or “ON” position.
“LOCK” position until the shift lever is moved . If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
to the “P” (Park) position. When pushing the the push-button ignition switch cannot LOCK position
ignition switch to the “OFF” position, make sure be switched from the “LOCK” position.
GUID-7E1423E2-7422-4440-9375-4AEA6EB46A16
the shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position. The ignition switch and steering lock can only
. If the ignition switch position does not be locked at this position.
When the ignition switch cannot be switched to change from the “LOCK” position, push
the “LOCK” position: The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is
the ignition switch again while rotating pushed to the “ACC” position while carrying the
1. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) the steering wheel slightly to the right Intelligent Key.
position. and left.
2. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” ACC positionGUID-CD0CE57C-FF81-469E-9279-CAF30AF174B6
position. IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
GUID-AA2B6174-3D5C-4DE9-9C53-A53D678CD7E4 The electrical accessory power activates at this
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will position without the engine turned on.
change to the “LOCK” position.
ON positionGUID-01980C4B-628F-428D-8FD6-8D850DA23546
If the ignition switch is switched to the “LOCK”
The ignition system and the electrical acces-
position, the shift lever cannot be moved from
sory power activate at this position without the
the “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can be
engine turned on.
moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position with the foot brake depressed. OFF position
GUID-203DEC7B-A4ED-4E31-B25D-C4905353458A
STEERING LOCK
GUID-914D3B9D-F720-4504-9ED4-4E4F2DA374ED
The engine is turned off with the steering wheel
unlocked.
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-
theft steering lock device.
SSD0859 WARNING:
To lock steering wheel Never push the ignition switch to the “OFF”
GUID-2C665240-41B9-48F8-A9B2-CB4E268CB563
When the ignition switch is pushed without
1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” depressing the brake pedal (Automatic Trans- position while driving. The steering wheel
position where the ignition switch position mission/Continuously Variable Transmission may lock and cause the driver to lose control
indicator will not illuminate. model) or the clutch pedal (Manual Transmis- of the vehicle, resulting in serious vehicle
2. Open or close the door. The ignition switch sion model), the ignition switch position will damage or personal injury.
turns to the “LOCK” position. change as follows:
3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn to the . Push once to change to “ACC”. CAUTION:
right or left from the straight up position. . Push two times to change to “ON”.
Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods
. Push three times to change to “OFF”. of time when the ignition switch is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position and the engine is not

(172,1)
STARTING ENGINE (model without

GUID-306ADC48-BF46-4E84-BDD5-F438768A9DB7
running. This can discharge the battery. after the chime sounds. The engine will GASOLINE ENGINE
NOTE: start. GUID-AC68A06E-3823-42B5-8506-C470A4837572
1. Apply the parking brake.
When the ignition switch is pushed while the After step 3 is performed, when the ignition
switch is pushed without depressing the brake 2. Depress the foot brake pedal.
Idling Stop System (if equipped) is activated,
the ignition switch will be placed in the “OFF” pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT 3. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
position. model), the ignition switch position will change ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model:
to “ACC”. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”
INTELLIGENT GUID-61F208D1-B72D-419F-9E77-070B019F9F38
KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE (Neutral) position.
NOTE:
. When the ignition switch is pushed to the The starter is designed to operate only
“ACC” or “ON” position or the engine is when the shift lever is in the proper
started by the above procedures, the position.
Intelligent Key system warning light Manual Transmission (MT) model:
may blink in yellow (on the meter) even
if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
This is not a malfunction. To stop the position, and depress the clutch pedal to
warning light from blinking, touch the the floor while starting the engine.
ignition switch with the Intelligent Key The starter is designed to not operate
again. unless the clutch pedal is depressed.
. If the Intelligent Key system warning light 4. Crank the engine with your foot off the
SSD0860 in the meter is blinking in green, replace accelerator pedal by turning the ignition
the battery as soon as possible. (See switch to the “START” position.
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is dis- “Battery” (P.8-21).)
charged, or environmental conditions interfere 5. Immediately release the ignition switch
with the Intelligent Key operation, start the when the engine starts. If the engine starts,
engine according to the following procedure: but fails to run, repeat the above proce-
1. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu- dures.
ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model: If the engine is very hard to start in
Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N” extremely cold or hot weather, depress
(Neutral) position. the accelerator pedal and hold it to help
start the engine.
Manual Transmission (MT) model:
Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) CAUTION:
position.
. Do not operate the starter for more than
2. Firmly depress the brake pedal. 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelli- not start, turn the ignition switch off and
gent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.) wait 10 seconds before cranking the
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing engine again. Otherwise, the starter could
the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the be damaged.
clutch pedal (MT model) within 10 seconds

(173,1)
STARTING ENGINE (model with

GUID-7836E316-5FAE-45D9-AF28-B95374DCA4D8
. If it becomes necessary to start the be damaged. GASOLINE ENGINE
engine with a booster battery and jumper . If it becomes necessary to start the
GUID-61FEC34E-7815-4506-849B-CAA3BFB9A428
cables, the instructions and cautions 1. Apply the parking brake.
engine with a booster battery and jumper
contained in the “6. In case of emergency” cables, the instructions and cautions 2. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
section should be carefully followed. contained in the “6. In case of emergency” ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model:
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 section should be carefully followed. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or the
seconds after starting the engine to warm- “N” (Neutral) position.
7. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short seconds after starting the engine to warm- The starter is designed to operate only
distance first, especially in cold weather. up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short when the shift lever is in the proper
distance first, especially in cold weather. position.
CAUTION: Manual Transmission (MT) model:
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while CAUTION: Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
the engine is warming up. position.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while
the engine is warming up. The starter is designed to not operate
DIESEL ENGINE
GUID-42A0C120-07E9-4D78-843B-AEA3A6B55733
unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
1. Apply the parking brake. The Intelligent Key must be carried when
2. Depress the foot brake pedal. operating the ignition switch.
3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) 3. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-
position, and depress the clutch pedal to tion. Firmly depress the brake pedal (AT/
the floor while starting the engine. CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model)
and push the ignition switch to start the
4. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” position engine.
and wait until the glow plug indicator light
turns off. To start the engine immediately, push and
release the ignition switch while depressing
5. Crank the engine with your foot off the the brake pedal or clutch pedal with the
accelerator pedal by turning the ignition ignition switch in any position.
switch to the “START” position.
4. Immediately release the ignition switch
6. Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts,
when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above proce-
but fails to run, repeat the above procedures.
dures.
If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold or hot weather, depress
CAUTION: the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the
. Do not operate the starter for more than ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while
20 seconds at a time. If the engine does holding. Release the accelerator pedal
not start, turn the ignition switch off and when the engine starts.
wait 20 seconds before cranking the
engine again. Otherwise, the starter could

(174,1)
CAUTION: DIESEL ENGINE

GUID-BF08C577-6391-4883-9E2B-64BB22D88701
. If it becomes necessary to start the
engine with a booster battery and jumper
. As soon as the engine has started, cables, the instructions and cautions
release the ignition switch immediately. 2. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) contained in the “6. In case of emergency”
position. section should be carefully followed.
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does The starter is designed to not operate
unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed. 5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
not start, push the ignition switch to the seconds after starting the engine to warm-
“OFF” position and wait 10 seconds be- The Intelligent Key must be carried when up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short
fore cranking the engine again. Other- operating the ignition switch. distance first, especially in cold weather.
wise, the starter could be damaged. 3. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-
. If it becomes necessary to start the tion and wait until the glow plug indicator CAUTION:
engine with a booster battery and jumper light turns off. Depress the clutch
pedal and push the ignition switch to start Do not leave the vehicle unattended while
cables, the instructions and cautions
the engine. the engine is warming up.
contained in the “6. In case of emergency”
section should be carefully followed. To start the engine immediately, push and 6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to
release the ignition switch while depressing the “N” (Neutral) position, apply the parking
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 the clutch pedal with the ignition switch in brake and push the ignition switch to the
seconds after starting the engine to warm- any position. “OFF” position.
up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short
distance first, especially in cold weather. 4. Immediately release the ignition switch
when the engine starts. If the engine starts,
but fails to run, repeat the above proce-
CAUTION: dures.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while If the engine is very hard to start in
the engine is warming up. extremely cold or hot weather, depress
the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the
6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while
the “P” (Park) position (AT/CVT model) or holding. Release the accelerator pedal
move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) when the engine starts.
position (MT model), apply the parking
brake and push the ignition switch to the
“OFF” position. CAUTION:
. As soon as the engine has started,
release the ignition switch immediately.
20 seconds at a time. If the engine does
not start, push the ignition switch to the
“OFF” position and wait 20 seconds be-
fore cranking the engine again. Other-
wise, the starter could be damaged.

(175,1)
DRIVING VEHICLE
GUID-823B81B0-9920-4FBE-A8C7-A21047D18FCF
DRIVING WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS- . Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply brake pedal is depressed fully and the
the parking brake when at a standstill for vehicle is stopped before shifting the
SION (AT) GUID-22DBD251-F073-4264-95C4-182C6BC6409F longer than a short waiting period. shift lever.
The Automatic Transmission (AT) in your vehi- . Keep the engine at idling speed while . MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSI-
cle is electronically controlled to produce max- shifting from the “N” (Neutral) position to TION - Make sure the shift lever is in the
imum power and smooth operation. any driving position. desired position. “D”, “2” and “1” are used
The recommended operating procedures for . When stopping the vehicle on an uphill to move forward and “R” to back up.
this transmission are shown on the following grade, do not hold the vehicle by depres- . WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher
pages. Follow these procedures for maximum sing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra
vehicle performance and driving enjoyment. pedal should be depressed in this situa- caution must be exercised when shifting
tion. the shift lever into the driving position
WARNING: immediately after starting the engine.
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. Starting vehicle
GUID-4E1E5CE5-5B3B-4DE3-94F0-F68A6DD2470A
This may cause a loss of control. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the Shifting gearGUID-A3AA3C8F-4A8C-4311-AE10-C55A5B5A953A
foot brake pedal before shifting the shift
lever out of the “P” (Park) position.
CAUTION:
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
. The cold engine idle speed is high, so use move the shift lever to a driving position.
caution when shifting the transmission 3. Release the parking brake, the foot brake
into a forward or reverse position before pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle
the engine has warmed up. in motion.
. Avoid revving up the engine while the The AT is designed so the foot brake pedal
vehicle is stopped. This could cause un- MUST be depressed before shifting from the
expected vehicle movement. “P” (Park) position to any driving position
. Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R” while the ignition switch is in the “ON” JVS0008X
(Reverse) position while the vehicle is position.
moving forward and “P” (Park) or “D” Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model
The shift lever cannot be moved out of the
(Drive) position while the vehicle is rever- “P” (Park) position and into any of the other
sing. This could cause an accident or gear positions if the ignition switch is placed
damage to the transmission. in the “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position or if the
. Except in an emergency, do not shift to key is removed.
the “N” (Neutral) position while driving.
Coasting with the transmission in the “N” CAUTION:
(Neutral) position may cause serious da-
mage to the transmission. . DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL - Shift-
. Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or ing the shift lever to “D”, “R”, “2” or “1”
“N” (Neutral) position. The engine will not without depressing the foot brake pedal
start in any other position. If it does, have causes the vehicle to move slowly when
your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. the engine is running. Make sure the foot

(176,1)
in any positions other than the “P” (Park) D (Drive): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

position, the ignition switch cannot be placed Use this position for all normal forward driving.
in the “LOCK” position.
If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the 2 (Second gear):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
“LOCK” position, perform the following steps: Use this position for climbing hills or engine
1. Apply the parking brake. braking on downhill grades.
2. Placed the ignition switch in the ON posi- 1 (Low gear): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
tion while depressing the foot brake pedal. Use this position when climbing steep hills
3. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or
position. for maximum engine braking on steep downhill
JVS0009X grades.
4. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model position. Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle
: Push the button while depressing speed exceeds the following limits, otherwise
the foot brake pedal. P (Park): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B the engine may over-rev and cause engine
Use this position when the vehicle is parked or damage.
: Push the button .
when starting the engine. Make sure that the
: Just move the shift lever. vehicle is completely stopped and move the Shift lever position
shift lever into the “P” (Park) position. Apply 1 2
the parking brake. When parking on a hill, first 55 km/h (34 MPH) 100 km/h (62 MPH)
WARNING: depress the foot brake pedal, apply the parking
. Apply the parking brake if the shift lever brake, and then move the shift lever into the “P” Overdrive switch
GUID-FC439F9B-3446-4965-8DB8-644C33A7BAAE
is in any position while the engine is not (Park) position.
running. Failure to do so could cause the R (Reverse):
vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use this position to back up. Make sure that the
away and result in serious personal injury
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
or property damage.
the “R” (Reverse) position.
. If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the “P” (Park) position while the engine is N (Neutral): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
running and the foot brake pedal is Neither the forward nor reverse gear is en-
depressed, the stop lights may not work. gaged. The engine can be started in this
Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an position. You may shift to the “N” (Neutral)
accident injuring yourself and others. position and restart a stalled engine while the
vehicle is moving. JVS0013X
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot
brake pedal, push the shift lever button and Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model
move the shift lever out of the “P” (Park)
position.
If the ignition switch is the “OFF” or “ACC”
position for any reason while the shift lever is

(177,1)
Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive)

position - GUID-95305A6C-2EC2-4FBB-9B58-327096E1C036
For passing or climbing hills, depress the
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
transmission down into a lower gear, depend-
ing on the vehicle speed.
Shift lock release

GUID-EFC95977-22E4-424B-BF3A-4756B84048F5
If the battery is discharged, the shift lever may
not be moved from the “P” (Park) position even
SSD1180
with the foot brake pedal depressed. JVS0014X
Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model To move the shift lever, release the shift lock. Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model
Each time the engine is started, the overdrive The shift lever can be moved to the “N” (Neutral) To release the shift lock, perform the following
function is automatically reset to “ON”. position. However, the steering wheel will be procedure
locked unless the ignition switch is placed in
“ON” position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 1. Models with Intelligent KEY system: Place
the “ON” position. This allows the vehicle to be
the ignition switch in the “OFF” or “LOCK”
With the engine running and the shift lever in moved if the battery is discharged.
position.
the “D” (Drive) position, the transmission up-
shifts into the overdrive as vehicle speed Models without Intelligent KEY system:
increases. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”
position and remove the key.
Overdrive does not engage until the engine
has reached operating temperature. 2. Apply the parking brake.
“OFF” position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 3. Depress the shift lock release button.
For driving up and down long slopes where 4. Push and hold the shift lever button and
engine braking is necessary, push the overdrive move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
switch. The overdrive off indicator light in position while holding down the shift lock
the meter panel illuminates. release.
When cruising at a low speed or climbing a 5. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-
JVS0112X
gentle slope, you may feel uncomfortable shift tion to release the steering wheel lock.
Left-Hand Drive (LHD) mode
shocks as the transmission shifts into and out The vehicle may be moved, by pushing, to the
of the overdrive repeatedly. In this case, push desired location.
the overdrive switch to turn the overdrive “OFF”. If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P”
When driving conditions change, push the (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check the
overdrive switch to turn the overdrive “ON”. AT system as soon as possible.
The overdrive off indicator light will turn off.
Remember not to drive at high speeds for
extended periods of time with the overdrive
“OFF”. This reduces fuel economy.

(178,1)
Fail-safe GUID-9FFA5BBD-0E39-4725-8DEB-FF48AEFAF4DE
. Avoid revving up the engine while the MUST be depressed before shifting from the
vehicle is stopped. This could cause un- “P” (Park) position to any driving position
When the fail-safe operation occurs, the AT will
expected vehicle movement. while the ignition switch is in the “ON”
be locked in third gear.
. Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R” position.
If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-
(Reverse) position while the vehicle is The shift lever cannot be moved out of the
tions, such as excessive wheel spinning and
moving. This could cause serious damage “P” (Park) position and into any of the other
subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe sys-
to the transmission. positions if the ignition switch is placed in the
tem may be activated. This will occur even if
Except in an emergency, do not shift to “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position or if the key is
all electrical circuits are functioning properly. .
the “N” (Neutral) position while driving. removed.
In this case, place the ignition switch in the
“OFF” position and wait for 3 seconds. Then Coasting with the transmission in the “N”
turn the ignition switch back to the “ON” (Neutral) position may cause serious da- CAUTION:
position. The vehicle should return to its mage to the transmission.
. DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL - Shift-
normal operating condition. If it does not . Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or ing the shift lever to “D”, “R” or “L” without
return to its normal operating condition, “N” (Neutral) position. The engine will not depressing the foot brake pedal causes
have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission start in any other position. If it does, have the vehicle to move slowly when the
and repair it if necessary. your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. engine is running. Make sure the foot
Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply brake pedal is depressed fully and the
DRIVING WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARI- .
vehicle is stopped before shifting the
the parking brake when at a standstill for
ABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
GUID-1000FFA4-47B6-473C-BD6E-147BEB14BE4F longer than a short waiting period. shift lever.
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSI-
. Keep the engine at idling speed while .
in your vehicle is electronically controlled to TION - Make sure the shift lever is in the
shifting from the “N” (Neutral) position to
produce maximum power and smooth opera- desired position. “D” and “L” are used to
any driving position.
tion. move forward and “R” to back up.
. When stopping the vehicle on an uphill
The recommended operating procedures for WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher
grade, do not hold the vehicle by depres- .
this transmission are shown on the following idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra
sing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake
pages. Follow these procedures for maximum caution must be exercised when shifting
pedal should be depressed in this situa-
vehicle performance and driving enjoyment. the shift lever into the driving position
tion.
immediately after starting the engine.
WARNING: Starting vehicle
GUID-1C45BD5F-EADA-4D65-AECF-EE1D50F6B05E
Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
This may cause a loss of control. foot brake pedal before moving the shift
lever out of the “P” (Park) position.
CAUTION: 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
move the shift lever to a driving position.
. The cold engine idle speed is high, so use
3. Release the parking brake, the foot brake
caution when shifting the transmission
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle
into a forward or reverse position before
in motion.
the engine has warmed up.
The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal

(179,1)
lever is in any positions other than the “P” (Park) D (Drive): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
position, the ignition switch cannot be placed Use this position for all normal forward driving.
in the “LOCK” position.
If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the L (Low): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
“LOCK” position, perform the following steps: Use this position when climbing steep hills
1. Apply the parking brake. slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,
sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking
2. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi- on steep downhill grades.
tion while depressing the foot brake pedal.
3. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) SPORT modeGUID-EF8D9E74-E172-43D4-A53C-44349251A3B5
switch
position.
JVC0026X
4. Models with Intelligent Key system:
: Push the button while depressing Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”
the foot brake pedal. position.
: Push the button . Models without Intelligent Key system:
: Just move the shift lever. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”
position.
Shifting GUID-810F9872-3389-490A-84B4-E6197F7CED03
P (Park): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
WARNING: Use this position when the vehicle is parked or
when starting the engine. Make sure that the JVC0027X
. Apply the parking brake if the shift lever vehicle is completely stopped and move the
is in any position while the engine is not shift lever into the “P” (Park) position. Apply To select the SPORT mode, push the SPORT
running. Failure to do so could cause the the parking brake. When parking on a hill, first mode switch with the shift lever in the “D”
vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll depress the foot brake pedal, apply the parking (Drive) position. The SPORT mode indicator
away and result in serious personal injury brake, and then move the shift lever into the “P” light in the meter panel illuminates. To
or property damage. (Park) position. turn off the SPORT mode, push the SPORT
. If the shift lever cannot be moved from mode switch again. The SPORT mode indicator
R (Reverse): light will turn off. When the shift lever is shifted
the “P” (Park) position while the engine is GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
running and the foot brake pedal is Use this position to back up. Make sure that the to any position other than “D”, the SPORT mode
depressed, the stop lights may not work. vehicle is completely stopped before selecting will be automatically turned off.
Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an the “R” (Reverse) position.
“OFF” position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
accident injuring yourself and others. N (Neutral): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B For normal driving and fuel economy, use the
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot Neither the forward nor reverse gear is en- “OFF” position.
brake pedal, push the shift lever button and gaged. The engine can be started in this
move the shift lever out of the “P” (Park) position. You may shift to the “N” (Neutral)
position. position and restart a stalled engine while the
If the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or vehicle is moving.
“ACC” position for any reason while the shift

(180,1)
“ON” position: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B procedure: High fluid temperature protection

For driving up or down long slopes where 1. Model with Intelligent Key system: mode GUID-A85E3B39-5AD8-4A73-92F2-8C71C1164F44
engine braking is necessary, or for powerful Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or This transmission has a high fluid temperature
acceleration, use the “ON” position. The trans- “LOCK” position. protection mode. If the fluid temperature
mission will automatically select a different becomes too high (for example, when climbing
gear ratio, allowing the engine to provide high Model without Intelligent Key system:
steep grades in high temperature with heavy
output. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” loads), engine power and, under some condi-
When driving conditions change, push the position, and remove the key. tions, vehicle speed will be decreased auto-
switch to turn the SPORT mode off. 2. Apply the parking brake. matically to reduce the chance of transmission
Remember not to drive at high speeds for 3. Depress the shift lock release button. damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with
extended periods of time with the SPORT mode the accelerator pedal, but engine and vehicle
4. Push the shift lever button and move the speed may be limited.
in the “ON” position. This reduces fuel economy. shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position while
Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) holding down the shift lock release. Fail-safe GUID-432D849F-9460-4991-8CCE-2AE0948E0865
position - GUID-A74353CC-3E32-4DC7-A2C9-92561288DBDD Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position to When the fail-safe operation occurs, the CVT
unlock the steering wheel. The vehicle may be will not be shifted to the selected driving
For passing or climbing hills, depress the moved to the desired location. position.
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
transmission down into a lower gear, depend- Replace the removed shift lock release cover If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-
ing on the vehicle speed. after the operation. tions, such as excessive wheel spinning and
For model with Intelligent Key system: If the subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe sys-
Shift lock release
GUID-430E2C1B-EA42-44F6-B793-1D7EF02B6302 battery is discharged completely, the steering tem may be activated. This will occur even if
wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not move the all electrical circuits are functioning properly.
vehicle with the steering wheel locked. In this case, place the ignition switch in the
“OFF” position and wait for 10 seconds. Then
If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P” turn the ignition switch back to the “ON”
(Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check the position. The vehicle should return to its
CVT system as soon as possible. normal operating condition. If it does not
return to its normal operating condition,
WARNING: have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the and repair it if necessary.
“P” (Park) position while the engine is running
and the brake pedal is depressed, the stop WARNING:
JVC0028X
lights may not work. Malfunctioning stop When the fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle
lights could cause an accident injuring your- speed may be gradually reduced. The re-
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the self and others. duced speed may be lower than other traffic,
shift lever may not be moved from the “P” (Park) which could increase the chance of a colli-
position even with the brake pedal depressed sion. Be especially careful when driving. If
and the shift lever button pushed. necessary, pull to the side of the road at a
To move the shift lever, perform the following safe place and allow the transmission to
return to normal operation, or have it re-

(181,1)
paired if necessary. Starting vehicle into the “R” (Reverse) position.

GUID-1C251660-F241-409A-A167-E46D77E723CF
DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION 1. After starting the engine, depress the If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the “R”
(MT) clutch pedal to the floor and move the shift (Reverse) or “1” (1st) position, shift to the “N”
GUID-67D3C7C2-6A46-4EDF-A753-BE054BA1B9C9
lever to the “1” (1st) or “R” (Reverse) position. (Neutral) position, and then release the clutch
pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal
WARNING: 2. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal, re-
again and shift into “R” or “1”.
leasing the clutch pedal and parking brake
. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery at the same time.
roads. This may cause a loss of vehicle Gear shift indicator (if equipped)
GUID-6AB0463C-C8BA-480A-BE3A-FC9E2AAFA65D
control. Shifting gearGUID-67D10D68-BA10-4510-B2D8-5D81F3CB6E5D
. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting
to a lower gear. This may cause a loss of
vehicle control or engine damage.
CAUTION:
. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal
while driving. This may damage the
clutch system.
. Fully depress the clutch pedal before
SSD1159
shifting to help prevent transmission
damage. SSD0084 The manual transmission gear shift indicator
. Stop the vehicle completely before shift- appears in the meter when the driver should
To change gears, or when upshifting or down-
ing into the “R” (Reverse) position. shift into a higher or lower gear as indicated by
shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into
When the vehicle is stopped for a period the up or down arrow. The use of the gear shift
. the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly
of time, for example waiting at stoplights, indicator will help the driver to upshift or
release the clutch pedal.
shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and downshift at a constant engine speed from
To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress any gear according to the preferred operation
release the clutch pedal with the foot
the clutch pedal before operating the shift or road condition.
brake pedal depressed.
lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed
Do not shift to the “N” (Neutral) position When the up arrow appears, upshifting is
. before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise
while driving. Doing so may result in an recommended. When the down arrow appears,
may be heard. Transmission damage could
accident due to loss of engine braking. downshifting is recommended.
occur.
Start the vehicle in the “1” (1st) position and shift
to the “2” (2nd), “3” (3rd), “4” (4th) and “5” (5th)
gear in sequence according to the vehicle
speed.
You cannot shift directly from the “5” (5th)
position into the “R” (Reverse) position. First
shift into the “N” (Neutral) position, then shift

(182,1)
Suggested maximum speed in each HR15DE engineGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

model, 185/65 R15 tire: HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (for
gear km/h (MPH) Lebanon and Jordan):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-18051D2F-5AD6-4FBC-B177-3864E8100F17
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not 1st 46 (29) km/h (MPH)
running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. 1st 41 (25)
2nd 83 (52)
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed 3rd 122 (76) 2nd 74 (46)
(shown below) in any gear. For level road
4th 166 (103) 3rd 109 (68)
driving, use the highest gear suggested for
that speed. Always observe posted speed limits, 5th — (—) 4th 147 (91)
and drive according to the road conditions 5th — (—)
which will ensure safe operation. Do not over- HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (except
rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as for Indonesia, Singapore, Mauritius, Lebanon K9K engine model, 185/70 R14 tire:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle and Jordan): GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)
control. km/h (MPH) 1st 37 (23)
HR12DE engineGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
model: 1st 43 (27) 2nd 66 (41)
km/h (MPH) 2nd 79 (49) 3rd 103 (64)
1st 45 (28) 3rd 116 (72) 4th 140 (87)
2nd 82 (51) 4th 157 (98) 5th — (—)
3rd 120 (75) 5th — (—)
K9K engine model, 185/65 R15 tire:
4th 163 (101) HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (for
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
km/h (MPH)
5th — (—) Indonesia, Singapore and Mauritius):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B 1st 36 (22)
HR15DE engineGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
model, 185/70 R14 tire: km/h (MPH) 2nd 66 (41)
km/h (MPH) 1st 45 (28) 3rd 102 (63)
1st 46 (29) 2nd 82(51) 4th 139 (86)
2nd 84 (52) 3rd 120 (75) 5th — (—)
3rd 124 (77) 4th 163 (101)
4th 167 (104) 5th — (—)
5th — (—)

(183,1)
IDLING STOP SYSTEM (if equipped

for Thailand)
GUID-CD756344-414D-4B5B-AD80-2E0EA8572EFC
The Idling Stop System activates to prevent . when the accelerator pedal is depressed. . when the negative pressure of the brake
unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emis- . when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) system is not sufficiently applied by de-
sions and noise. position. pressing the brake pedal several times.
. When you stop the vehicle, the engine is . when the Idling Stop OFF switch is turned Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc.
turned off automatically. on. When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of
. When you start the vehicle again, the . when the electric power steering warning time, turn off the engine.
engine is turned on automatically. light, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) When the engine hood is opened with the Idling
warning light (if equipped) illuminate. Stop System on, the engine will be in the
CAUTION: . when the brake pedal is not depressed. normal stopped state with the buzzer sound-
. when stopping the vehicle on sloping ing. In this case, restart the engine with the
When the vehicle is moved (at approximately ignition switch.
2 km/h or more) while the engine is stopped roads.
by the system, such as on a downhill grade, . when the power consumption is large. When the driver’s door is opened with the Idling
the engine restarts automatically. To avoid Stop System on, the Idling Stop System con-
NOTE: tinues to be activated although the buzzer
an accident, be sure to depress the brake
pedal. It may take some time until the Idling Stop sounds and the Idling Stop System indicator
System activates under the following condi- light blinks.
NOTE: tions: When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop
. when the battery is discharged. System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying
The Idling Stop System will not activate
. when the outside temperature is low. functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air
under the following conditions:
conditioning functions from being deactivated,
. when the engine is kept idling without any . when the battery is replaced or the battery turn off the Idling Stop mode by pressing the
driving after the engine is turned on. terminal is disconnected for extended per- Idling Stop OFF switch.
iods and then reconnected.
. when the engine coolant temperature is
low. NOTE: OPERATINGGUID-BB404C5E-EED1-4C5C-85E6-24D29ADBA8E6
IDLING STOP SYSTEM
. when the battery capacity is low. The engine will restart without releasing the NOTE:
. when the battery temperature is low or brake pedal while the Idling Stop System is . The engine stops automatically when the
extremely high. activated under the following conditions: brake pedal is depressed with the shift
. when the vehicle is moved. . when the Idling Stop OFF switch is pushed. lever in the “D” (Drive) position.
. when a negative pressure booster de- . when the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When the brake pedal is released, the
creases. engine restarts automatically.
. when the steering wheel is operated.
. when the engine hood is opened with the . When the Idling Stop System is activated,
engine running. . when the battery capacity is low. the Idling Stop System indicator light
. when the engine is turned on with the . when the power consumption is large. illuminates in the meter.
engine hood open. . when the brake pedal is released on slop- . The buzzer sounds and the indicator light
. when the steering wheel is operated. ing roads and the vehicle is moved. appears in the meter, indicating the
. when the Idling Stop System indicator . when the shift lever is placed in the “L” condition of the Idling Stop System. For
blinks at a low speed. (Low), “D” (Drive) or “R” (Reverse) position more details, see “Idling Stop System
from the “N” or “P” position. indicator light (if equipped for Thailand)”
(P.2-16) or “Idling Stop System reminder

(184,1)
IDLING STOP SYSTEM (for Hong Kong)

GUID-5967F942-3E57-41B9-8847-6B9D5265605F
buzzer (if equipped for Thailand)” (P.2-18). The Idling Stop System activates to prevent . when the Idling Stop System indicator
unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emis- blinks at a low speed.
IDLING STOPGUID-A6C76514-CF63-43EB-B8F9-0C4973E0CEF1
OFF SWITCH sions and noise. . when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
. When you stop the vehicle, the engine is . when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)
turned off automatically. position.
. When you start the vehicle again, the . when the fan speed control dial is in any
engine is turned on automatically. position other than “OFF” (0) while the air
flow control dial is in the front defogger
CAUTION: position (manual air conditioner).
. when the front defogger switch is on
When the vehicle is moved (at approximately (automatic air conditioner).
2 km/h or more) while the engine is stopped
by the system, such as on a downhill grade, . when the rear defogger switch is on.
the engine restarts automatically. To avoid . when the Idling Stop OFF switch is turned
an accident, be sure to depress the brake on.
JVS0072X
pedal. . when the electric power steering warning
The system can be temporarily deactivated by light, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
pressing the Idling Stop System OFF switch. NOTE: warning light or the Vehicle Dynamic Con-
Pressing the switch a second time or restarting trol (VDC) warning light illuminate.
The Idling Stop System will not activate
the engine by using the ignition switch will under the following conditions: . when the brake pedal is not fully depressed.
reactivate the Idling Stop System. . when stopping the vehicle on sloping
. when the engine is kept idling without any
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated roads.
driving after the engine is turned on.
while the engine is running, the engine is . when the power consumption is large.
. when the engine coolant temperature is
prevented from automatically stopping. . when the vehicle is traveling at altitudes
low.
. When the Idling Stop System is deactivated higher than 2,000 m (6,562 ft).
. when the battery capacity is low.
after the engine has been automatically
stopped by the Idling Stop System, the . when the battery temperature is low or NOTE:
engine will immediately restart if suitable extremely high. It may take some time until the Idling Stop
conditions are present. The engine will then . when the vehicle is moved. System activates under the following condi-
be prevented from automatically stopping . when a negative pressure booster de- tions:
during the same journey. creases. . when the battery is discharged.
. Whenever the Idling Stop System is deacti- . when the engine hood is opened with the . when the outside temperature is low.
vated the indicator light on the Idling Stop engine running.
. when the battery is replaced or the battery
System OFF switch illuminates. In this . when the engine is turned on with the terminal is disconnected for extended per-
condition the Idling Stop System cannot engine hood open. iods and then reconnected.
prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, . when the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
exhaust emissions, or noise during your
. when the driver’s door is open.
journey.
. when the steering wheel is operated.

(185,1)
NOTE: . when the driver’s seat belt is released or IDLING STOPGUID-A4CC049E-4A2F-43E4-94B5-56841B4BAFE0

OFF SWITCH
The engine will not restart even if the brake the driver’s door is open.
pedal is released while the Idling Stop Sys- Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc.
tem is activated under the following condi- When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of
tion: time, turn off the engine.
. when the shift lever is in the “P” (Parking) When the engine hood is opened with the Idling
position. Stop System on, the engine will be in the
normal stopped state with the buzzer sound-
NOTE: ing. In this case, restart the engine with the
The engine will restart without releasing the ignition switch.
brake pedal while the Idling Stop System is When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop
activated under the following conditions: System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying
. when the Idling Stop OFF switch is pushed. functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air JVS0072X
. when the accelerator pedal is depressed. conditioning functions from being deactivated,
turn off the Idling Stop mode by pressing the The system can be temporarily deactivated by
. when the steering wheel is operated. Idling Stop OFF switch. pressing the Idling Stop System OFF switch.
. when the battery capacity is low. Pressing the switch a second time or restarting
. when the power consumption is large. OPERATING IDLING STOP SYSTEM
GUID-F552718C-0C5E-4E0C-997F-EA7B3FBC1275
the engine by using the ignition switch will
. when the brake pedal is released on slop- The Idling Stop System indicator light illumi- reactivate the Idling Stop System.
ing roads and the vehicle is moved. nates in the meter while driving if any of the . When the Idling Stop System is deactivated
. when the force to the brake pedal is Idling Stop System conditions are met. while the engine is running, the engine is
reduced while the shift lever is in the “D” . When the brake pedal is depressed to stop prevented from automatically stopping.
(Drive) or “N” (Neutral) position. the vehicle with the shift lever in the “D” . When the Idling Stop System is deactivated
. when the shift lever is placed in the “L” (Drive) position, the engine will stop auto- after the engine has been automatically
(Low), “D” (Drive) or “R” (Reverse) position matically. stopped by the Idling Stop System, the
from the “N” or “P” position. . When you release your foot from the brake engine will immediately restart if suitable
. when the negative pressure of the brake pedal, the engine will start automatically. conditions are present. The engine will then
system is not sufficiently applied by de- be prevented from automatically stopping
pressing the brake pedal several times. NOTE: during the same journey.
. when the fan speed control dial is in any The Idling Stop System indicator light and a . Whenever the Idling Stop System is deacti-
position other than “OFF” (0) while the air buzzer will inform you of the Idling Stop vated the indicator light on the Idling Stop
flow control dial is in the front defogger System status. For more details, see “Idling System OFF switch illuminates. In this
position (manual air conditioner). Stop System indicator light (for Hong Kong)” condition the Idling Stop System cannot
. when the front defogger switch is set to (P.2-16) or “Idling Stop System reminder prevent unnecessary fuel consumption,
“ON” (automatic air conditioner). buzzer (for Hong Kong)” (P.2-18). exhaust emissions, or noise during your
journey.
. when the rear defogger switch is set to
“ON”.

(186,1)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

SYSTEM (if equipped)
GUID-D4CC1EBC-4D23-4CAD-99DD-63F59331DFEF
VDC warning light may illuminate. . The road may be slippery or the system
WARNING: This is not a malfunction. Restart the may determine some action is required to
. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- engine after driving onto a stable surface. help the vehicle on the steered path.
tem is designed to help the driver main- . If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN . You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
tain stability but does not prevent recommended ones are used, the VDC and hear a noise or vibration from under
accidents due to abrupt steering opera- system may not operate properly and the the hood. This is normal and indicates that
tion at high speeds or by careless or VDC warning light may illuminate. the VDC system is working properly.
dangerous driving techniques. Reduce . The VDC system is not a substitute for . Adjust your speed and driving to the road
vehicle speed and be especially careful winter tires or tire chains on a snow conditions.
when driving and cornering on slippery covered road. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC
surfaces and always drive carefully. warning light illuminates in the instrument
. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.
suspension parts such as shock absor- uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving con- The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
bers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bush- system. The VDC off indicator light illumi-
ings and wheels are not NISSAN ditions, the VDC system helps to perform the
following functions. nates to indicate the VDC system is off. When
recommended for your vehicle or are the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the
extremely deteriorated, the VDC system . Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel system, the VDC system still operates to pre-
may not operate properly. This could slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is vent one drive wheel from slipping by transfer-
adversely affect vehicle handling perfor- transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on ring power to a non slipping drive wheel. The
mance, and the VDC warning light the same axle. VDC warning light flashes if this occurs. All
may illuminate. . Controls brake pressure and engine output other VDC functions are off and the VDC
. If brake related parts such as brake pads, to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle warning light will not flash. The VDC system
rotors and calipers are not NISSAN re- speed (traction control function). is automatically reset to on when the ignition
commended or are extremely deterio- . Controls brake pressure at individual switch is placed in the “OFF” position then back
rated, the VDC system may not operate wheels and engine output to help the driver to the “ON” position.
properly and the VDC warning light maintain control of the vehicle in the See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
may illuminate. following conditions: light” (P.2-15) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control
. If engine control related parts are not — understeer (vehicle tends to not follow (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-18).
NISSAN recommended or are extremely the steered path despite increased The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
deteriorated, the VDC warning light steering input) that tests the system each time you start the
may illuminate. — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to engine and move the vehicle forward or in
. When driving on extremely inclined sur- certain road or driving conditions). reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test
faces such as higher banked corners, the The VDC system can help the driver to maintain occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or
VDC system may not operate properly control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
and the VDC warning light may of vehicle control in all driving situations. normal and is not an indication of a malfunc-
illuminate. Do not drive on these types When the VDC system operates, the VDC tion.
of roads. warning light in the instrument panel
. When driving on an unstable surface such flashes so note the following:
as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the

(187,1)
CRUISE CONTROL (if equipped)

GUID-122F4E33-F18E-4261-B006-A0778EB69D4C
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL
WARNING: GUID-5B0D2D9E-8601-4F49-8141-4AF09823A4A4
SWITCH GUID-028C22C4-9262-48D7-8D16-98DF3D36FC7C . If the cruise control system malfunctions, it
. Always observe the posted speed limits cancels automatically. The cruise control
and do not set the speed over them. set indicator light and the cruise control on
. Do not use the cruise control when indicator light will blink to warn the driver.
driving under the following conditions. . If the engine coolant temperature becomes
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle excessively high, the cruise control system
control and result in an accident. will be canceled automatically.
— When it is not possible to keep the . If the cruise control set indicator light and
vehicle at a constant speed cruise control on indicator light blink, turn
off the cruise control MAIN switch and have
— When driving in heavy traffic the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
— When driving in traffic that varies . The cruise control set indicator light and
JVS0022X
speed cruise control on indicator light may blink
— When driving in windy areas when the cruise control MAIN switch is
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle turned on while pushing the ACCELERATE/
— When driving on winding or hilly roads
Dynamic Control (VDC) system ON for most RESUME or COAST/SET switch. To properly
driving conditions. — When driving on slippery (rain, snow, set the cruise control system, use the
ice, etc.) roads following procedures.
When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the
VDC system reduces the engine output to
reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be CAUTION: CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
GUID-45EC445B-C959-48AD-BC25-EF021189FBFF
reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to The cruise control allows driving at speeds
the floor. If maximum engine power is needed On Manual Transmission (MT) models, do not above 40 km/h (25 MPH) without keeping your
to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. shift into “N” (Neutral) without depressing the foot on the accelerator pedal.
clutch pedal when the cruise control is set.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF Should this occur, depress the clutch pedal The cruise control will automatically be can-
switch. The indicator light will illuminate. and turn the cruise control MAIN switch off celed if the vehicle slows down more than
immediately. Failure to do so may cause approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH) below the set
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
engine damage. speed.
engine to turn ON the system.
Moving the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
position (Automatic Transmission models) or
depressing the clutch pedal (Manual Transmis-
sion models) will cancel the cruise control.
The cruise control switches are located on the
steering wheel.

(188,1)
Turning on cruise control

GUID-7310AC3B-E305-40B2-B0AD-4E2E68152C23
Resetting to faster speed:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Push the cruise control MAIN switch. The cruise Use any one of the following methods to reset
control on indicator light illuminates. to a faster speed.
. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
Setting cruising speed
GUID-C7950DBE-B2E3-44A0-BDB3-85F7CA1ED137 vehicle reaches the desired speed, push
1. Accelerate to the desired speed. and release the COAST/SET switch.
2. Push the COAST/SET switch and release it. . Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RESUME
switch. When the vehicle reaches the de-
3. The cruise control set indicator light illumi-
sired speed, release the ACCELERATE/RE-
nates on the instrument panel.
SUME switch.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. . Quickly push and release the ACCELERATE/
JVS0786X
The vehicle will maintain the set speed. RESUME switch. This will increase the
1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch vehicle speed by about 1 km/h (0.6 MPH).
Passing another vehicle:
2. COAST/SET switch GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. Resuming at preset speed:
3. CANCEL switch GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
After releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehi- Push and release the ACCELERATE/RESUME
4. Cruise control MAIN switch cle will return to the previously set speed. switch.
Cruise control indicators The vehicle may not maintain the set speed The vehicle will resume the last set cruising
GUID-753CE2A4-C73F-4156-99A9-248C699A44CC
when going up or down steep hills. In such speed when the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h
The cruise control operating condition is cases, drive without the cruise control. (25 MPH).
shown on the instrument panel.
Resetting to slower speed:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Canceling cruising speed
GUID-B3A5DDC2-2347-4A39-AB1D-1BA97D1AAC61
Use any one of the following methods to reset Use any one of the following methods to cancel
to a slower speed. the set speed.
. Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the . Push the CANCEL switch. The cruise control
vehicle reaches the desired speed, push set indicator light turns off.
and release the COAST/SET switch.
. Tap the foot brake pedal. The cruise control
. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. set indicator light turns off.
When the vehicle reaches the desired
. Push the cruise control MAIN switch. Both
speed, release the COAST/SET switch.
the cruise control set indicator light and
. Quickly push and release the COAST/SET the cruise control on indicator light turn off.
switch. This will reduce the vehicle speed by
JVS0800X about 1 km/h (0.6 MPH).
1. Cruise control on indicator light
2. Cruise control set indicator light

(189,1)
FUEL EFFICIENCY AND CARBON INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY AND

DIOXIDE REDUCTION DRIVING TIPS REDUCING CARBON DIOXIDE EMISSIONS
GUID-4C378DF4-CB61-4D0D-B210-93058A4BBACB GUID-3A673CE1-8BCA-4685-9E59-EDD8979769F5
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficiency and . Cruise control is particularly effective in . Keep your engine tuned up.
Carbon Dioxide Reduction Driving Tips to help providing fuel savings when driving on . Follow the recommended scheduled main-
you achieve the most fuel economy from your flat terrains. tenance.
vehicle and reduce carbon dioxide emissions. 5. Plan for the shortest route. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct
1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal . Utilize a map or navigation system (if pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire
application. equipped) to determine the best route to wear and lowers fuel economy.
. Avoid rapid starts and stops. save time. . Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and 6. Avoid idling. Improper alignment increases tire wear
brake application whenever possible. . Shutting off your engine when safe for
and lowers fuel economy.
. Maintain constant speed while commut- stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves . Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
ing and coast whenever possible. fuel and reduces emissions. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and
capacities” (P.9-2).)
2. Maintain constant speed. 7. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.
. Look ahead to try and anticipate and . Automated passes permit drivers to use
minimize stops. special lanes to maintain cruising speed
. Synchronizing your speed with traffic through the toll and avoid stopping and
lights allows you to reduce your number starting.
of stops. 8. Winter warm up.
. Maintaining a steady speed can mini- . Limit idling time to minimize impact to
mize red light stops and improve fuel fuel economy.
efficiency. . Vehicles typically need no more than 30
3. Drive at economical speeds and distances. seconds of idling at start-up to effec-
. Observing the speed limit and not ex- tively circulate the engine oil before
ceeding 97 km/h (60 MPH) (where legally driving.
allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due . Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating
to reduced aerodynamic drag. temperature more quickly while driving
. Maintaining a safe following distance versus idling.
behind other vehicles reduces unneces- 9. Keeping your vehicle cool.
sary braking. . Park your vehicle in a covered parking
. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate area or in the shade whenever possible.
changes in speed permits reduced brak- . When entering a hot vehicle, opening the
ing and smooth acceleration changes. windows will help to reduce the inside
. Select a gear range suitable to road temperature faster, resulting in reduced
conditions. demand on your A/C system.
4. Use cruise control (if equipped). 10. Do not carry excessive weight.
. Using cruise control during highway . Remove unnecessary objects from the
driving helps maintain a steady speed. vehicle to reduce vehicle weight.

(190,1)
PARKING
GUID-D7D8E92A-5E6C-4376-B973-94D6D21D8B48
to people and pets.
WARNING:
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry grass,
waste paper or rags. They may ignite and
cause a fire.
. Safe parking procedures require that
both the parking brake be applied and
the shift lever placed in the “P” (Park)
position (Automatic Transmission/Con-
tinuously Variable Transmission model)
or the shift lever placed in an appropriate
SSD0488
gear (Manual Transmission model). Fail-
ure to do so could cause the vehicle to Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model
move unexpectedly or roll away and
result in an accident.
. When parking the vehicle, make sure the
shift lever is moved to the “P” (Park)
position. The shift lever cannot be moved
out of the “P” (Park) position without
depressing the foot brake pedal (Auto-
matic Transmission/Continuously Vari-
able Transmission model).
. Never leave the engine running while the
vehicle is unattended. SSD0489
. Do not leave children unattended inside Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model
the vehicle. They could unknowingly acti-
1. Firmly apply the parking brake. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB
vate switches or controls. Unattended
children could become involved in ser- 2. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Turn the wheels into the curb and move
ious accidents. Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move the vehicle forward until the curb side
the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position. wheel gently touches the curb. Then apply
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the the parking brake.
vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB
children, people who require the assis- When parking on an uphill grade, move Turn the wheels away from the curb and
tance of others or pets unattended in the shift lever to the “1” (1st) position. allow the vehicle to move back until the
your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera- 3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving curb side wheel gently touches the curb.
ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a Then apply the parking brake.
day can quickly become high enough to good practice to turn the wheels as illu-
cause a significant risk of injury or death strated.

(191,1)
SONAR (parking sensor) SYSTEM

(if equipped)
GUID-6DE74363-0324-44E5-9256-A3FAD5D55ACE
HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT
CURB
Turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the vehicle will move away from the
center of the road if the vehicle moves.
Then apply the parking brake.
4. Model with Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”
position.
Model without Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” JVS0141X
position and remove the key.
causing inaccurate measurement of ob-
NOTE: WARNING: stacles or false alarms.
For model with Idling Stop System: . The sonar (parking sensor) system is a
Use the Idling Stop System when the vehicle convenience but it is not a substitute for CAUTION:
is stopped for a period of time, for example proper parking. Always look around and
waiting at stoplights. check that it is safe to do so before Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
parking. Always move slowly. possible to hear the tone clearly.
Stop the engine with the ignition switch
when parking, etc. for an extended period . Read and understand the limitations of The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds a
of time. the sonar (parking sensor) system as tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the
contained in this section. Inclement bumper. The system detects rear obstacles
weather may affect the function of the when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)
sonar (parking sensor) system; this may position. The system may not detect objects at
include reduced performance or a false speeds above 10 km/h (6 MPH) and may not
activation. detect certain angular or moving objects.
. This system is not designed to prevent The sonar (parking sensor) system detects
contact with small or moving objects. obstacles up to 1.5 m (4.9 ft) from the bumper
. The system is designed as an aid to the with a decreased coverage area at the outer
driver in detecting large stationary ob- corners of the bumper, (refer to the illustration
jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. for approximate zone coverage areas). As you
The system will not detect small objects move closer to the obstacle, the rate of the
below the bumper, and may not detect tone increases. When the obstacle is less than
objects close to the bumper or on the 30 cm (11.8 in) away, the tone will sound
ground. continuously.
. If your vehicle sustains damage to the Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumula-
bent, the sensing zone may be altered tions of dirt (do not clean the sensors with

(192,1)
TRAILER TOWING ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM

GUID-3D064F1A-CB44-4CAF-9A46-6E311458BF8F GUID-8CD46BF0-EE4B-4DD1-9A98-E04E0E6DF353
sharp objects). If the sensors are covered, it will Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry
affect the accuracy of the sonar (parking passengers and luggage. NISSAN does not WARNING:
sensor) system. recommend trailer towing, because it places
. If the engine is not running or is turned
If the sonar (parking sensor) system mal- additional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drive-
off while driving, the power assist for the
functions, the beep sounds for 3 seconds train, steering, braking, and other systems.
steering will not work. The steering will
when the shift lever is moved to the “R” be harder to operate.
(Reverse) position. Have the system checked CAUTION:
. When the electric power steering warning
by a NISSAN dealer. Vehicle damage resulting from towing a light illuminates with the engine running,
The beep which indicates a system malfunc- trailer is not covered by the warranty. the power assist for the steering will
tion is activated by the corner left sensor. The cease operation. You will still have control
system may not indicate a malfunction if the of the vehicle but the steering will be
corner left sensor is not operating. harder to operate.
The electric power steering system is designed
to provide power assist while driving to operate
the steering wheel with light force.
When the steering wheel is operated repeat-
edly or continuously while parking or driving at
a very low speed, the power assist for the
steering wheel will be reduced. This is to
prevent overheating of the electric power
steering system and protect it from getting
damaged. While the power assist is reduced,
steering wheel operation will become heavy.
When the temperature of the electric power
steering system goes down, the power assist
level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such
steering wheel operations that could cause the
electric power steering system to overheat.
You may hear a fricative sound when the
steering wheel is operated quickly. However,
this is not a malfunction.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is
not functioning properly and may need servi-
cing. Have the electric power steering system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electric
power steering warning light” (P.2-13).)
When the electric power steering warning light

(193,1)
BRAKE SYSTEM
GUID-F87C9514-9662-4C4E-BA5D-DFDDE6E7C253
illuminates with the engine running, the power The brake system has two separate hydraulic the wheels to skid and result in an accident.
assist for the steering will cease operation. You circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
will still have control of the vehicle. However, have braking ability at two wheels. Wet brakes GUID-E6710D4E-D475-46A0-BFE4-D5262D71230C
greater steering effort is needed, especially in When the vehicle is washed or driven through
sharp turns and at low speeds. BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
GUID-0CCD5B8E-1BA3-4C8B-81B1-799E2DC7C2DD water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
Vacuum assisted brakes braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
GUID-1CF37C98-C9BB-4B10-801F-2197E35A2F32 may pull to one side during braking.
The brake booster aids braking by using engine
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal. speed while lightly depressing the foot brake
However, greater foot pressure on the foot pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the
brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle. brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the
The stopping distance will be longer. vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function
correctly.
If the engine is not running or is turned off
while driving, the power assisted brakes will not Driving uphillGUID-41A89435-7C3A-4673-BF93-08DEB701171B
function. Braking will be harder. When starting on a steep grade, it is sometimes
difficult to operate both the brake and clutch
WARNING: (for Manual Transmission model). Apply the
Do not coast with the engine stopped. parking brake to hold the vehicle. Do not slip
the clutch. When ready to start, slowly release
For model with Brake Assist: When the brake the parking brake while depressing the accel-
pedal is depressed slowly and firmly, you may erator pedal and releasing the clutch pedal.
hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation.
This is normal and indicates that the Brake Driving downhill
GUID-CED3929D-C80C-4EB2-B681-393BE16E7452
Assist System is operating. The engine braking action is effective for
controlling the vehicle while descending hills.
Using brakes
GUID-D4734235-A7BF-41D0-A7B7-9066DF8A703A For Manual Transmission (MT) model, the shift
Avoid resting your foot on the foot brake pedal lever should be placed in the lower speed
while driving. This will overheat the brakes, position prior to descending. For Automatic
wear out the brake linings/pads faster, and Transmission (AT) model, the “1” or “2” position
increase fuel consumption. should be selected. For Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT) model, the “L” position
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
should be selected.
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
downshift to a lower gear before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may
reduce braking performance and could result
in loss of vehicle control.
While driving on a slippery surface, be careful
when braking, accelerating or downshifting.
Abrupt braking or acceleration could cause

(194,1)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM

(ABS) (if equipped)
GUID-30E80BF1-533A-4362-9289-313A2F7C1B0A
BRAKE ASSIST (if equipped) USING SYSTEM
GUID-A3578D49-2E73-43B8-A1E8-DF975FD691DD WARNING: GUID-8684D14C-ECF0-4496-A135-E4A06B2BC662
When the force applied to the brake pedal Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is . The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
activated, generating greater braking force sophisticated device, but it cannot pre- pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
than a conventional brake booster even with vent accidents resulting from careless or ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from
light pedal force. dangerous driving techniques. It can help locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
maintain vehicle control during braking
WARNING: on slippery surfaces. Remember that WARNING:
stopping distances on slippery surfaces
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist will be longer than on normal surfaces Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may
braking operation and is not a collision even with ABS. Stopping distances may result in increased stopping distances.
warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s also be longer on rough, gravel or snow
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and covered roads, or if you are using tire SELF-TEST FEATURE
be in control of the vehicle at all times. chains. Always maintain a safe distance GUID-A040E3C0-15F6-4334-9CCB-2C40CB75B9C7
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
from the vehicle in front of you. Ulti-
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.
mately, the driver is responsible for
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
safety.
that tests the system each time you start the
. Tire type and condition may also affect engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in
braking effectiveness. forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,
— When replacing tires, install the spe- you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a
cified size of tires on all four wheels. pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
does not indicate a malfunction. If the compu-
— When installing a spare tire, make
ter senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS
sure that it is the proper size and
off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the
type as specified on the tire placard.
instrument panel. The brake system then
(See “Tire placard” (P.9-10).)
operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-
— For detailed information, see “Tires tance.
and wheels” (P.8-32).
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during checked by a NISSAN dealer.
hard braking or when braking on slippery
surfaces. The system detects the rotation
speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid
pressure to prevent each wheel from locking
and sliding. By preventing each wheel from
locking, the system helps the driver maintain
steering control and helps to minimize swer-
ving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

(195,1)
VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING

GUID-87419456-CFD8-4F08-8955-7CB88BEF7D09 GUID-58FF1C17-5A9C-4675-8ED1-1CED0EAD428C
NORMAL OPERATION When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:
GUID-7D9A14BF-E10E-404B-A6E7-2B1D2B717EAB
. Always take the key with you - even when
WARNING:
The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10
km/h (3 to 6 MPH). The speed varies according leaving the vehicle in your own garage. . Whatever the condition, drive with cau-
to road conditions. . Close all windows completely and lock all tion. Accelerate and decelerate with great
doors. care. If accelerating or decelerating too
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
. Always park your vehicle where it can be fast, the drive wheels will lose even more
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
seen. Park in a well lit area during the night. traction.
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
action is similar to pumping the brakes very . If the security system is equipped, use it - . Allow more stopping distance in cold
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake even for a short period. weather driving. Braking should be
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or . Never leave children or pets in the vehicle started sooner than on dry pavement.
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is unattended. . Keep at a greater distance from the
operating. This is normal and indicates that the . Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. vehicle in front of you on slippery roads.
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa- Always take valuables with you.
tion may indicate that road conditions are . Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very
. Never leave the vehicle documents in the cold snow and ice can be slick and very
hazardous and extra care is required while vehicle.
driving. difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have
. Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove a lot less traction or grip under these
them from the rack and keep and lock conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice
them in a safe place such as inside the until the road is salted or sanded.
trunk. . Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice).
. Never leave the spare key in the vehicle. These may appear on an otherwise clear
road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is
seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try
not to brake while actually on the ice, and
avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use cruise control on slippery
roads.
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas
under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of
the exhaust pipe and from around your
vehicle.

(196,1)
BATTERY GUID-1CC3A814-9564-425F-9B01-061C4D1F333C
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
GUID-EE67A016-3CB8-4F16-8EF9-CAD7F659A1B6
If the battery is not fully charged during It is recommended that the following items be
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery carried in the vehicle during the winter:
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
maintain maximum efficiency, the battery ice and snow from the windows.
should be checked regularly. For details, see
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the
“Battery” (P.8-21).
jack to give it firm support.
ENGINE COOLANT
GUID-1C571A6D-5F8E-4A5A-B705-EC21EDC043A3
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-
drifts.
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the PARKING BRAKE
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. GUID-B5358991-6FA5-4698-99B3-36E99605A64E
For details, see “Changing engine coolant” (P.8- When parking in the area where the outside
9). temperature is below 0°C (32°F), do not apply
the parking brake to prevent it from freezing.
TIRE EQUIPMENT
GUID-B817D58C-B774-4E2B-B601-645BBB90141A
For safe parking:
1. If you have snow tires installed on the . Place the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position
front/rear wheels of your vehicle, they (Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
should be of the same size, loading range, ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model).
construction and type (bias, bias-belted or . Place the shift lever in the “1” (1st) or “R”
radial) as the rear/front tires. (Reverse) position (Manual Transmission
2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe (MT) model).
winter conditions, snow tires should be . Securely block the wheels.
installed on all four wheels.
CORROSION GUID-4803211D-F409-42AD-B6A8-FF482E1AD4EF
PROTECTION
3. For additional traction on icy roads,
studded tires may be used. However, some Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
countries, provinces and states prohibit extremely corrosive and will accelerate corro-
their use. Check local, state and provincial sion and the deterioration of underbody com-
laws before installing studded tires. ponents such as the exhaust system, fuel and
brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
be poorer than that of non-studded snow periodically. For additional information, see
tires. “Corrosion protection” (P.7-5).
4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make For additional protection against rust and
sure they are the proper size for the tires on corrosion, which may be required in some
your vehicle and are installed according to areas, consult a NISSAN dealer.
the chain manufacturer’s instructions. (See
“Tire chains” (P.8-32).)

(197,1)
6 In case of emergency
Hazard indicator flasher switch ........................................................

.... 6-2 Jump starting .................................................................................................
.... 6-9
Flat tire ..................................................................................................................
.... 6-2 Push starting ................................................................................................
.... 6-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) If your vehicle overheats ....................................................................
.... 6-11
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 6-2 Towing your vehicle ...............................................................................
.... 6-11
Stopping vehicle ....................................................................................
.... 6-2 Towing precautions ......................................................................
.... 6-11
Preparing tools .......................................................................................
.... 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN .................................... .... 6-12
Changing flat tire (for model with spare tire) ................ .... 6-3
Repairing flat tire (for model with emergency tire
puncture repair kit) ..............................................................................
.... 6-6

(198,1)
HAZARD INDICATOR FLASHER SWITCH FLAT TIRE

GUID-942FB2F2-072E-4723-BF01-BA4234C73207
GUID-32D3CED8-FBE8-494D-BBBC-C319E5A30421
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions as . Replacing tires with those not originally
follows. specified by NISSAN could affect the
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire
(TPMS) (if equipped)
GUID-F81B751E-57CC-46E2-BFAB-3A12B2751C91 sealant into the tires, as this may cause a
malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
WARNING:
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
. If the low tire pressure warning light monitors tire pressure of all tires except the
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden spare. When the low tire pressure warning light
steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, is lit, one or more of your tires is significantly
reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven
SIC2475 a safe location and stop the vehicle as with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate
soon as possible. Driving with under- and warn you of it by the low tire pressure
The hazard indicator flasher switch operates inflated tires may permanently damage warning light (in the meter panel). This system
with the ignition switch in any position except the tires and increase the likelihood of will activate only when the vehicle is driven at
when the battery is discharged. tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).
The hazard indicator flasher is used to warn occur and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal injury. For more details, see “Low tire pressure warn-
other drivers when you have to stop or park
Check the tire pressure for all four tires. ing light” (P.2-14) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
under emergency conditions.
Adjust the tire pressure to the recom- System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).
When the hazard indicator flasher switch is
pushed, all turn signal lights will flash. To turn mended COLD tire pressure shown on the STOPPING VEHICLE
off the hazard indicator flasher, push the tire placard to turn the low tire pressure GUID-DE5E7016-0DBA-4C5D-8058-CF0977425906
hazard indicator flasher switch again. warning light off. If the light still illumi-
nates while driving after adjusting the WARNING:
tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the . Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.
TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have
. Be sure to move the shift lever to the “R”
a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as
(Reverse) position (Manual Transmission
soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all
(MT) model).
tires are properly inflated, have the ve-
hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. . Be sure to move the shift lever to the “P”
(Park) position (Automatic Transmission
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with
(AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission
the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted
(CVT) model).
or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
function and the low tire pressure warn- . Never change or repair tires when the
ing light will flash for approximately 1 vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery area.
minute. The light will remain on after the This is hazardous.
1 minute. Contact a NISSAN dealer as . Never change or repair tires when the
soon as possible for tire replacement oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle.
and/or system resetting. Call for professional road assistance.
6-2 In case of emergency

(199,1)
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away PREPARING GUID-B3D5DDAA-467B-46AE-A1BA-E7C421E9DA02
TOOLS CHANGING FLAT TIRE (for model with
from traffic. spare tire) GUID-CF29E302-F640-4F92-B7BA-95603F20B3D6
2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.
3. Park on a level surface.
5. Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move
the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the
shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position.
6. Turn off the engine.
7. Open the hood and set up the warning
triangle (if equipped): SCE0913
. To warn other traffic.
Remove the jack, necessary tools and the spare
. To signal professional road assistance tire from the storage area.
personnel that you need assistance.
8. Have all passengers get out from the Blocking wheels
GUID-41B66833-9FD4-45B0-837F-399B00D0B625
vehicle and stand in a safe place, away
from other traffic and clear of the vehicle.
JVE0002X
Your vehicle is equipped with either a spare tire

or an emergency tire puncture repair kit. Care-
fully read the instructions provided in the MCE0001A
appropriate section.
. For model with spare tire: See “Changing WARNING:
flat tire (for model with spare tire)” (P.6-3).
. For model with emergency tire puncture Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to
repair kit: See “Repairing flat tire (for model prevent the vehicle from moving, which may
with emergency tire puncture repair kit)” cause personal injury.
(P.6-6).
Place suitable blocks at both the front and
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
In case of emergency 6-3

(200,1)
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel
when it is jacked up. cover.
Type B:
Removing wheel cover (if equipped)
GUID-8E2242A3-CFE7-45EA-98DC-98521CDD9D48
Remove the center wheel cap as illustrated.
Jacking up vehicle
GUID-AC68A6CF-654A-423F-89DE-7E36F85013B9
SCE0630
Type A
JVE0003X
jack-up points
SCE0637
Type B
Type A:
SCE0914
Floor jack-up point
WARNING: For the rear, never jack up the vehicle at a
Never use your hands to remove the wheel location other than the floor jack-up point that
cover. This may cause personal injury. is specified.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod

as illustrated.
Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod

(201,1)
6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack

lever and rod with both hands and turn the
jack lever.
Removing tire
GUID-6FFE2489-C09E-413F-8479-73258FD517FD
1. Remove the wheel nuts.
2. Remove the damaged tire.
CAUTION:
The tire is heavy. Be sure that your feet are
SCE0504 clear from the tire and use gloves as neces-
sary to avoid injury.
. Never allow passengers to remain in the
WARNING: vehicle while the tire is off the ground. Installing spare tire
GUID-668344AD-1C1E-4025-95D1-0996F1F16265
. Be sure to read and follow the instruc- . Be sure to read the caution label attached
tions in this section. to the jack body before using.
. DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS . When jacking up the vehicle, be sure to
SUPPORTED BY A JACK. apply the parking brake.
. Never use a jack which was not provided 1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
with your vehicle. point as illustrated so that the top of the
. The jack, which is provided with your jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up
vehicle, is designed only to lift your point.
vehicle during a tire change. Do not use The jack should be placed on firm level
the jack provided with your vehicle on ground.
other vehicles.
2. Align the jack head between the two SCE0576
. Never jack up the vehicle at a location notches located at the jack-up point of
other than the jack-up point that is either the front or the rear section.
specified. WARNING:
3. Fit the groove of the jack head between the
. Never lift the vehicle more than neces- notches as shown. . Never use wheel nuts which are not
sary. provided with your vehicle. Incorrect
4. Loosen each wheel nut, counterclockwise,
. Never use blocks on or under the jack. one or two turns with the wheel nut wheel nuts or improperly tightened
. Never start or run the engine while the wrench. wheel nuts may cause the wheel to
vehicle is on the jack. The vehicle may become loose or come off. This could
Do not remove the wheel nuts until the cause an accident.
move suddenly, and this may cause an tire is off the ground.
accident. . Never use oil or grease on the wheel
5. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clear- studs or nuts. This may cause the wheel
ance between the tire and ground is nuts to become loose.
achieved.

(202,1)
. The temporary-use spare tire (if Stowing damaged tire and tools . Use the emergency tire puncture repair
GUID-B2B0A35C-6454-4B5B-9314-6436213F1193
equipped) is designed for emergency kit only on DC12V.
use only. WARNING: . Keep water and dust off the emergency
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface tire puncture repair kit.
. Be sure that the tire, jack and tools used
between the wheel and hub. are properly stored after use. Such items . Do not disassemble or modify the emer-
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten can become dangerous projectiles in an gency tire puncture repair kit.
the wheel nuts with your fingers. Check accident or sudden stop. . Do not galvanize the emergency tire
that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel puncture repair kit.
surface horizontally. 1. Securely store the jack and tools used in
the storage area. . Do not use the emergency tire puncture
3. Tighten the wheel nuts alternately and repair kit under the following conditions.
evenly, more than 2 times in the sequence 2. Replace the floor cover. Contact a NISSAN dealer or professional
illustrated ( - ), with the wheel nut 3. Close the trunk lid. road assistance.
wrench, until they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
REPAIRING FLAT TIRE (for model with — when the sealant has passed its
emergency tire puncture repair kit) expiration date (shown on the label
touches the ground. GUID-508C606F-B6B7-4C7E-973F-D9A1C4BE437F
attached to the bottle)
5. Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with the The emergency tire puncture repair kit is
wheel nut wrench, in the sequence illu- supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare — when the cut or the puncture is
strated. tire. This repair kit must be used for temporarily approximately 6 mm (0.25 in) or longer
fixing a minor tire puncture. After using the
6. Lower the vehicle completely. repair kit, see a NISSAN dealer as soon as — when the side of the tire is damaged
Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified possible for tire inspection and repair/replace-
— when the vehicle has been driven with
torque with a torque wrench as soon as ment.
a considerable loss of air from the tire
possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque: CAUTION: — when the tire is completely displaced
108 N·m (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb) inside or outside the rim
. NISSAN recommends using only Genuine
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided — when the tire rim is damaged
specification at all times. It is recommended with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may
that the wheel nuts be tightened to specifi- damage the valve stem seal which can — when two or more tires are flat
cation at each lubrication interval. cause the tire to lose air pressure.
. Do not use the emergency tire puncture
WARNING: repair kit provided with your vehicle on
other vehicles.
Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle
has been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles). . Do not use the emergency tire puncture
(also in cases of a flat tire, etc.) repair kit for a purpose other than to
inflate and check the tire pressure for the
vehicle.

(203,1)
Getting emergency tire puncture repair Before using emergency tire puncture 1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from
kit repair kit GUID-15A9E0CC-29F5-45A0-BAB3-D5FC6655DF3D the air compressor*, then put it in a location
GUID-32497E16-8625-4426-94C1-F39F2BF551A6 where the driver can see it while driving.
. If any foreign object (for example, a screw
or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not *: The compressor shape may differ de-
remove it. pending on the models.
. Check the expiration date of the sealant
(shown on the label attached to the bottle). CAUTION:
Never use a sealant whose expiration date Do not put the speed restriction sticker on
has passed. the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or
the warning light locations.
Repairing tire
GUID-B1A96953-35DB-4FA0-BC8F-2135F3B09767
WARNING:
Observe the following precautions when
using the emergency tire puncture repair kit.
. Swallowing the compound is dangerous.
Immediately drink as much water as
possible and seek prompt medical assis-
tance.
. Rinse well with lots of water if the
compound comes into contact with skin
or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt
medical attention.
. Keep the repair compound out of the
reach of children.
JVE0182X
Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit

from the storage area under the trunk. The
repair kit consists of the following items:
Air compressor*
Tire sealant bottle
Speed restriction sticker
*: The compressor shape may differ depending SCE0868
on the models.
JVE0014X

(204,1)
2. Take the hose and the power plug out that the air compressor switch is in the OFF . There is a possibility that the pressure
of the air compressor. Remove the cap of (*) position, and then insert its power plug reaches 600 kPa (87 psi) while the tire is
the bottle holder from the air compressor. into the power outlet in the vehicle. being inflated, but it is normal condition.
Usually the pressure will drop in about 30
seconds.
. Do not operate the compressor for more
than 10 minutes. If the tire pressure does
not increase to 180 kPa (26 psi) within 10
minutes, the tire may be seriously da-
maged and the tire cannot be repaired
with this tire repair kit. Contact a NISSAN
dealer.
7. When the tire pressure is reaching the
specified pressure or is at the minimum of
SCE0869 SCE0871
180 kPa (26 psi), turn the air compressor off.
3. Remove the cap of the tire sealant bottle, 6. Push the ignition switch to the “ACC” Remove the power plug from the power
and screw the bottle clockwise onto the position. Then turn the compressor switch outlet and quickly remove the hose from
bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire up the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and
Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder to the pressure that is specified on the tire valve cap.
will pierce the seal of the bottle.) placard affixed to the driver’s side center
4. Remove the cap of the tire valve on the flat pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 180 CAUTION:
tire. kPa (26 psi). Turn the air compressor off
briefly in order to check the tire pressure Leave the tire sealant bottle on the bottle
with the pressure gauge. If the tire is holder in order to prevent sealant from
inflated to higher than the specified pres- spilling out.
sure, adjust the tire pressure by releasing 8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 min-
air with the pressure release valve. The cold utes or 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h
tire pressures are shown on the tire placard (50 MPH) or less.
affixed to the driver’s side center pillar.
9. After driving, make sure that the air com-
pressor switch is in the OFF (*) position,
CAUTION: then screw the hose securely onto the tire
. An incomplete connection between the valve. Check the tire pressure with the
hose and tire valve causes air leakage or pressure gauge.
SCE0870 sealant scatter.
. Do not stand directly beside the da-
5. Remove the protective cap of the hose maged tire while it is being inflated
and screw the hose securely onto the tire because of the risk of the rupture. If there
valve. Make sure that the pressure release are any cracks or bumps, turn the com-
valve is securely tightened. Make sure pressor off immediately.

(205,1)
JUMP STARTING
GUID-B8B5660F-0F5F-43DE-B1A3-B4E89434CCE1
If the tire pressure drops under 130 kPa (19
psi): WARNING:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The tire cannot be repaired with this tire . Incorrect jump starting can lead to a
puncture repair kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer. battery explosion. The battery explosion
may result in severe injury or death. It
If the tire pressure is 130 kPa (19 psi) or more may also result in damage to the vehicle.
but less than the specified pressure:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Be sure to follow the instructions in this
Turn the compressor switch to the ON (−) section.
position and inflate the tire up to the specified . Explosive hydrogen gas is always present
pressure. Then repeat the steps from 8. in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all
If the pressure drops again, the tire cannot be sparks and flames away from the battery.
JVE0004X
repaired with this tire puncture repair kit. . Always wear suitable eye protection and
Contact a NISSAN dealer. Gasoline engine model
remove rings, bracelets, and any other
When the tire pressure is the specified jewelry whenever working on or near a
pressure: battery.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
The temporary repair is completed. . Never lean over the battery while jump
starting.
See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement
as soon as possible. . Never allow battery fluid to come into
contact with eyes, skin, clothes or the
vehicle’s painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
CAUTION: a corrosive sulfuric acid which can cause
Do not reuse the tire sealant bottle or the severe burns. If the fluid comes into
hose. contact with anything, immediately flush
the contacted area with plenty of water. JVE0030X
For a new tire sealant bottle and hose, see a
. Keep the battery out of the reach of Diesel engine model
NISSAN dealer.
children. 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
, position the two vehicles and to
After repairing tire . The booster battery must be rated at 12
GUID-A38994B2-1F1D-4A7B-99C3-76578E56BE78 bring the batteries into close proximity to
volts. Use of an incorrectly rated battery
See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement each other.
will damage your vehicle.
as soon as possible.
. Never attempt to jump start a frozen CAUTION:
battery. It could explode and cause ser-
ious injury. If the battery of vehicle equipped with the
Intelligent Key system is discharged, the
ignition switch cannot be moved from the
“LOCK” position and, if the steering lock is
engaged, the steering wheel cannot be
moved. Connect the jumper cables to the
booster vehicle before turning the ignition
switch and disengaging the steering lock.

(206,1)
PUSH STARTING
GUID-A115DED5-A50B-44C4-AB71-27BC09DBE76D
2. Apply the parking brake. Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing
CAUTION: the vehicle.
Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move . Never keep the starter motor engaged for
the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position. more than 10 seconds. If the engine does CAUTION:
not start right away, place the ignition
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the . Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continu-
switch in the “OFF” position and wait at
shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. ously Variable Transmission (CVT)/Man-
least 10 seconds before trying again.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys- ual Transmission (MT) model cannot be
. If the starter motor does not start by started by pushing. Attempting to do so
tems (headlights, heater, air conditioner,
pushing the ignition switch, push the may cause damage to the transmission.
etc.).
ignition switch to the OFF position before
5. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” . Three-way catalyst equipped model
trying again.
position. should not be started by pushing. At-
12. After the engine is started, carefully dis- tempting to do so may cause damage to
6. Remove the vent caps, if equipped, on the the three-way catalyst.
battery. connect the jumper cables in the opposite
sequence from that illustrated ( , , , ). . Never try to start the engine by towing.
7. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out When the engine starts, the forward
moist cloth to reduce the hazard of an 13. Remove and dispose of the cloth as it may
be contaminated with corrosive acid. surge could cause the vehicle to collide
explosion. with the towing vehicle.
8. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence 14. Replace the vent caps, if removed.
as illustrated ( , , , ). NOTE:
. For model with Idling Stop System, use
CAUTION: the special battery that is enhanced in
regard to the charge-discharge capacity
. Always connect positive + to positive +
and life performance. Avoid using a non-
and negative 7 to body ground, NOT to
special battery for the Idling Stop system,
the battery’s negative 7.
as this may cause early deterioration of
. Be sure that the jumper cables do not the battery or a malfunction of the Idling
touch moving parts in the engine com- Stop system. For the battery, it is recom-
partment. mended to use Genuine NISSAN parts. For
. Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do more information, contact a NISSAN deal-
not contact any other metal. er.
. For model with Idling Stop System, it may
9. Start the engine of the booster vehicle take some time until the Idling Stop
and let it run for a few minutes. System activates when the battery is
10. Depress the accelerator pedal of the boos- replaced or the battery terminal is dis-
ter vehicle at about 2,000 rpm. connected for extended periods and then
reconnected.
11. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle in
the normal manner.

(207,1)
IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

GUID-4B576F2A-B3D0-4934-B593-69B78C611711 GUID-8028B3F0-1C2A-46CB-BF54-DDA5DE3AD2CF
5. Open all windows. When towing your vehicle, local regulations for
WARNING: towing must be followed. Incorrect towing
6. Turn off the air conditioner. Set the tem-
perature control to maximum hot and fan equipment could damage your vehicle. To
. Never continue driving if your vehicle
control to maximum speed. assure proper towing and to prevent acciden-
overheats. Doing so could cause a vehicle
tal damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom-
fire. 7. Get out from the vehicle. mends that you have professional road
. Never open the hood if steam is coming 8. Visually inspect and listen for steam or assistance personnel tow your vehicle. It is
out. coolant escaping from the radiator before advisable to have the professional road assis-
. Never remove the radiator or coolant opening the hood. Wait until no steam or tant carefully read the following precautions.
reservoir cap while the engine is hot. If coolant can be seen before proceeding.
the radiator cap is removed when the TOWING PRECAUTIONS
9. Open the engine hood. GUID-85F0217C-D701-4C5D-A7B4-70519C933BFE
engine is hot, pressurized hot water will . Be sure that the transmission, steering
spurt out and possibly cause burning, 10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running. system and powertrain are in working
scalding or serious injury. 11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiator condition before towing. If any units are
. If steam or coolant is coming from the hoses for leakage. damaged, the vehicle must be towed using
engine, stand clear of the vehicle to If the cooling fan is not running or the a dolly or flatbed tow truck.
prevent getting burned. coolant is leaking, stop the engine. . NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off
. Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, 12. After the engine cools down, check the
the ground.
jewelry or clothing to come into contact coolant level in the reservoir with the
with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or engine running. Do not open the radiator
drive belts. The engine cooling fan will cap (if equipped).
start at any time. 13. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary.
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by the Have your vehicle inspected/repaired at a
high temperature indicator), or if you feel a lack NISSAN dealer.
of engine power, detect unusual noise, etc.,
take the following steps:
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away
from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.
Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move
the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.
Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the
shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.
DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE.

(208,1)
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN

GUID-848BC879-553C-4142-9743-5F93D6931FF3
will cause serious and expensive damage to
Towing Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) model the transmission.
GUID-24D82C6C-D6EA-4DBE-A633-4E99E4EE6B43
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF”
position.
2. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
position.
3. Release the parking brake.
Freeing trapped vehicle

GUID-603741EA-9A53-4769-B5D5-5A9C06C39584
WARNING:
JVE0005X
. Never allow anyone to stand near the
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be 4. Release the parking brake. towing line during the pulling operation.
used under the front wheels when towing your 5. Attach safety chains whenever towing. . Never spin the tires at high speed. This
vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed could cause them to explode and result in
tow truck as illustrated. Rear wheels onGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the ground: serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” also overheat and be damaged.
Front wheels on the ground:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B position. . Except for Indonesia: Do not pull the
CAUTION: 2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight- vehicle using the rear hook. The rear
ahead position with rope or a similar hook is not designed to pull the vehicle
Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT)/Con- device. out in the event that the vehicle becomes
tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model trapped.
with the front wheels on the ground. Doing 3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral)
so will cause serious and expensive damage position. In the event that your vehicle’s tires become
to the drivetrain. 4. Release the parking brake. trapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicle
is unable to free itself without being pulled, use
5. Attach safety chains whenever towing. the recovery hooks.
1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” All four wheelsGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
on the ground: . Use the recovery hooks only. Do not attach
position. NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be placed the pulling device to any other part of the
on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated. vehicle body. Otherwise, the vehicle body
2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight
may be damaged.
ahead position with rope or a similar
device. CAUTION: . Use the recovery hooks to free a vehicle
only. Never tow a vehicle using only the
3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT)/Con- recovery hooks.
position. tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model
with all four wheels on the ground. Doing so

(209,1)
. The recovery hooks are under tremendous Rear (except for Indonesia):
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
stress when used to free a trapped vehicle.
Always pull the pulling device straight out
from the vehicle. Never pull on the recovery
hooks at an angle.
Front: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
JVE0007X
Rear
Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle.
JVE0150X
Front
SCE0833
Front
Remove the hook cover from the bumper
with a suitable tool.
Securely install the recovery hook as
illustrated. (The hook is stored with the
jacking tools.)
Make sure that the recovery hook is properly
secured in its storage area after use.

(210,1)
MEMO

(211,1)
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior ...........................................................................................

.... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...........................................................................................
.... 7-3
Washing ........................................................................................................
.... 7-2 Air fresheners ........................................................................................
.... 7-4
Removing spots .....................................................................................
.... 7-2 Floor mats ................................................................................................
.... 7-4
Waxing ............................................................................................................
.... 7-2 Glass .............................................................................................................
.... 7-4
Glass ................................................................................................................
.... 7-2 Seat belts ..................................................................................................
.... 7-4
Underbody ..................................................................................................
.... 7-3 Corrosion protection ................................................................................
.... 7-5
Wheels ............................................................................................................
.... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to
Aluminum alloy wheels ....................................................................
.... 7-3 vehicle corrosion ................................................................................
.... 7-5
Chrome parts ...........................................................................................
.... 7-3 Environmental factors influence rate
of corrosion ............................................................................................
.... 7-5
To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... .... 7-5

(212,1)
CLEANING EXTERIOR
GUID-8DC9F596-195F-4BDF-BD51-E771E354FA2C
In order to maintain the appearance of your . Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight WAXING GUID-08936D62-35DD-47F4-8D54-F681CB8B02DB
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. or while the vehicle body is hot, as the
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
paint surface may become water-
Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a helps maintain a new vehicle appearance.
spotted.
garage or in a covered area to minimize the After waxing, polishing is recommended to
chances of damaging the paint surface of your . Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, remove built-up residue and to avoid a weath-
vehicle. such as washing mitts. Care must be ered appearance.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a taken when removing caked-on dirt or
other foreign substances so the paint A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body appropriate waxing products.
cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.
surface when putting on or removing the 3. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of CAUTION:
body cover. clean water.
. Wash your vehicle thoroughly and com-
WASHING GUID-DA36BD65-9AC0-47F7-8496-3CA8A8FB8660
4. Use a dampened chamois to dry the paint pletely before applying wax to the paint
In the following instances, wash your vehicle as surface and avoid leaving water spots. surface.
soon as possible to protect the paint surface: When washing the vehicle, take care of the . Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
. After a rainfall, which may cause the paint following: tions supplied with the wax.
surface damage from acid rain. . Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, . Do not use a wax containing any abra-
. After driving on coastal roads, which may hatches and hood are particularly vulner- sives, cutting compounds or cleaners
cause rusting from the sea breeze. able to the effects of road salt. Therefore, that may damage the vehicle finish.
. When contaminants such as soot, bird these areas must be cleaned regularly.
. Be sure that the drain holes in the lower Machine compounding or aggressive polishing
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs
edge of the doors are not clogged. on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull
get on the paint surface.
. Spray water to the underbody and in the the finish or leave swirl marks.
. When dust or mud builds up on the paint
surface. wheel wells to loosen the dirt and/or wash
away road salt.
GLASS GUID-1C12768E-72CA-47FD-94DE-18F4EA8CD329
1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
and plenty of water. REMOVING SPOTS film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for
GUID-6F9CC24A-719B-4612-9E5E-1E72F9237772
2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thor- Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, glass to become coated with a film after the
oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner
soap or a general purpose dishwashing from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never or staining. Special cleaning products are
hot) water. available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive
accessory store.
CAUTION:
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical deter-
gents, gasoline or solvents.
7-2 Appearance and care

(213,1)
CLEANING INTERIOR
GUID-F2FE1898-4AF6-4BCA-8E4C-F4CF1474E0A4
UNDERBODY . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the Occasionally remove loose dust from the inter-
GUID-1F4B2CCA-0925-4D5F-B96D-C6EB7CA57E08
wheels when they are hot. The wheel ior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
In areas where road salt is used in the winter, it cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl
temperature should be the same as
is necessary to clean the vehicle’s underbody and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth
ambient temperature.
regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe
building up and causing the acceleration of . Rinse the wheel to completely remove
the cleaner within 15 minutes after the clean with a dry, soft cloth.
corrosion on the underbody and suspension.
cleaner is applied. Regular care and cleaning is required in order
Before the winter and again in the spring, the to maintain the appearance of the leather.
underseal must be checked and, if necessary,
re-treated. CHROME PARTS
GUID-0C7A78D3-EBE4-41FE-9B83-A5824CC14A47 Before using any fabric protector, read the
Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non- manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric
WHEELS GUID-15394D3E-ACE8-42A5-AA0D-B7814B947611
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. protectors contain chemicals that may stain or
. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle bleach the seat material.
to maintain their appearance. Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to
. Clean the inner side of the wheels when the clean the meter and gauge lens covers.
wheel is changed or the underside of the
vehicle is washed. CAUTION:
. Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash- . Never use benzine, thinner or any similar
ing the wheels. material.
. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. This may cause loss of pressure . Small dirt particles can be abrasive and
or damage the tire bead. damaging to leather surfaces and should
be removed promptly. Do not use saddle
. NISSAN recommends that the road wheels soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning
be waxed to protect against road salt in fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-
areas where it is used during winter. based cleaners as they may damage the
ALUMINUM GUID-D0221CFC-CCBC-4249-84B8-F02087A5AA5D
ALLOY WHEELS leather natural finish.
Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge . Never use fabric protectors unless re-
dampened in a mild soap solution, especially commended by the manufacturer.
during winter in areas where road salt is used. . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
The salt residue from road salt could discolor meter or gauge lens covers. It may
the wheels if it is not washed off regularly. damage the lens covers.
CAUTION:
Follow the directions below to avoid staining
or discoloring the wheels:
. Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid
or alkali contents to clean the wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3

(214,1)
AIR FRESHENERS
GUID-CD0742CB-FDE5-4AB6-8374-73732285464D
Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side)
GUID-400DA2F5-03B5-4188-8174-D52BE40CB771
SEAT BELTSGUID-21B57068-4377-4B3B-8083-C967CCEB9C0E
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could
affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air WARNING:
freshener, take the following precautions:
. Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause the retractor.
permanent discoloration when they con-
. Never use bleach, dye or chemical sol-
tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
vents to clean the seat belts, since these
freshener in a location that allows it to
materials may severely weaken the seat
hang free and not contact an interior
belt webbing.
surface.
. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
the vents. These products can cause im- with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
mediate damage and discoloration when SAI0034 solution.
spilled on interior surfaces. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade
This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s before using them. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).)
to act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN
instructions before using air fresheners.
floor mats have been specially designed for
FLOOR MATSGUID-86FBD144-59B2-4EC1-92EF-D1A294940CEC your vehicle model. The driver’s floor mat has a
grommet hole incorporated in it.
The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats (if
equipped) can extend the life of your vehicle Position the mat by placing the floor mat
carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. bracket hook through the floor mat grommet
Regardless of what mats are used, be sure they hole while centering the mat in the foot area.
are fitted for your vehicle and are properly Periodically check that the mats are properly
positioned in the foot well to prevent inter- positioned.
ference with pedal operation. Mats should be
maintained with regular cleaning and replaced GLASS GUID-DB07944A-E17C-4A31-AB4B-F2ADFC4EB791
if they become excessively worn. Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for
glass to become coated with a film after the
vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner
and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
CAUTION:
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do
not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners
or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They
could damage the electrical conductors, such
as rear window defogger elements.

(215,1)
CORROSION PROTECTION
GUID-E92E77C9-08F4-418C-9E70-ADE0104EC4A4
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI- TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM

BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION CORROSIONGUID-3D80D97E-D30A-4337-97C0-DC1E6D97C4E1
GUID-BCE1EFC6-8E52-411A-8A65-BF8F2FA65E11
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining . Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep
dirt and debris in body panel sections, the vehicle clean.
cavities, and other areas. . Always check for minor damage to the
. Damage to the paint surface and other paint surface and if any exists, repair it as
protective coatings caused by gravel and soon as possible.
stone chips or minor traffic accidents. . Keep the drain holes in the lower edge of
the doors open to avoid water accumula-
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE tion.
RATE OF CORROSION
GUID-D06CF72F-1731-48C7-BC55-3FAB2B3F4CCE
. Check the vehicle underbody for accumu-
lation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash
Moisture GUID-31C0265D-6FD3-43EE-ACEF-91E5E3F622F1 with water as soon as possible.
The accumulation of sand, dirt and water on
the inside floor of the vehicle can accelerate CAUTION:
corrosion. Wet floor carpet/floor mats will not
dry completely inside the vehicle. They should . Never remove dirt, sand or other debris
be removed and completely dried to avoid floor from the passenger compartment by
panel corrosion. washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt
with a vacuum cleaner or broom.
Relative humidity
GUID-D0E49DE4-517D-4D9D-9B7C-4D660DB911BF . Never allow water or other liquids to
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high come in contact with electronic compo-
relative humidity. nents inside the vehicle as this may
damage them.
TemperatureGUID-4992A777-1EC3-43E6-82A9-F3EC2C074A7A
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
High temperatures accelerate the rate of
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
corrosion to those parts which are not well
and deterioration of underbody components
ventilated.
such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
Corrosion will also be accelerated in areas lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
where the temperatures stay above freezing.
In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
Air pollutionGUID-A0EE1757-B200-49E6-97DA-77F0EDD84EF2 periodically.
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the For additional protection against rust and
air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use corrosion, which may be required in some
accelerates the corrosion process. Road salt areas, consult a NISSAN dealer.
also accelerates the disintegration of paint
surfaces.
Appearance and care 7-5

(216,1)
MEMO

(217,1)
8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirements ..................................................................

.... 8-3 Brake fluid .......................................................................................................
.... 8-16
Scheduled maintenance ..................................................................
.... 8-3 Clutch fluid (if equipped) .....................................................................
.... 8-17
General maintenance ........................................................................
.... 8-3 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) (if equipped) ......... .... 8-17
Where to go for service ....................................................................
.... 8-3 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid
General maintenance ................................................................................
.... 8-3 (if equipped) ..................................................................................................
.... 8-18
Explanation of general maintenance items .................... .... 8-3 Air cleaner filter ..........................................................................................
.... 8-18
Maintenance precautions ..............................................................
.... 8-5 HR12DE and HR15DE engine model .............................. .... 8-18
Engine compartment check locations ........................................ .... 8-6 K9K engine model ..........................................................................
.... 8-18
HR15DE engine model .....................................................................
.... 8-6 Wiper blades .................................................................................................
.... 8-19
HR12DE engine model .....................................................................
.... 8-7 Windshield wiper blades ............................................................
.... 8-19
K9K engine model ................................................................................
.... 8-8 Window washer fluid ..............................................................................
.... 8-20
Engine cooling system .............................................................................
.... 8-8 Battery ...............................................................................................................
.... 8-21
Checking engine coolant level ...................................................
.... 8-9 Vehicle battery ..................................................................................
.... 8-21
Changing engine coolant ...............................................................
.... 8-9 Remote controller battery .......................................................
.... 8-22
Engine oil ..........................................................................................................
.... 8-10 Intelligent Key battery .................................................................
.... 8-23
Checking engine oil level .............................................................
.... 8-10 Variable voltage control system (if equipped) .................. .... 8-24
Changing engine oil and oil filter ..........................................
.... 8-10 Fuses ...................................................................................................................
.... 8-24
Protect environment .......................................................................
.... 8-13 Engine compartment ...................................................................
.... 8-24
Fuel filter (diesel engine model) .....................................................
.... 8-13 Passenger compartment ..........................................................
.... 8-25
Draining water ......................................................................................
.... 8-13 Lights ..................................................................................................................
.... 8-26
Bleeding fuel system .......................................................................
.... 8-13 Headlights .............................................................................................
.... 8-26
Drive belts ........................................................................................................
.... 8-14 Exterior lights .....................................................................................
.... 8-27
HR12DE and HR15DE engine model ................................. .... 8-14 Interior lights .......................................................................................
.... 8-27
K9K engine model .............................................................................
.... 8-14 Light locations ...................................................................................
.... 8-28
Spark plugs (gasoline engine model) ........................................ .... 8-14 Tires and wheels .......................................................................................
.... 8-32
Iridium-tipped spark plugs (if equipped) ......................... .... 8-14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Platinum-tipped spark plugs (if equipped) .................... .... 8-15 (if equipped) .........................................................................................
.... 8-32
Brakes .................................................................................................................
.... 8-15 Tire inflation pressure .................................................................
.... 8-32
Checking parking brake ...............................................................
.... 8-15 Types of tires ......................................................................................
.... 8-32
Checking foot brake pedal .........................................................
.... 8-15 Tire chains .............................................................................................
.... 8-32
Brake booster .......................................................................................
.... 8-16 Tire rotation .........................................................................................
.... 8-33

(218,1)
Tire wear and damage ..................................................................

.... 8-33 Wheel balance ....................................................................................
.... 8-34
Tire age ......................................................................................................
.... 8-33 Spare tire ...............................................................................................
.... 8-34
Changing tires and wheels ........................................................
.... 8-33 Emergency tire puncture repair kit
(if equipped) .........................................................................................
.... 8-35

(219,1)
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

GUID-DB4A20F4-8565-469E-BB2A-2FA209E16ABF
GUID-95AA0E30-2B0E-42F2-AAD2-29134C3E0B81
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE During normal day-to-day operation of the
essential to maintain your vehicle’s good me-
GUID-3E63375F-6450-4183-B765-CDB8D4FD34DF vehicle, general maintenance should be per-
If maintenance service is required or your formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
chanical condition, as well as its emission and vehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-
engine performance. you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
tems checked and tuned by an authorized smells, be sure to check for the cause or have a
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that NISSAN dealer. NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
the specified maintenance, as well as general should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
maintenance, is performed. repairs are required.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who When performing any checks or maintenance
can ensure that your vehicle receives the work, closely observe “Maintenance precau-
proper maintenance care. tions” (P.8-5).
SCHEDULEDGUID-CE5AF5FB-6DD2-457C-8228-654737EB3356
MAINTENANCE EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTE-
For your convenience, the required scheduled NANCE ITEMS
GUID-BD6DE34E-C4B5-4781-97E8-C2510C8C914E
maintenance items are described and listed in
Additional information on the following
a separate Warranty Information and Mainte-
items with “*” is found later in this section.
nance booklet. You must refer to that booklet
to ensure that necessary maintenance is per- Outside vehicle
formed on your vehicle at regular intervals. GUID-05A42C89-023E-47B8-8037-93A64DFFB9FE
The maintenance items listed here should be
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
GUID-0A8C8821-F81C-4670-9BD0-A3F65DA87266
performed from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal day- Doors and hood: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
to-day operation of the vehicle. They are Check that all doors and the hood operate
essential if your vehicle is to continue to smoothly as well as the back door, trunk lid and
operate properly. It is your responsibility to hatch. Also make sure that all latches lock
perform these procedures regularly as pre- securely. Lubricate if necessary. Make sure that
scribed. the secondary latch keeps the hood from
Performing general maintenance checks re- opening when the primary latch is released.
quires minimal mechanical skill and a few When driving in areas using road salt or other
general automotive tools. corrosive materials, check lubrication fre-
These checks or inspections can be done by quently.
yourself, a qualified technician, or if you prefer, Lights*:
your NISSAN dealer. GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make
sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights,
turn signal lights and other lights are all
operating properly and installed securely. Also
check the aim of the headlights.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

(220,1)
Tires*: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Wheel alignment and balance:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Parking brake*:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Check the pressure with a gauge often and If the vehicle should pull to either side while Check the parking brake operation regularly.
always prior to long distance trips. Adjust the driving on a straight and level road, or if you Check that the lever (if so equipped) or the
pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there pedal (if so equipped) has the proper travel.
pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, may be a need for wheel alignment. If the Also make sure that the vehicle is held securely
cuts or excessive wear. steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal on a fairly steep hill when only the parking
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be brake is applied.
Tire rotation*: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B needed.
In the case that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and Seat belts: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
front and rear tires are same size; tires should Windshield: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for
be rotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tires Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and re-
marked with directional indicators can only be the windshield at least every six months for tractors) operate properly and smoothly, and
rotated between front and rear. Make sure that cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary. are installed securely. Check the belt webbing
the directional indicators point in the direction for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
of wheel rotation after the tire rotation is Wiper blades*: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
completed. Check for cracks or wear if not functioning Steering wheel:GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
correctly. Replace as necessary. Check for changes in the steering condition,
In the case that Four-Wheel Drive and All Wheel
such as excessive play, hard steering or strange
Drive (4WD/AWD) and front and rear tires are Inside vehicleGUID-747021A6-C69F-4679-9DED-C10F1E4D183C noises.
same size; tires should be rotated every 5,000
km (3,000 miles). Tires marked with directional The maintenance items listed here should be Warning lights GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
and chimes:
indicators can only be rotated between front checked on a regular basis, such as when
performing periodic maintenance, cleaning Make sure that all warning lights/lamps and
and rear. Make sure that the directional in- chimes are operating properly.
dicators point in the direction of wheel rotation the vehicle, etc.
after the tire rotation is completed. Accelerator pedal: Windshield defogger:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
In the case that front tires are different size Check the pedal for smooth operation and Check that the air comes out of the defogger
from rear tires; tires cannot be rotated. make sure that the pedal does not catch or outlets properly and in good quantity when
The timing for tire rotation may vary according require uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away operating the heater or air conditioner.
to your driving habits and the road surface from the pedal. Windshield wiper and washer*:
conditions.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Brake pedal*: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Check that the wipers and washer operate
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Check the pedal for smooth operation and properly and that the wipers do not streak.
transmitter components (if so equipped): make sure that it is the proper distance from
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
the floor mat when depressed fully. Check the Under hoodGUID-F59F7197-A6D8-4DD2-ADBE-CB71B0FC849B
and vehicle
Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal,
valve core and cap when the tires are replaced brake booster function. Be sure to keep the The maintenance items listed here should be
due to wear or age. floor mats away from the pedal. checked periodically (for example, each time
you check the engine oil or refuel).
8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

(221,1)
Battery (except for maintenance free bat- Window washer fluid*: escape.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
teries)*: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Check that there is adequate fluid in the . Never get under the vehicle while it is
Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be reservoir. supported by a jack.
between the UPPER and LOWER lines. Vehicles . Keep smoking materials, flame and
operated in high temperatures or under severe MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
GUID-8E8C7D33-D680-4F7E-ABBF-A3297EC3F706 sparks away from fuel and the battery.
conditions require frequent checks of the When performing any inspection or mainte-
battery fluid level. . Never connect or disconnect either the
nance work on your vehicle, always take care to
battery or any transistorized component
prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
Brake (and clutch) fluid level(s)*: connector while the ignition switch is in
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B damage to the vehicle. The following are
For Manual Transmission (MT) model; make the “ON” position.
general precautions which should be closely
sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are observed. . On gasoline engine models with the
between the MAX and MIN lines on the reser- Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, the
voirs. WARNING: fuel filter and fuel lines should be ser-
Except for Manual Transmission (MT) model; viced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel
make sure that the brake fluid level is between . Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply lines are under high pressure even when
the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. the parking brake securely and block the the engine is turned off.
wheels to prevent the vehicle from mov- . Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-
Engine coolantGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
level*: ing. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) matic engine cooling fan. It may come on
Check the coolant level when the engine is position (Automatic Transmission model/ at any time without warning, even if the
cold. Make sure that the coolant level is Continuously Variable Transmission ignition switch is in the “OFF” position
between the MAX and MIN lines on the reser- model) or the “N” (Neutral) position (Man- and the engine is not running. To avoid
voir. ual Transmission model). injury, always disconnect the negative
Engine drive belt(s)*: . Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” battery cable before working near the
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B or “LOCK” position when performing any fan.
Make sure that drive belt(s) is not frayed, worn, parts replacement or repairs.
cracked or oily. . Always wear eye protection whenever
. Do not work under the hood while the you work on your vehicle.
Engine oil level*:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
engine is hot. Always turn off the engine . Never leave the engine or the transmis-
Check the level after parking the vehicle (on a and wait until it cools down. sion related component harness connec-
level ground) and turning off the engine. . If you must work with the engine running, tor disconnected while the ignition
keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools switch is in the “ON” position.
Fluid leaks: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B away from moving fans, belts and any . Avoid direct contact with used engine oil
Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other moving parts.
other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been and coolant. Improperly disposed engine
parked for a while. Water dripping from the air . It is advisable to secure or remove any oil, engine coolant, and/or other vehicle
conditioner after use is normal. If you should loose clothing and any jewelry, such as fluids can hurt the environment. Always
notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident, rings, watches, etc. before working on conform to local regulations for disposal
check for cause and have it corrected immedi- your vehicle. of vehicle fluids.
ately. . If you must run the engine in an enclosed This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
space such as a garage, be sure there is provides instructions regarding only those
proper ventilation for exhaust gases to items which are relatively easy for an owner

(222,1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

GUID-B8F53376-1A49-4E45-B4B3-82E1CE6D05E5
to perform. HR15DE ENGINE MODEL
You should be aware that incomplete or GUID-EF0C7758-B816-4C0C-8FF9-7322840D4A0F
improper servicing may result in operating
difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt
about any servicing, have it done by a NISSAN
dealer.
JVC0118X
1. Engine drive belts 7. Window washer fluid reservoir

2. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Engine oil dipstick
— Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model 9. Radiator cap
3. Engine oil filler cap 10. Battery
4. Air cleaner 11. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
— Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model
6. Fuse/fusible link box

(223,1)
HR12DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-59856FC7-8D2B-4E75-8513-9344338D38DE
JVC0240X
1. Engine drive belts 9. Battery

2. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir 10. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model
4. Air cleaner
6. Window washer fluid reservoir
7. Engine oil dipstick
8. Radiator cap

(224,1)
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

GUID-F658C1E8-2DC3-4431-97E9-F5C1EF86D06F
K9K ENGINE MODEL
GUID-2C738805-06BC-44FE-9B4C-0CBFB97CC51C WARNING:
. Never remove the radiator or coolant
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
Serious burns could be caused by high-
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wait until the engine and radiator cool
down.
. Engine coolant is poisonous and should
be stored carefully in marked containers
out of the reach of children.
The engine cooling system is filled at the
factory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-
freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-
tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,
therefore additional cooling system additives
are not necessary.
CAUTION:
. Never use any cooling system additives
such as radiator sealer. Additives may
clog the cooling system and cause da-
mage to the engine, transmission and/or
cooling system.
. When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Engine
SDI2711 Coolant or equivalent in its quality with
the proper mixture ratio. Examples of the
1. Brake and clutch fluid reservoir 9. Engine coolant reservoir mixture ratio of coolant and water are
2. Air cleaner 10. Battery shown in the following table:
4. Priming pump
5. Window washer fluid reservoir
6. Engine drive belts
7. Engine oil filler cap
8. Engine oil dipstick

(225,1)
Outside temperature ing and also add it to the reservoir up to the

Composition MAX level . WARNING:
down to
Engine Deminer- If the cooling system frequently requires . To avoid being scalded, never change the
coolant alized or coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer. coolant when the engine is hot.
°C °F distilled
(concen- . Never remove the radiator cap when the
trated) water K9K engine model
GUID-2395F3A5-115A-4C54-8541-7E23D923B4CB engine is hot. Serious burns could be
−15 5 30% 70% caused by high pressure fluid escaping
from the radiator.
−35 −30 50% 50%
. Avoid direct skin contact with used cool-
The use of other types of coolant solutions may ant. If skin contact is made, wash thor-
damage the engine cooling system. oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon
as possible.
For HR12DE or HR15DE engine model: The
radiator is equipped with a pressure cap. To . Keep coolant out of reach of children and
prevent engine damage, use only a Genuine pets.
NISSAN radiator cap or its equivalent when Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.
replacement is required. Check your local regulations.
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
GUID-F8C49DE6-119A-4A1D-86FF-803E63E7E989
SDI2712
HR12DE andGUID-C1ECD3B3-D0C8-40A2-816E-74D490AD4C2D
HR15DE engine model Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
the MIN level , add coolant up to the MAX level
.
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

GUID-E7EB5328-DDC8-4F87-A59E-68ADD38FDE7F
Contact a NISSAN dealer if replacement is
required.
Major engine cooling system repair should be
performed by a NISSAN dealer. The service
SDI2571 procedures can be found in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when Improper servicing can result in reduced heater
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below performance and engine overheating.
the MIN level , add coolant up to the MAX level
. If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant
level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If
there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill
the radiator with coolant up to the filler open-

(226,1)
ENGINE OIL
GUID-FA4BC3FB-1D89-4597-BEDF-E448850975D0
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 6. Reinsert the dipstick all the way. . Store used engine oil in marked contain-
GUID-F18C00EA-0976-4457-8992-38C8B49F18EC
7. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. ers out of the reach of children.
It should be within the range .
8. If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler CAUTION:
cap and pour the recommended oil into the Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
opening. Do not overfill . Check your local regulations.
When filling the engine oil, do not remove
the dipstick. Engine oil replacement (gasoline en-
9. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick. gine model) GUID-836BA4DA-5A7A-47C3-BF19-F79E582FC911
It is normal to add some oil between oil
maintenance intervals or during the
SDI2572
break-in period, depending on the sever-
ity of operating conditions.
HR12DE and HR15DE engine model
CAUTION:
The oil level should be checked regularly.
Operating your vehicle with an insufficient
amount of oil can damage the engine, and
such damage is not covered by warranty.
CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

GUID-F676738F-78D0-44E0-812A-370BFC28A398
WARNING:
SDI2713 . Used oil must be disposed of properly.
K9K engine model Never pour or dump oil into the ground,
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and canals, rivers, etc. It should be disposed
apply the parking brake. of at proper waste facilities. NISSAN
recommends having your oil changed by
2. Start the engine and warm it up until the a NISSAN dealer.
engine temperature reaches the normal
operating temperature (approximately 5 . Be careful not to burn yourself, as the
minutes). engine oil may be hot.
3. Stop the engine. . Prolonged and repeated contact with
used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
4. Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to SDI2578
drain back to the oil pan. . Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If
HR12DE engine model
contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or
5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon
as possible.

(227,1)
4. Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to Engine oil filter replacement (gasoline
drain back to the oil pan. engine model) GUID-0C934F20-BEF1-47BC-A126-84429F79D41E
5. Place a large drain pan under the drain
plug.
6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench.
7. Remove the oil filler cap and completely
drain the oil.
If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and
replace it at this time. (See “Engine oil filter
replacement (gasoline engine model)” (P.8-
11).)
8. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new
washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.
Drain plug tightening torque:
29 to 39 N·m
(3.0 to 4.0 kg-m, 21 to 29 ft-lb)
9. Refill the recommended engine oil and
quantity. (See “Recommended fluids/lubri-
cants and capacities” (P.9-2).)
When filling the engine oil, do not remove
the dipstick.
10. Securely install the oil filler cap.
JVM0001X
HR15DE engine model
Oil filler cap 12. Check the drain plug for any sign of
leakage. SDI2578
Oil drain plug
13. Check the engine oil level according to the HR12DE engine model
Oil filter
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil
apply the parking brake. level” (P.8-10).)
2. Start the engine and warm it up until the
engine temperature reaches the normal
operating temperature (approximately 5
minutes).
3. Stop the engine.

(228,1)
cap type wrench may be required. See a Engine oil and filter replacement (K9K
NISSAN dealer for more information. engine model)
GUID-60214C5C-29FB-4E04-9955-A506AA521A8A
5. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.
6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
with a clean cloth.
Be sure to remove any old gasket remain-
ing on the mounting surface.
7. Apply the new engine oil to the gasket of
the new oil filter.
8. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance
is felt, and then tighten an additional 2/3 of
turn to secure the oil filter.
Oil filter tightening torque: SDI2472
15 to 20 N·m (11 to 15 ft-lb)
Oil drain plug
9. Refill the engine oil. (See “Engine oil replace-
Oil filter
ment (gasoline engine model)” (P.8-10).)
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain
10. Start the engine and check for leakage plug.
around the oil filter. Correct as required.
2. Remove the drain plug with a wrench.
11. Turn the engine off and wait several
minutes. 3. Remove the oil filler cap and completely
drain the oil.
12. Check the engine oil level according to the
proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and
JVM0001X level” (P.8-10).) replace it at this time.
HR15DE engine model
Oil filler cap CAUTION:
Oil drain plug Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
Oil filter Check your local regulations.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.
apply the parking brake.
5. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.
2. Turn the engine off.
6. Wipe the entire oil filter mounting surface
3. Drain the engine oil according to the proper with a clean cloth.
procedure. (See “Engine oil replacement
(gasoline engine model)” (P.8-10).) Be sure to remove any old gasket remain-
ing on the mounting surface.
4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.
Depending on the engine model, a special

(229,1)
FUEL FILTER (diesel engine model)

GUID-CBF85BE5-DE66-4B5C-9E4E-ADA0E6F5535D
7. Apply new engine oil to the gasket on the 4. If the engine does not operate smoothly
new oil filter. DRAINING WATER
GUID-3E08D917-6BC6-4557-BBA3-86158302258E after it has started, race it two or three
8. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance Drain water in the fuel filter according to the times.
is felt, and then tighten an additional 3/4 of maintenance log shown in a separate main-
a turn to secure the filter. tenance booklet.
Oil filter tightening torque: If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light
16 to 20 N·m (1.6 to 2.0 kg-m, 12 to 15 ft- illuminates while the engine is running, there
lb) might be water in the fuel filter.
The fuel filter can be accessed after removing
9. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new
the fuse box and the battery from the vehicle.
washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
Therefore, NISSAN recommends that you con-
with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.
tact a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
Drain plug tightening torque:
16 to 24 N·m (1.6 to 2.4 kg-m, 12 to 18 ft- BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM
GUID-CE68D4B4-4E8A-4A4C-879D-D3134D2FE6AD
lb)
10. Refill the recommended engine oil and
quantity. (See “Recommended fluids/lubri-
cants and capacities” (P.9-2).)
11. Securely install the oil filler cap.
13. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for
any sign of leakage.
14. Dispose of the used oil in the proper
manner. Check your local regulations.
SDI2714
15. Check the engine oil level according to the
proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil Bleed air out of the fuel system after refilling an
level” (P.8-10).) empty fuel tank by the following action:
PROTECT ENVIRONMENT 1. Squeeze the priming pump located in the
GUID-E61F90FA-EAEF-4870-9F1A-4748039A281F engine compartment several times until
It is illegal to pollute drains, watercourses and there is a sudden resistance felt in the
soil. Use authorized waste collection facilities, pressure, then stop.
including civil amenity sites and garages pro-
viding facilities for disposal of used oil and used 2. Crank the engine until it starts. Do not
oil filters. If in doubt, contact your local author- crank the engine for more than 30 seconds.
ity for advice on disposal. 3. If the engine does not start, stop cranking
The regulations concerning the pollution of and repeat step 1 above.
the environment will vary from country to
country.

(230,1)
DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS (gasoline engine model)

GUID-B4EFFDAE-6C58-47F0-A6C6-C9F1CA299FD4 GUID-FD3705E1-F18E-4DA2-BA68-E6687EA3E629
HR12DE ANDGUID-BD5B969E-7D27-4A47-B205-859B9CEE465C
HR15DE ENGINE MODEL K9K ENGINE GUID-F5D2881C-13DA-4EB7-B4C0-08731BFC701D
MODEL
WARNING:
Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off
and that the parking brake is applied.
Replace the spark plugs according to the
maintenance log shown in a separate main-
tenance booklet.
If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN
dealer.
SDI2573 SDI2484
1. Water pump 1. Crankshaft pulley

2. Alternator 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner
3. Crankshaft pulley 3. Alternator
4. Air conditioner compressor 4. Air conditioner compressor
!: Tension checking point Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF”
position.
Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF”
position. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual SDI1895
wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Check regu-
Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual
larly for condition and tension. If the belt is in
wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Check regu-
poor condition or loose, have it replaced or
IRIDIUM-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS (if
larly for condition and tension. If the belt is in equipped) GUID-2A3DE3CA-83EA-4EC3-8039-90F027C23863
adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
poor condition or loose, have it replaced or
It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped
adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
spark plugs as frequently as the conven-
tional type of spark plugs. These spark plugs
are designed to last much longer than the
conventional type of spark plug.
CAUTION:
. Do not reuse the iridium-tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or re-gapping.
. Always replace with the recommended
iridium-tipped spark plugs.

(231,1)
BRAKES
GUID-8EB82ECA-95A7-4860-A7B2-91072E92C7FB
PLATINUM-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS (if CHECKING PARKING BRAKE CHECKING FOOT BRAKE PEDAL
GUID-A79F4863-6A82-4E1C-9F83-6593462D69A4
GUID-B3CC1234-BD79-484D-8569-F98C99F4509D
equipped) GUID-B8C8725B-9743-4BD5-8536-CB541F43D80F
It is not necessary to replace the platinum-
tipped spark plugs as frequently as the
conventional type of spark plugs. These spark
plugs are designed to last much longer than
the conventional type of spark plugs.
CAUTION:
. Do not reuse the platinum-tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or re-gapping.
. Always replace with the recommended SDI1447A DI1020MR
platinum-tipped spark plugs.
From the released position, pull the parking
brake lever up slowly and firmly. If the number WARNING:
of clicks is out of the range listed, see a NISSAN See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system
dealer. check if the foot brake pedal height does
For Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Australia not return to normal.
and Hong Kong:
10 to 11 clicks With the engine running, check the distance
Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) between the upper surface of the pedal and
the metal floor. If it is out the range listed, see a
Except for Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, NISSAN dealer.
Australia and Hong Kong: : Depressing force
8 to 9 clicks 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb)
Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) 80 mm (3.15 in) or more
Self-adjusting brakes
GUID-0E95CD39-EB93-404F-AED1-357297016E4B
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
brakes. The brakes are adjusted by the foot
brake pedal operation.

(232,1)
BRAKE FLUID
GUID-08BA7AEC-14E9-429C-8825-21113111241B
Brake pad wear indicator the vacuum is released from the booster.
GUID-4BFEFDE9-5B31-4404-A9BB-8C45AFCB43FB WARNING:
The disc brake pads on your vehicle have If the brakes do not operate properly, have the
audible wear indicators. When a brake pad brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer. . Use only new fluid from a sealed contain-
requires replacement, it will make a high er. Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid
pitched scraping or screeching sound when may damage the brake system. The use
the vehicle is in motion. The noise will be heard of improper fluids can damage the brake
whether or not the foot brake pedal is system and affect the vehicle’s stopping
depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon ability.
as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard. . Clean the filler cap before removing.
Under some driving or climate conditions, . Brake fluid is poisonous and should be
occasional brake squeaks, squeals or other stored carefully in marked containers out
noises may be heard. Occasional brake noise of the reach of children.
during light to moderate stops is normal and
does not affect the function or performance of
the brake system. CAUTION:
Proper brake inspection intervals should be Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. This
followed. For additional information, see a will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, wash
separate maintenance booklet. it off with plenty of water immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
GUID-593F10C1-A010-4EC4-9B3F-4077D155EC79
Check the brake booster function as follows:
1. With the engine off, depress and release the
foot brake pedal several times. When the
foot brake pedal movement (distance of
travel) remains the same from one pedal
application to the next, continue on to the
next step.
2. While depressing the foot brake pedal, start
the engine. The pedal height should drop a
little. JVM0050X
3. With the foot brake pedal depressed, stop
the engine. Keep the pedal depressed for Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brake
about 30 seconds. The pedal height should fluid is below the MIN line, the brake warning
not change. light will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the
MAX line. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants
4. Run the engine for 1 minute without
and capacities” (P.9-2) for recommended types
depressing the foot brake pedal, then turn
of brake fluid.)
it off. Depress the foot brake pedal several
times. The pedal travel distance will de- If the brake fluid must be added frequently, the
crease gradually with each depression as brake system should be thoroughly checked by

(233,1)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

CLUTCH FLUID (if equipped)
(ATF) (if equipped)
GUID-3AED65F7-A24A-46C1-8C7A-A6DB62676565 GUID-AEC1BF31-954D-4BA4-A9ED-6EF2ABD59A8A
a NISSAN dealer. Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace-
WARNING: ment is required.
. Use only new fluid from a sealed contain-
er. Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid CAUTION:
may damage the clutch system. . Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do
. Clean the filler cap before removing. not mix with other fluids.
. Clutch fluid is poisonous and should be . Using Automatic Transmission Fluid
stored carefully in marked containers out other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
of the reach of children. will cause deterioration in driveability
and transmission durability, and may
damage the transmission, which is not
CAUTION:
covered by the warranty.
Do not spill the clutch fluid on painted
surfaces. This will damage the paint. If clutch
fluid is spilled, wash it off with plenty of water
immediately.
JVM0050X
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid

is below the MIN line, add fluid up to the MAX
line. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and
capacities” (P.9-2) for the recommended types
of fluid.)
If the fluid must be added frequently, the clutch
system should be thoroughly checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

(234,1)
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
AIR CLEANER FILTER
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID (if equipped)
GUID-F4435ED2-1F0C-4B8F-A905-071A99324D3A GUID-BDC67E38-0D28-47B5-84B0-DF500B16B723
Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace- K9K ENGINE GUID-319324E1-E6A4-4FCD-9709-77E9C6907DA9
MODEL
ment is required. WARNING:
Contact a NISSAN dealer if maintenance or
Operating the engine with the air cleaner replacement is required.
CAUTION: filter off can cause you or others to be
Replace the air cleaner filter according to the
Use only the specified transmission fluid. burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans
. maintenance log shown in a separate main-
Do not mix with other fluids. (See “Re- the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine
tenance booklet.
commended fluids/lubricants and capa- backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not
cities” (P.9-2).) installed and the engine backfires, you could
be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner
. Using transmission fluid other than the filter off. Be cautious working on the engine
specified ones will cause deterioration in when the air cleaner filter is off.
driveability and transmission durability,
and may damage the transmission,
which is not covered by the warranty. HR12DE AND HR15DE ENGINE MODEL
GUID-EEE51A8F-10E9-4FB7-92F1-5E47C74618A9
JVM0052X
To remove the filter, release the lock pins and

pull the unit upward.
The viscous paper type filter element should
not be cleaned and reused.
The dry paper type filter element may be
cleaned and reused.
Replace the air cleaner filter according to the
maintenance log shown in a separate main-
tenance booklet.

(235,1)
WIPER BLADES
GUID-42E74EAA-887B-4017-9BAA-F0811F2944D2
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

GUID-3B9A9372-F0BC-43C2-9B08-D93C0FD0B320
Cleaning GUID-47122101-9FA4-478A-BCC8-89CB6BAB7F3C
If the windshield does not become clear after
using the windshield washer or if the wiper
blades chatter when operating the windshield
wipers, wax or other materials may be on the
windshield and/or wiper blades.
Clean the outside of the windshield surface
with a washer solution or mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form when
rinsing with water.
Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked
in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Rinse
the blade with water. If your windshield is still
not clear after cleaning the blades and using
the wipers, replace the blades.
JVM0037X
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle . This

may cause improper windshield washer opera-
tion. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any
objects with a needle or small pin . Be careful
not to damage the nozzle.

(236,1)
WINDOW WASHER FLUID

GUID-CA82CB44-F722-4620-B5CC-163B7294016F
Replacing
GUID-836CAB96-5F90-4106-96F1-6640B37189C3
JVM0021X
SDI1803
WARNING:
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the wind-
shield. Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be
stored carefully in marked containers out of
2. Push and hold the release tab , and then
the reach of children.
move the wiper blade down the wiper arm
to remove . Check the fluid level in the window washer
3. Remove the wiper blade. reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window
4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper washer fluid.
arm until it clicks into place. Add a washer solvent to the water for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield
CAUTION: washer anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for the mixture ratio.
. After wiper blade replacement, return the
wiper arm to its original position. Other-
wise the wiper arm or the engine hood
may be scratched and may cause da-
mage.
. Worn windshield wiper blades can da-
mage the windshield and impair driver
vision.

(237,1)
BATTERY
GUID-06B3EA2F-82D1-4678-9BC6-FFCC5BC93893
VEHICLE BATTERY
GUID-CA87E284-774B-4E53-9289-40D2A58BDFC6
SDI1573
WARNING:
Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the
battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a
higher load on the battery which can gen-
erate heat, reduce battery life, and in some
cases lead to an explosion.

(238,1)
Checking battery fluid level . Vehicles operated in high temperatures or

GUID-47FFFBAB-1BC0-4DE1-9178-F4C1DD6AE5B8
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the battery fluid level.
. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
Clean the battery with a solution of baking
soda and water.
. Make certain the terminal connections are
clean and securely tightened.
. If the vehicle is not to be used for more
than 30 days, disconnect the negative (−)
battery terminal cable to prevent battery
discharge.
DI0137MA For model with Idling Stop System, see “Jump
starting” (P.6-9)
Jump starting
GUID-E4F41EE9-38D0-4544-9847-FEF589C32D36
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump start-
ing” (P.6-9). If the engine does not start by jump
starting or the battery does not charge, the
battery may have to be replaced. Contact a
NISSAN dealer for replacing the battery.
REMOTE CONTROLLER BATTERY

GUID-FD00175F-9A8E-4B27-954F-B82B6756DE8E
Battery replacement
GUID-1C9303CF-890C-4854-81E2-1BD5869A89DA
SDI2134A
SDI1480
CAUTION:
Check the fluid level in each cell. The battery To replace the battery:
. Be careful not to allow children to swal-
fluid level should be between the UPPER LEVEL low the battery and removed parts. 1. Remove the screw .
and LOWER LEVEL lines. 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
. An improperly disposed battery can harm
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only deminer- the environment. Always confirm local corner and twist it to separate the upper
alized/distilled water to bring the level to the regulations for battery disposal. part from the lower part. Use a cloth to
indicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill. protect the casing.
. When changing batteries, do not let dust
1. Remove the cell plugs , if equipped. or oil get on the components. 3. Replace the battery with a new one.
2. Add demineralized/distilled water up to the . There is danger of explosion if lithium Recommended battery: CR1620 or equiva-
UPPER LEVEL line. battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace lent
3. Replace and tighten the cell plugs. only with the same or equivalent type. . Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.

(239,1)
. Make sure that the + side faces the . Do not touch the internal circuit and
bottom of the case . electric terminals as doing so could
4. Close the lid and install the screw securely. cause a malfunction.
. Make sure that the + side faces the
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
bottom of the case.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for
replacement.
INTELLIGENT GUID-54391E5B-56A2-4553-A297-5C68724A1416
KEY BATTERY
Battery replacement
GUID-0BBD5A11-27BD-4EA7-9405-79045676C1F0
CAUTION:
. Be careful not to allow children to swal-
low the battery and removed parts.
. An improperly disposed battery can harm
the environment. Always confirm local SDI2452
regulations for battery disposal.
. When changing batteries, do not let dust 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts
or oil get on the components. , and then push them together until it is
securely closed .
. There is danger of explosion if lithium
battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace 5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
only with the same or equivalent type. See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for
replacement.
SDI2451
To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of the
Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical
key.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper
part from the lower part. Use a cloth to
protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
. Recommended battery: CR2025 or
equivalent

(240,1)
VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL

FUSES
SYSTEM (if equipped)
GUID-4652BFC0-1F3F-4937-9EAD-EAF2B6B66E96 GUID-D462645A-942E-42B3-B9BA-F3D5DF9A909B
CAUTION: ENGINE COMPARTMENT

GUID-52370792-8D7A-41B4-B228-C58E2B1E2263
. Do not ground accessories directly to the

battery terminal. Doing so will bypass the
variable voltage control system and the
vehicle battery may not charge comple-
tely.
. Use electrical accessories with the engine
running to avoid discharging the vehicle
battery.
Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage
control system. This system measures the
amount of electrical discharge from the battery JVM0020X
and controls voltage generated by the alter-
nator. For checking and/or replacing, see a NISSAN
dealer.
Fusible links GUID-0924A068-719F-4741-AE33-F91D4868E5DE

If any electrical equipment does not operate
and the fuses are in good condition, check the
fusible links. If any of these fusible links are
melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN
parts.

(241,1)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-88B7F7E4-3C04-4D94-8D50-129C979801EF
SDI1754
SDI2576 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new

fuse .
For all models
If the new fuse also opens, after installing, have
the electrical system checked, and if necessary
repaired, by a NISSAN dealer.
Extended storage fuse switch (if

equipped) GUID-DF44F12D-46C6-498B-B663-8F02DA49C014
JVC0023X
For Idling Stop System (if equipped)
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF”
CAUTION: position.
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 3. Remove the fuse box cover with a
amperage rating than that specified on the suitable tool.
SDI2705
fuse box cover. This could damage the 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.
electrical system or cause a fire. If any electrical equipment does not operate,
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller .
remove the extended storage fuse switch and
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF”
position.

(242,1)
LIGHTS
GUID-7D2EF989-6D67-4FE6-94BF-AC7791FF0D89
NOTE: HEADLIGHTSGUID-DDC173EA-AEF2-48B3-A529-4F7CD353C1D2
If the extended storage fuse switch malfunc-
tions, or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary Replacing halogen headlight bulb
GUID-42735008-E71E-4523-B54C-470F66B0B402
to replace the switch. In this case, remove the The halogen headlight is a semi-sealed beam
extended storage fuse switch and replace it type which uses replaceable headlight (halo-
with a new fuse of the same rating. gen) bulbs. They can be replaced from inside
How to remove the extended storage fuse the engine compartment without removing the
switch: headlight assembly.
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
1. To remove the extended storage fuse
switch, be sure the ignition switch is in the CAUTION:
“OFF” or “LOCK” position. . High-pressure halogen gas is sealed in-
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” side the bulb. The bulb may break if the
position. glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is
3. Remove the fuse box cover. dropped.
4. Pinch the storage fuse switch and pull it in
the direction illustrated.
JVM0354X
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector from
the rear end of the bulb.
3. Pull off the rubber cap .
4. Push and turn the retaining pin to loosen
it.
5. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shake or
rotate the bulb when removing it.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of
removal.

(243,1)
CAUTION: EXTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-6790B098-A6BD-424A-A0B9-8322BD741B1D
INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-5414BBD0-D8F7-44CE-AE53-0F2C238A4F58
. When handling the bulb, do not touch the Item Wattage (W) Item Wattage (W)
glass envelope. Front turn signal light 21 Map light (if equipped) 5
. Use the same number and wattage as Front clearance light 5 Room light 5
originally installed: Front fog light (if equipped) 55 Rear reading light (if 8
Daytime running light (if LED equipped)
High beam bulb: 60W (H4) equipped) Trunk light (if equipped) 3.4
Low beam bulb: 55W (H4) Side turn signal light
Fender type 5
. Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight
reflector for a long period of time as dust, Outside rearview mirror LED or 5
moisture and smoke may enter the head- type*1
light body and affect the performance of
the headlight. Rear combination lights
Turn signal light 21
Aiming adjustment is not necessary if only the
bulbs are replaced. When aiming adjustment is Stop/Tail light 21/5
necessary, contact a NISSAN dealer. Reverse light 21
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the Rear fog light (if 21
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A equipped)
temperature difference between the inside and
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is High-mounted stop light LED*2
not a malfunction. If large drops of water 16*3
collect inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer. License plate light 5
*1: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.
*2: For model with rear spoiler. See a NISSAN
dealer for replacement.
*3: For model without rear spoiler.

(244,1)
LIGHT LOCATIONS 16. License plate light

GUID-12AF6ED8-1BE8-44E5-AB1C-F099A20C0C75 *1: For model without rear spoiler
*2: For model with rear spoiler
*3: For model with rear fog light (driver’s side)
Replacement procedures
GUID-1209D5DE-92BF-4DC5-BB17-FCB32E352D75
JVM0771X
1. Front turn signal light 8. Front fog light (if equipped)

2. Headlight 9. Daytime running light (if equipped)
3. Clearance light 10. High-mounted stop light*1 SDI1805
4. Map light (if equipped) 11. Trunk light (if equipped)

: REMOVE
5. Room light 12. High-mounted stop light*2
: INSTALL
6. Rear reading light (if equipped) 13. Stop/tail light
7. Side turn signal light (on the front fender 14. Rear turn signal light All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. When
or the outside rearview mirror) replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or
15. Reverse light or Rear fog light (if
cover.
equipped)*3

(245,1)
JVM0356X JVM0100X
Clearance light Side turn signal light (fender type)
JVM0004X
Front turn signal light JVM0357X
Front fog light (if equipped)

(246,1)
JVM0504X JVM0102X
Rear combination light (Type B) License plate light
JVM0027X
Rear combination light (Type A)

(247,1)
JVM0051X
Map light (if equipped) and Room light
SDI1258C
JVM0029X Trunk light (if equipped)
High-mounted stop light (models without rear
spoiler)
To replace the high-mounted stop light bulb:
1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Remove the bulb socket and then replace
the bulb.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
SDI1858
Rear reading light (if equipped)

(248,1)
TIRES AND WHEELS

GUID-E157BB54-857B-4F07-81D8-84FC2CBD3489
If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-2). TYPES OF TIRES Snow tires
GUID-236E0FBB-F0E6-4721-B848-32CD2389968F GUID-3530C0E0-D2EA-4565-9027-0B91353E6F85
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
CAUTION: select tires equivalent in size and load rating to
(TPMS) (if equipped)
GUID-F50DE5B8-CCC6-4C54-9D89-BF188CC52CEF the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) When changing or replacing tires, be sure all
adversely affect the safety and handling of your
monitors tire pressure of all tires except the four tires are of the same type (that is,
vehicle.
spare. When the low tire pressure warning light summer, all season or snow) and construc-
is lit, one or more of your tires is significantly tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings
under-inflated. with information about tire type, size, speed than factory equipped tires and may not match
rating and availability. the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. If
driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also, Replacement tires may have a lower speed you install snow tires, they must be the same
this system may not detect a sudden drop in rating than the factory equipped tires, and they size, brand, construction and tread pattern on
tire pressure (for example a flat tire while may not match the potential maximum vehicle all four wheels.
driving). speed. Never exceed the maximum speed For additional traction on icy roads, studded
For more details about the TPMS, see “Tire rating of the tire. tires may be used. However, some states and
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4). provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state
All season tires
For additional information, see “Low tire pres- GUID-C231A919-7F10-4A46-9E7F-435DCC6F2470 and provincial laws before installing studded
sure warning light” (P.2-14). NISSAN specifies all season tires on some tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded
models to provide good performance all year, snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be
TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE including snowy and icy road conditions. All poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.
GUID-2FC6DE13-B87D-4422-A4F1-258621EC4B20
season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/
Periodically check the pressure of the tires,
including the spare. An incorrect tire pressure
or M&S on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have TIRE CHAINSGUID-03DE8C69-C841-41D1-B952-89B1E93A44B0
better snow traction than all season tires and Use of tire chains may be prohibited according
may adversely affect tire life and vehicle hand-
may be more appropriate in some areas. to location. Check the local laws before instal-
ling. The tire pressure should be checked when
tires are COLD. Tires are considered COLD after Summer tires ling tire chains. When installing tire chains,
the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more GUID-27546683-1326-46CE-8F5D-660AE4649B78 make sure that they are of proper size for the
hours, or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile). COLD NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models tires on your vehicle and are installed accord-
tire pressures are shown on the tire placard. to provide superior performance on dry roads. ing to the chain manufacturer’s instructions.
(See “Vehicle identification” (P.9-9) for the loca- Summer tire performance is substantially re-
duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not Use chain tensioners when recommended by
tion of the tire placard.) the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.
have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire
Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheat- sidewall. Loose end links of the tire chains must be
ing of the tire and subsequent internal damage. secured or removed to prevent the possibility
At high speeds, this could result in tread If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or of whipping action damage to the fenders or
separation and even bursting of the tire. icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your
snow or all season tires on all four wheels. vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive
at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle
may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and
performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the front
wheels and not on the rear wheels. Never install

(249,1)
tire chains on a temporary-use spare tire (if TIRE WEAR AND DAMAGE TIRE AGE
GUID-7D2359F7-2A51-45DF-AD8B-96584828DCA8 GUID-D530A140-BCA5-4AFA-9402-677BE2913733
equipped). Do not use the chains on dry roads.
Never use a tire over six years old, regardless of
TIRE ROTATION whether it has been used or not.
GUID-970F9350-4D6B-4E9E-871D-329A7119386F
Tires degrade with age as well as with the
vehicle usage. Have your tires checked and
balanced often by a repair shop or, if you prefer,
a NISSAN dealer.
CHANGING TIRES AND WHEELS

GUID-32466E30-240F-4FF5-AF94-9A6D1D7FBE76
WARNING:
Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if
SDI1663
it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires
Wear indicator could have structural damage and could fail
SDI1662 Wear indicator location marks. The loca- without warning.
NISSAN recommends that tires be rotated tions are shown by “ ”, “TWI”, etc. When replacing a tire, use the same size, speed
every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). However, the depending on tire types. rating and load carrying capacity as originally
timing for tire rotation may vary according to Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, equipped. (See “Tires and wheels” (P.9-8) for
your driving habits and the road surface cracking, bulging or objects caught in the recommended types and sizes of tires and
conditions. (See “Flat tire” (P.6-2) for the tire tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep wheels.) The use of tires other than those
replacement.) cuts are found, the tire should be replaced recommended or the mixed use of tires of
immediately. different brands, construction (bias, bias-
WARNING: The original tires have a built-in tread wear belted, or radial), or tread patterns can ad-
indicator. When the wear indicator is visible, the versely affect the ride, braking, handling,
. After rotating the tires, adjust the tire tire should be replaced. ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow
pressure. chain clearance, Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
Improper service of a spare tire may result in tem (TPMS) (if equipped), speedometer calibra-
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehi- serious personal injury. If it is necessary to
cle has been driven for 1,000 km (600 tion, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of
repair the spare tire, contact a NISSAN dealer. these effects may lead to accidents and could
miles) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).
result in serious personal injury.
. Do not include the temporary-use spare
tire (if equipped) in tire rotation. If the wheels are changed for any reason,
always replace with wheels which have the
. Incorrect tire selection, fitting, care or same offset dimension. Wheels of a different
maintenance can affect vehicle safety offset could cause early tire wear, possibly
with risk of accident and injury. If in degraded vehicle handling characteristics
doubt, consult a NISSAN dealer or the tire and/or interference with the brake discs/
manufacturer. drums. Such interference can lead to de-
creased braking efficiency and/or early brake
pad/shoe wear.

(250,1)
Confirm the following for the TPMS (if WHEEL BALANCE . Drive carefully while the spare tire is
GUID-582CC201-360F-462A-9287-0BB08BD0257E
equipped). installed.
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling
and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can . Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking
WARNING: get out of balance. Therefore, they should be while driving.
. Since the spare tire is not equipped with balanced as required. . Periodically check the spare tire inflation
the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted pressure, and always keep it at 420 kPa
or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
SPARE TIRE GUID-400C4A57-3807-4E1F-A94B-D12A024251EA (4.2 bar, 60 psi). (T125/70D15 95M tire)
function and the low tire pressure warn- The spare tire supplied with your vehicle varies . Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster
ing light will flash for approximately 1 depending on the model. See “Tires and than 80 km/h (50 MPH).
minute. The light will remain on after 1 wheels” (P.9-8) for applicable spare tire.
minute. Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon . Do not use tire chains on a spare tire. Tire
as possible for tire replacement and/or Temporary-use spare tire (if equipped)
GUID-0AFF89BB-CC36-4433-B406-83980BA9CE70
chains will not fit properly on the spare
system resetting. tire and may cause damage to the
vehicle.
specified by NISSAN could affect the . When driving on roads covered with snow
proper operation of the TPMS. or ice, the spare tire should be used on
the rear wheel and the original tire used
. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is on the front wheels (drive wheels). Use
not handled correctly. Be careful when tire chains only on the front two original
handling the TPMS sensor. tires.
. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID . Tire tread of the spare tire will wear at a
registration may be required. Contact a faster rate than the original tire. Replace
NISSAN dealer for ID registration. the spare tire as soon as the tread wear
. Do not use a valve stem cap that is not SDI1912 indicators appear. (T125/70D15 95M tire)
specified by NISSAN. The valve stem cap Spare tire label (if equipped) . Because the spare tire is smaller than the
may become stuck. A temporary-use spare tire (different size from original tire, ground clearance is reduced.
. Be sure that the valve stem caps are the original tire) is supplied with your vehicle. To avoid damage to the vehicle do not
correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may Observe the following precautions if the spare drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the
be clogged up with dirt and cause a tire must be used, otherwise your vehicle could vehicle through an automatic car wash
malfunction or loss of pressure. be damaged or involved in an accident. since it may get caught.
Since the spare tire is not equipped with the . Do not use the spare tire on other
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (if vehicles.
equipped), when a spare tire is mounted, the . Do not use more than one spare tire at
TPMS will not function. the same time.
CAUTION:
. The spare tire should be used only for
emergency. It should be replaced by the
standard tire at the first opportunity.

(251,1)
Conventional spare tire (if equipped)

GUID-D0F9D915-EE40-4316-BAB0-FEB85A3EB358
A standard tire (the same size as the original
tire) is supplied with your vehicle.
EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE REPAIR

KIT (if equipped)
GUID-07FCF548-0386-4AF0-80A8-AD67932B37AC
See “Repairing flat tire (for model with emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit)” (P.6-6) for more
details.

(252,1)
MEMO

(253,1)
9 Technical information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities ................ .... 9-2 Uniform Tire Quality Grading (if equipped) .......................... .... 9-10
Fuel information .....................................................................................
.... 9-4 Treadwear .............................................................................................
.... 9-10
Recommended SAE viscosity number ................................. .... 9-4 Traction AA, A, B and C ..............................................................
.... 9-10
Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant ....... .... 9-5 Temperature A, B and C ............................................................
.... 9-11
Engine ....................................................................................................................
.... 9-6 Installation of an RF-transmitter ..................................................
.... 9-11
Technical characteristics (for Gulf Standard models) ..... .... 9-7 Radio approval number and information ............................. .... 9-11
Tires and wheels ...........................................................................................
.... 9-8 For Thailand ........................................................................................
.... 9-11
Dimensions ........................................................................................................
.... 9-8 For Singapore .....................................................................................
.... 9-11
When travelling or registering in another country ............ .... 9-9 For Indonesia ......................................................................................
.... 9-12
Vehicle identification ..................................................................................
.... 9-9 For Nigeria ............................................................................................
.... 9-12
Vehicle identification plate ............................................................
.... 9-9 For Oman ...............................................................................................
.... 9-13
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ........................................ .... 9-9 For South Africa ...............................................................................
.... 9-13
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate For Jordan .............................................................................................
.... 9-13
(if equipped) ...............................................................................................
.... 9-9 For the United Arab Emirates ...............................................
.... 9-13
Engine serial number .........................................................................
.... 9-9
Certification label (if equipped) ...............................................
.... 9-10
Tire placard .............................................................................................
.... 9-10
Air conditioner specification label ........................................ .... 9-10

(254,1)
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
GUID-ACAD99D7-9AFA-4050-956D-FDF14BDA1195
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (approximate)
Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Measure Measure Measure
Fuel 41 L 10-7/8 gal 9 gal · See “Fuel information” (P.9-4).
Engine oil* HR12DE with oil 3.0 L 3-1/8 qt 2-5/8 qt For Thailand and Hong Kong
Drain and refill HR15DE filter · Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.
*: For additional in- change · If the above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN Motor Oil” or equivalent that
formation, see matches the following grade and viscosity.
“Changing engine · Oil grade: API SM or SN, ILSAC GF-4 or GF-5
oil and oil filter” · SAE Viscosity: See “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-4).
(P.8-10). For South Africa
· Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 10W-30 SM or SN” is recommended.
· If the above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN Motor Oil” or equivalent that
matches the following grade and viscosity.
· Oil grade:
– API SM or SN, ILSAC GF-4 or GF-5
– ACEA: A3/B3, A3/B4, A5/B5, C2 or C3
· SAE Viscosity: See “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-4).
without 2.8 L 3 qt 2-1/2 qt For Australia, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei and Mauritius
oil filter · Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 10W-30 SM or SN” is recommended.
change · If the above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN Motor Oil” or equivalent that
· Oil grade: API SL, SM or SN, ILSAC GF-3, GF-4 or GF-5
Except for Thailand, Hong Kong, South Africa, Australia, Indonesia, Singapore,
Brunei and Mauritius
· Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 10W-30 SM or SN” is recommended.
· If the above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN Motor Oil” or equivalent that
· Oil grade: API SM or SN, ILSAC GF-4 or GF-5
K9K with oil 4.4 L 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt · Genuine NISSAN engine oil
filter · Oil grade: ACEA A3/B4,
change · SAE Viscosity: See “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-4).
without 4.2 L 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt
oil filter
change
9-2 Technical information

(255,1)
Capacity (approximate)
Fluid type Metric US Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Measure Measure Measure
Engine coolant (in- HR12DE MT model 5.7 L 6 qt 5 qt · Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant (blue) or equivalent
cluding reservoir tank CVT mod- · Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality, in order to avoid
capacity 0.7 L) 5.8 L 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the
el use of non-genuine engine coolant.
HR15DE For Egypt MT model 5.6 L 5-7/8 qt 4-7/8 qt Note that any repairs for the incidents within the engine cooling system while
AT model 6.0 L 6-3/8 qt 5-1/4 qt using non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if
such incidents occurred during the warranty period.
Except for MT model 6.3 L 6-5/8 qt 5-1/2 qt
Egypt AT model 6.1 L 6-1/2 qt 5-3/8 qt
CVT mod- 5-5/8 qt
6.4 L 6-3/4 qt
el
K9K 7.6 L 8 qt 6-3/4 qt
Automatic Transmission (AT) fluid — — — · Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
· NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY in NISSAN
automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids that are not
equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF may damage the automatic
transmission. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended
is not covered under the warranty.
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — · Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3
· Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by
the warranty.
Manual Transmission HR12DE — — — · Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi 75W-85, or
(MT) gear oil HR15DE equivalent
· If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi is not available, API
GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85 may be used as a temporary replacement. However,
use Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi as soon as it is
available.
K9K — — — · Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80, or equivalent
· If Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4,
Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use
Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available.
Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper fluid level according to For Brunei, Mauritius, Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Hong Kong and Australia
the instructions in the “8. Maintenance · Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3
and do-it-yourself” section. Except for Brunei, Mauritius, Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Hong Kong and
Australia
· Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 or DOT 4
· Never mix different types of fluids (DOT 3 and DOT 4).
Multi-purpose grease — — — · NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Air conditioner system refrigerant — — — · HFC-134a (R-134a)
Air conditioner system lubricants — — — · NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or equivalent
Technical information 9-3

(256,1)
FUEL INFORMATION
GUID-AF4712DC-AF4B-429D-B506-018156019CBD
diesel fuel can cause engine damage. RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUM-
Gasoline engine (model with three–way . Do not use summer fuel at temperatures BER GUID-A10E3F2F-64E5-4170-8334-8A8234DD3261
catalyst) below −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures
GUID-C2CEEF81-4F44-4719-A071-99D42B048FAD
will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a Gasoline engine oil
GUID-6145B14E-B36F-4647-A0EF-21BDFB786962
CAUTION: result, it may prevent the engine from For Thailand and Hong Kong:
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
running smoothly.
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded 0W-20 is preferable.
gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst. If 0W-20 is not available, select the viscosity,
from the chart below, that is suitable for the
Except for IraqGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
and Thailand: outside temperature range.
Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 (RON).
For Iraq: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use UNLEADED PREMIUM gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 (RON).
For Thailand: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline or gasohol
(up to E20*) with an octane rating of at least 91
(RON).
*: Gasohol is alcohol blended gasoline. For
example, “E20” is a mixture of approximately
20% fuel ethanol and 80% unleaded gasoline.
Diesel engineGUID-1789F59E-0C1E-4FCC-B307-F90FF2149E6B
Diesel fuel of at least 50 cetane.
*: If two types of diesel fuel are available, use
summer or winter fuel properly according to
the following temperature conditions.
. Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel
fuel.
. Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.
CAUTION: STI0732
. Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or

other alternate fuels in your diesel en-
gine. The use of those or adding those to

(257,1)
Except for Thailand and Hong Kong:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B Diesel engine oil
GUID-4203A9EC-902D-407B-A2F7-B2E3057A51DE
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGER-
10W-30 is preferable. 5W-30 or 15W-40 is preferable. ANT AND LUBRICANT
GUID-9EEF71BB-D47C-4DBC-A677-79EACB5C384A
If 10W-30 is not available, select the vis- If 5W-30 or 15W-40 is not available, select The air conditioner system of your vehicle must
cosity, from the chart below, that is suitable the viscosity, from the chart below, that is be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a
for the outside temperature range. suitable for the outside temperature range. (R134a) and the lubricant NISSAN A/C System
Oil Type R or equivalents. Use of any other
refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe
damage, and you may need to replace your
vehicle’s entire air conditioner system.
The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere
is prohibited in many countries and regions.
The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
vehicle will not harm the Earth’s ozone layer.
However, it may contribute in a small part to
the global warming effect. NISSAN recom-
mends that the refrigerant be appropriately
recovered and recycled. Contact a NISSAN
dealer when servicing the air conditioner
system.
STI0589 JVT0307X

(258,1)
ENGINE
GUID-067AB093-DD6D-4B9E-A99E-30BB937640BA
Engine Model HR12DE HR15DE K9K

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Diesel, 4-cycle
Cylinder arrangement 3-cylinder, in-line 4-cylinder, in-line 4-cylinder, in-line
Bore × Stroke mm (in) 78.0 × 78.4 (3.071 × 76.0 × 80.5 (2.992 ×
78.0 × 83.6 (3.071 × 3.291) 3.087) 3.169)
Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,198 (73.10) 1,498 (91.41) 1,461 (89.15)
Idle speed at the “N” rpm MT: 750±50 MT: 650±50

(Neutral) position CVT: 750±50 AT: 700±50 MT: 800±50
CVT: 700±50
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) MT: 12°±2 MT: 5°±2 -
CVT: 9°±2 AT: 5°±2
CVT: 7°±2
Spark Standard FXE20HR11*1 REA12WMB4*3 REA12MC4*5 -
plugs DILKAR6A11*2 LZKAR6AP-11*4
Spark plug mm (in) 1.1 (0.043) 1.1 (0.043)*3*4 1.0 to 1.1 -
gap (0.039 to 0.043)*5
Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain Timing belt
*1: Except for Hong Kong

*2: For Hong Kong
*3: For MT model and AT model, except for Iraq
*4: For CVT model
*5: For Iraq

(259,1)
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS (for

Gulf Standard models)
GUID-255AFD73-676B-4307-ACA2-8E0B6CD7EC80
Engine model HR15DE
Maximum net power kW/rpm 73/6,000
Maximum net torque N·m/rpm 134/4,000

AT: 170 (106)
Maximum speed*1 km/h (MPH) MT: 183 (114)
*1: Gulf Standard requires automobile manufacturers to indicate the maximum vehicle speed for
applicable models. The maximum vehicle speed, listed above, is the measured speed under
certain testing conditions. The actual value may differ according to the vehicle usage and
road and environmental conditions. NISSAN recommends you to ALWAYS observe posted
speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.

(260,1)
TIRES AND WHEELS DIMENSIONS

GUID-7338549B-44EE-43DE-ADA8-A394063FC1D8
GUID-EA777738-D2DD-414E-A370-938D6FC5432D
Unit: mm (in)
Standard*1 Spare*2 Overall length 4,455 (175.4)
Tire size 175/70 R14 84H T125/70 D15 95M*3 4,512 (177.6)*1
Overall width 1,695 (66.7)
185/65 R15 88H
185/70 R14 88S*4 Overall height 1,495 (58.9)*2
185/65 R15 88T
1,510 (59.4)*3
175/70 R14 84H 175/70 R14 84H
1,515 (59.6)
175/70 R14 84T 175/70 R14 84T
185/70 R14 88S 185/70 R14 88S Front tread 1,480 (58.3)
185/65 R15 88H 185/65 R15 88H Rear tread 1,485 (58.5)
Wheelbase 2,590 (102.0)*4
Size Offset mm (in) 2,600 (102.4)
Road wheel Steel 14× 5-1/2J 40 (1.57) *1: Model with daytime running light
15 ×5-1/2J 40 (1.57) *2: For Hong Kong
15 ×5-1/2JJ 40 (1.57) *3: Model with 175/70 R14 tire, except for
Aluminum alloy 15 ×5-1/2J 40 (1.57) Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore and Hong
wheel Kong
Spare Steel 14× 5-1/2J 40 (1.57) *4: For the Middle East
15 ×5-1/2J 40 (1.57)
15 ×5-1/2JJ 40 (1.57)
15 ×4T 40 (1.57)
*1: See the tire placard on your vehicle for the recommended cold tire pressure.
*2: The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied except for model with spare tire.
*3: Temporary use only, for Hong Kong
*4: Temporary use only, for India
For India:
Tires & tubes fitted in the vehicle, as per clause 3(c) & 3(e) meet the requirement of BIS and
comply with the requirements under the Central Motor Vehicle Rules (CMVR), 1989.

(261,1)
WHEN TRAVELLING OR REGISTERING

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
GUID-C95C57F5-7060-429B-925E-ED5D735D6508 GUID-01FF74DB-0858-4C45-89E1-E038CBD93AF0
When planning to travel in another country or It is prohibited to cover, paint, weld, cut, drill, VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
region, find out whether the fuel required for alter or remove Vehicle Identification Number
your vehicle is available in that country or (VIN).
PLATE (if equipped)
GUID-F10896E5-C64F-42E3-B75B-749D435D8D99
region. Using a low octane rated fuel may
cause engine damage. Therefore, be sure that
the required fuel is available wherever you go.
For additional information regarding recom-
mended fuel, see “Fuel information” (P.9-4).
When transferring the registration of your
vehicle to another country, state, province or
district, contact the appropriate authorities to
find out that the vehicle complies with the local
legal requirements. In some cases, a vehicle
cannot meet the legal requirements, and it may
be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet JVT0352X
JVT0023X
local laws and regulations. In addition, there
may be possibilities that a vehicle cannot be The vehicle identification number plate is
adapted in certain areas. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
GUID-5094365C-F7B0-4CF8-A0E4-986C059A2B47
affixed as shown.
The plate is affixed as shown .
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
GUID-DEFCA7F0-4BB7-42CD-856B-ABC89F81D3F8
emission control and safety standards vary
according to the country, state, province or
Built date (if GUID-2831B072-0118-4B3A-8942-0AFE8FFFEFAA
equipped)
district; therefore, the vehicle specification may Built date is stamped on the vehicle identifica-
differ. tion plate.
When any vehicles are to be taken into The built date means the calendar month and
another country, state, province or district, the year in which the body shell and power
its modification, transportation, registration, train subassemblies are conjoined and the
and any other expenses which may result, vehicle is driven or moved from the production
are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is line.
not responsible for any inconveniences that
may result. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
GUID-0B6D27D4-E79D-4116-A261-806050B6966D
The vehicle identification number is stamped
STI0734
as shown .
HR12DE engine

(262,1)
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

(if equipped)
GUID-1F302990-8FB4-4D7B-B651-3200D276BC94
TIRE PLACARD Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must
GUID-A6E9AF42-4A38-42F1-B9EA-7D6CDD29DABA conform to local safety requirements in addi-
tion to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable
on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
TREADWEAR
GUID-83BCDC6B-0A85-4FB5-B9CC-63A1DF98D039
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
JVT0003X
under controlled conditions on a specified
HR15DE engine government test course. For example, a tire
STI0494
graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2)
The cold tire pressures are shown on the tire times as well on the government course as a
placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar. tire graded 100. The relative performance of
tires depends upon the actual conditions of
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LA- their use, however, and may depart signifi-
BEL GUID-5875BEAD-4AF9-4147-976E-83CBFCB9E920
cantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

GUID-B51A8AC3-7A7A-42AD-9C85-65F8434474D0
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
STI0662 AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the
K9K engine tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on spe-
CERTIFICATION LABEL (if equipped)
GUID-1B119096-D360-4C51-AC2A-DE0A1B7117B8 cified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
JVT0024X
WARNING:
The traction grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
STI0441

(263,1)
RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND

INSTALLATION OF AN RF-TRANSMITTER
INFORMATION
GUID-F15F2DE8-CE98-4A8E-9410-261755D51D23 GUID-DD114A86-9C88-4B36-8844-08795EAD8361
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C For countries conforming to UN regulation
GUID-D542E168-E212-47F8-8CDF-7F33C6EA414A No.10 or equivalent:
FOR THAILAND
GUID-B6A4C0E6-C956-448F-9562-B27A90644104
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, This telecommunication equipment conforms
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the The installation of an RF transmitter in your
to NTC technical requirement.
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate vehicle could affect electric equipment sys-
tems. Be sure to check with your NISSAN dealer . Remote keyless entry system (if equipped)
heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. for precautionary measures or special instruc- . Intelligent Key system (if equipped)
Sustained high temperature can cause the tions regarding installation. Upon request, your . NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) (if
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce NISSAN dealer will provide the detailed infor- equipped)
tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to mation (frequency band, power, antenna posi-
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to tion, installation guide, etc.) regarding FOR SINGAPORE
GUID-2280329A-719B-415A-8142-9D9AC87E6425
a level of performance which all passenger car installation.
tires must meet under the local regulations.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
WARNING:
The temperature grade for this tire is estab-
lished for a tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-in-
flation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat STI0653
build-up and possible tire failure. . NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (if
equipped)
. Remote control keyless system (if
equipped)
. Intelligent Key system (if equipped)
JVT0138X

(264,1)
. Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module (BCM)

GUID-8D16DB25-F8B3-4DD4-8CFA-829D549F3DE4
FOR INDONESIA
GUID-A7728E80-6B60-4A37-B64E-2586F0747A90
Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

GUID-9260D9D1-C8E8-4B81-B7F5-46FCAA3BABAA
JVT0014X
JVT0139X
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) im-
mobilizer (ifGUID-89EB3CC7-3A70-4C36-8C25-E3CBC5A47F05
equipped) FOR NIGERIAGUID-E46CA0FD-167D-4F2B-AB3F-CA22F3406485
JVT0060X
Remote keyless entry system (if

equipped) GUID-28574E44-C07E-4C16-8F2E-0651F02BF765
JVT0061X
JVT0117X
. Remote control keyless system (if

equipped)
. NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (if
JVT0013X equipped)
JVT0062X

(265,1)
FOR OMAN GUID-183CADE7-1DD4-4685-8996-0191E669ACE2

equipped) GUID-3FB77BAE-C051-4D31-985B-D10DDDA1D346
GUID-DAFAF460-CDE1-4357-937B-2CF08FEF65F9 Contains Module approved by TRC/LPD/
2009/109
Tuner
Contains Module approved by TRC/LPD/
2008/125
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System

(if equipped GUID-D5174AC9-5630-42F9-A6D4-328C6FA2E813
for type D audio)
JVT0039X
Contains approved Bluetooth Module
VBTDC1.5.
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
Type approval No. : TRC/LPD/2013/41
JVT0265X (if equipped)GUID-08B71EAA-FEC9-4554-A3AB-2C4A5FEA06C2
FOR THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
. Body Control Module GUID-E91330C1-98E8-41A4-B277-9F7B896991EB

FOR SOUTH GUID-EC91E14C-AE47-42EE-950D-77AAC7EEA4A8
AFRICA GUID-47BA5E22-1AF6-4BE4-90C3-9BE00108DCFE

equipped) GUID-F246D06A-61ED-4D59-8082-F57A5EBAC642
JVT0310X
FOR JORDANGUID-18962E59-2E1C-44FD-B5E0-8B1FCF95250B
JVT0165X
GUID-61D89370-7A44-49B1-8CF2-89D8A4A85CFD
. Intelligent Key
JVT0038X 2010/34
2013/206
Contains Module approved by TRC/LPD/2013/3

(266,1)
JVT0264X WAJ0020X
. Body Control Module

Tire Pressure Monitoring System
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) im- (TPMS) transmitter
GUID-F18F0142-2803-4A74-B625-5DB4886C9ED9
mobilizer and Intelligent Key system (if
equipped) GUID-3808BF4B-8288-4D8C-8AE2-97DE75DCAB0D
JVT0492X
JVT0054X

(269,1)
10 Index
A Automatic Transmission position Bulb replacement .............................................
... 8-3, 8-26
indicator ..................................................................................
... 2-9
Adjusting the screen.....................................................
... 4-4
Adjusting time ................................................................
... 2-27
Auxiliary input jack ......................................
... 4-36, 4-42 C
After repairing tire ..........................................................
... 6-9
Air bag system B Car phone or CB radio ............................................
... 4-45
Card holder.......................................................................
... 2-29
Side (See supplemental side-impact air
Battery.......................................................................
... 8-5, 8-21 Care when driving ..........................................................
... 5-6
bag system) ..............................................................
... 1-25
Intelligent Key..........................................................
... 8-23 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... ... 5-4
Intelligent Key battery discharge ............ ... 5-10 Center mark on seat belts ...................................
... 1-10
bag system ................................................................
... 1-19
Remote controller battery............................. ... 8-22 Center Ventilators...........................................................
... 4-5
Supplemental front-impact air
Variable voltage control system .............. ... 8-24 Changing
bag system .................................................
... 1-19, 1-25
Vehicle battery........................................................
... 8-21 Changing engine coolant ................................. ... 8-9
Supplemental side-impact air
Battery replacement Changing engine oil and oil filter ............ ... 8-10
bag system ................................................................
... 1-19
Intelligent Key..........................................................
... 8-23 Changing tires and wheels........................... ... 8-33
Air bag warning label ...............................................
... 1-22
Battery saver system.................................
... 2-20, 2-31 Changing flat tire.............................................................
... 6-3
Air cleaner filter.............................................................
... 8-18
Before starting engine ................................................
... 5-3 Checking
Air conditioner ...................................................................
... 4-6
Before using emergency tire puncture Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-9
Air conditioner specification label........... ... 9-10
repair kit..................................................................................
... 6-7 Checking engine oil level................................ ... 8-10
Air conditioner system refrigerant
Belts (See drive belts) ...............................................
... 8-14 Checking foot brake pedal ........................... ... 8-15
and lubricant...............................................................
... 9-5
Bleeding fuel system ................................................
... 8-13 Checking lights.......................................................
... 2-12
Automatic air conditioner ............................. ... 4-10
Blocking wheels ................................................................
... 6-3 Checking parking brake.................................. ... 8-15
Manual air conditioner ........................................
... 4-7
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Child restraint anchorage ....................................
... 1-13
Servicing air conditioner.................................
... 4-11
System.....................................
... 4-45, 4-49, 4-53, 4-58 Child restraint installation using ISOFIX ....... 1-13
Air conditioner filter...................................................
... 4-12
Bluetooth® settings ...... ... 4-46, 4-50, 4-54, 4-61 Child restraints ..............................................................
... 1-10
Aluminum alloy wheels...............................................
... 7-3
Brake Child safety...........................................................................
... 1-7
Antenna...............................................................................
... 4-21
Brake booster..........................................................
... 8-16 Child safety rear door lock ......................................
... 3-6
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ....................... ... 5-32
Brake fluid ..................................................................
... 8-16 Chimes, Audible reminders .................................. ... 2-18
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
Brake precautions................................................
... 5-31 Chrome parts .....................................................................
... 7-3
warning light ...................................................................
... 2-12
Brake system ...........................................................
... 5-31 Cigarette lighter ...........................................................
... 2-28
Appearance care
Brakes ............................................................................
... 8-15 Circuit breaker, Fusible link .................................
... 8-24
Exterior appearance care .................................
... 7-2
Checking foot brake pedal ........................... ... 8-15 Cleaning exterior and interior ................... ... 7-2, 7-3
Interior appearance care...................................
... 7-3
Checking parking brake..................................... 8-15 Clock ......................................................................................
... 2-27
Audible reminders.......................................................
... 2-18 Parking brake ..........................................................
... 3-24 Closing hood ...................................................................
... 3-19
Audio operation precautions ............................. ... 4-13 Parking brake operation................................. ... 5-34 Clutch fluid........................................................................
... 8-17
Audio system ..................................................................
... 4-13 Warning light ............................................................
... 2-12 Cold weather driving ................................................
... 5-33
Steering wheel audio controls................... ... 4-43
Brake assist ......................................................................
... 5-32 Continuously Variable Transmission ............... ... 5-7
Automatic
Brake precautions.......................................................
... 5-31 Continuously Variable Transmission
Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ..... ... 8-17
Brakes ...................................................................................
... 8-15 (CVT) fluid...........................................................................
... 8-18
Automatic Transmission............................................
... 5-7
Break-in schedule ...........................................................
position indicator ............................................................
... 2-9

(270,1)
Controls Engine Fog light switch ............................................................

... 2-21
Steering wheel audio controls................... ... 4-43 Before starting engine ........................................
... 5-3 Front fog lights..............................................................
... 2-21
Coolant Break-in schedule ...................................................
... 5-3 Front seats............................................................................
... 1-2
Changing engine coolant .................................
... 8-9 Changing engine coolant .................................
... 8-9 Fuel
Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-9 Changing engine oil and oil filter ............ ... 8-10 Fuel economy ..........................................................
... 5-27
High temperature warning light .............. ... 2-13 Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-9 Fuel gauge ....................................................................
... 2-9
Corrosion protection ....................................................
... 7-5 Checking engine oil level................................
... 8-10 Fuel information .......................................................
... 9-4
Cruise control .................................................................
... 5-25 Engine compartment Fuel octane rating ..................................................
... 9-4
Cruise control indicators .......................................
... 5-26 check locations .........................................................
... 8-6 Fuel-filler cap............................................................
... 3-21
Cup holders......................................................................
... 2-29 Engine cooling system ........................................
... 8-8 Fuel-filler lid ...............................................................
... 3-20
Engine oil.....................................................................
... 8-10 Opening fuel-filler lid..........................................
... 3-20
D Engine serial number ...........................................
... 9-9 Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide
Engine specifications............................................
... 9-6 Reduction driving tips..............................................
... 5-27
Defogger switch ...........................................................
... 2-24 High temperature warning light .............. ... 2-13 Fuel-filler cap...................................................................
... 3-21
Dimensions ...........................................................................
... 9-8 If your vehicle overheats ................................
... 6-11 Fuel-filler lid ......................................................................
... 3-20
Door open warning light .......................................
... 2-13 Spark plugs................................................................
... 8-14 Fuses......................................................................................
... 8-24
Doors .........................................................................................
... 3-5 Engine cold start period ............................................
... 5-6 Fusible links......................................................................
... 8-24
Draining water ...............................................................
... 8-13 Engine coolant temperature gauge................. ... 2-8
Drive belts..........................................................................
... 8-14 Engine start operation indicator light ........ ... 2-16 G
Driving Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... ... 5-4
Care when driving ..................................................
... 5-6 Explanation of general Gauge........................................................................................
... 2-4
Cold weather driving .........................................
... 5-33 maintenance items ........................................................
... 8-3 Fuel gauge ....................................................................
... 2-9
Driving in wet conditions ..................................... 5-6 Extended storage fuse switch .......................... ... 8-25 Odometer.......................................................................
... 2-5
Driving in winter conditions............................ ... 5-6 Exterior lights..................................................................
... 8-27 Speedometer ..............................................................
... 2-5
Driving with Automatic Tachometer..................................................................
... 2-8
Transmission (AT) .................................................
... 5-13 F Gear shift indicator ....................................................
... 5-19
Driving with Continuously Variable General maintenance...................................................
... 8-3
Transmission (CVT) .............................................
... 5-16 Fail-safe ...............................................................................
... 5-16 Getting emergency tire puncture
Driving with Manual Flat tire.....................................................................................
... 6-2 repair kit..................................................................................
... 6-7
Transmission (MT) ................................................
... 5-19 Floor mats .............................................................................
... 7-4 Glove box ...........................................................................
... 2-29
Precautions when starting Fluid
and driving....................................................................
... 5-3 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ..... ... 8-17 H
Driving vehicle ................................................................
... 5-13 Brake fluid ..................................................................
... 8-16
Clutch fluid.................................................................
... 8-17 Hands-Free Phone System,
E Continuously Variable Transmission Bluetooth®............................
... 4-45, 4-49, 4-53, 4-58
(CVT) fluid....................................................................
... 8-18 Hazard indicator and outside chime ........... ... 3-16
Economy, Fuel ................................................................
... 5-27 Engine coolant...........................................................
... 8-8 Hazard indicator flasher switch...........................
... 6-2
Electric power steering system........................ ... 5-30 Engine oil.....................................................................
... 8-10 Head restraints..................................................................
... 1-4
Electric power steering warning light ........ ... 2-13 Window washer fluid .............................
... 8-5, 8-20 Headlight
Emergency tire puncture repair kit........ 6-6, 8-35 Fluids Headlight and turn signal switch ............ ... 2-19
Recommended fluids/lubricants
and capacities ............................................................
... 9-2
10-2

(271,1)
Headlights K Rear reading light ................................................

... 2-31
Bulb replacement .................................................
... 8-26 Replacement ................................................
... 8-3, 8-26
Headlight aiming control ............................... ... 2-20 Key...............................................................................................
... 3-2 Room light..................................................................
... 2-30
Headlight switch ...................................................
... 2-19 Ignition switch (model without Warning lights .........................................................
... 2-12
Heater and air conditioner ......................................
... 4-6 Intelligent Key system) ........................................
... 5-7 Lock
High temperature warning light ..................... ... 2-13 Ignition switch positions ...................................... 5-9 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................ ... 5-32
Hood release ...................................................................
... 3-18 Intelligent Key battery ......................................
... 8-23 Child safety rear door lock .............................. ... 3-6
Horn........................................................................................
... 2-24 Intelligent Key battery discharge ............ ... 5-10 Doors .................................................................................
... 3-5
Intelligent Key system .............................. ... 3-8, 5-8 Locking with inside lock knob ...................... ... 3-5
I Keys ....................................................................................
... 3-2 Locking with key ......................................................
... 3-5
Locking with key ......................................................
... 3-5 Locking with power door lock switch........ 3-6
Idling Stop OFF switch .............................
... 5-22, 5-23 Mechanical key ..........................................................
... 3-4 Steering lock.....................................................
... 5-7, 5-9
Idling Stop System.......................................
... 5-21, 5-22 NISSAN Anti-Theft System Vehicle speed sensing door
Ignition switch (NATS*) key....................................................................
... 3-3 lock mechanism .......................................................
... 3-6
Key positions...............................................................
... 5-7 Push-button ignition switch (model Low tire pressure warning light ...................... ... 2-14
Ignition switch (model without Intelligent with Intelligent Key system)............................ ... 5-8 Low tire pressure warning system
Key system) ..........................................................................
... 5-7 Remote keyless entry system ....................... ... 3-7 (See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Ignition switch positions ...........................................
... 5-9 Using Intelligent Key system ....................... ... 3-10 (TPMS))......................................................................................
... 5-4
Impact sensing door lock Using remote keyless
releasing mechanism ...................................................
... 3-6 entry system.................................................
... 3-7, 3-15 M
Indicator lights...............................................................
... 2-15 Key positions.......................................................................
... 5-7
Injured persons .................................................................
... 1-8 Maintenance
Inside rearview mirror..............................................
... 3-21 L Battery...........................................................................
... 8-21
Installing spare tire ........................................................
... 6-5 Battery (except for maintenance
Instrument brightness control ......................... ... 2-10 Labels free batteries) .............................................................
... 8-5
Instrument panel .............................................................
... 2-2 Air conditioner specification label........... ... 9-10 Explanation of general
Intelligent Key.....................................................................
... 3-3 Engine serial number ...........................................
... 9-9 maintenance items ................................................
... 8-3
Intelligent Key battery .............................................
... 8-23 Vehicle identification number (VIN)........... ... 9-9 General maintenance...........................................
... 8-3
Intelligent Key battery discharge ................... ... 5-10 Light Maintenance precautions ................................. ... 8-5
Intelligent Key system .....................................
... 3-8, 5-8 Bulb replacement .....................................
... 8-3, 8-26 Maintenance requirements ............................. ... 8-3
Intelligent Key system warning light ..... ... 2-13 Exterior lights...........................................................
... 8-27 Scheduled maintenance ....................................
... 8-3
Interior lights....................................................
... 2-30, 8-27 Fog light switch .....................................................
... 2-21 Seat belt maintenance.....................................
... 1-10
ISOFIX child restraint system .............................
... 1-12 Front fog lights.......................................................
... 2-21 Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) .................... ... 2-17
Headlight aiming control ...............................
... 2-20 Manual air conditioner ................................................
... 4-7
J Headlight and turn signal switch ............ ... 2-19 Manual transmission ....................................................
... 5-7
Headlight switch ...................................................
... 2-19 Map light.............................................................................
... 2-30
Jacking up vehicle...........................................................
... 6-4 Headlights...................................................................
... 8-26 Mechanical key ..................................................................
... 3-4
Jump starting .....................................................................
... 6-9 Indicator lights........................................................
... 2-15 Meters and gauges ........................................................
... 2-4
Interior lights.............................................
... 2-30, 8-27 Mirror
Light locations ........................................................
... 8-28 Inside rearview mirror.......................................
... 3-21
Rear fog light ...........................................................
... 2-22 Mirrors ...........................................................................
... 3-21
Outside rearview mirrors .................................. 3-22
10-3

(272,1)
Monitor Brake precautions................................................

... 5-31 Reverse reminder chime........................................
... 2-18
Rear view monitor ..................................................
... 4-2 Cruise control ..........................................................
... 5-25 Room light.........................................................................
... 2-30
Maintenance ................................................................
... 8-5
N Precautions on child S
restraint usage .......................................................
... 1-10
New vehicle break-in ....................................................
... 5-3 Precautions on push-button ignition Safety
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) .................. ... 3-17 switch operation ......................................................
... 5-8 Child safety...................................................................
... 1-7
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS*) key .......... ... 3-3 Precautions on Supplemental Child safety rear door lock .............................. ... 3-6
Restraint System (SRS).....................................
... 1-19 Safety precautions .................................................
... 4-2
O Precautions when starting Scheduled maintenance ............................................
... 8-3
and driving....................................................................
... 5-3 Seat
Odometer...............................................................................
... 2-5 Safety precautions .................................................
... 4-2 Center mark on seat belts ............................ ... 1-10
Oil Seat belt usage .........................................................
... 1-6 Front seats....................................................................
... 1-2
Changing engine oil and oil filter ............ ... 8-10 Towing precautions ...........................................
... 6-11 Precautions on seat belt usage................... ... 1-6
Checking engine oil level................................
... 8-10 Precautions on push-button ignition Seat belt..........................................................................
... 7-4
Engine oil.....................................................................
... 8-10 switch operation ..............................................................
... 5-8 Seat belts .......................................................................
... 1-6
Opening fuel-filler lid.................................................
... 3-20 Pregnant women.............................................................
... 1-8 Seats ..................................................................................
... 1-2
Opening hood ................................................................
... 3-19 Preparing tools and spare tire..............................
... 6-3 Three-point type seat belts ............................ ... 1-8
Outside rearview mirrors ......................................
... 3-22 Push starting...................................................................
... 6-10 Seat belt..................................................................................
... 1-8
Overdrive switch ..........................................................
... 5-14 Push-button ignition switch (model with Center mark on seat belts ............................ ... 1-10
Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. ... 6-11 Intelligent Key system) ................................................
... 5-8 Precautions on seat belt usage................... ... 1-6
Seat belt warning light ...........................................
... 2-15
P R Seat belt(s)
Child safety...................................................................
... 1-7
Panic alarm............................................................
... 3-8, 3-15 Radio......................................................................................
... 4-13 Injured persons .........................................................
... 1-8
Parking Car phone or CB radio .....................................
... 4-45 Pre-tensioner seat
Parking brake ..........................................................
... 3-24 Steering wheel audio controls................... ... 4-43 belt system .................................................
... 1-22, 1-27
Parking, Parking brake operation................... ... 5-34 Radio FM-AM radio with Compact Disc Pregnant women.....................................................
... 1-8
Passenger compartment ......................................
... 8-25 (CD) player ............................
... 4-22, 4-27, 4-30, 4-37 Seat belt maintenance.....................................
... 1-10
Phone Rear comfort fan .........................................................
... 4-12 Shoulder belt height adjustment ............... ... 1-8
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Rear fog light ..................................................................
... 2-22 Seat belts
System..............................
... 4-45, 4-49, 4-53, 4-58 Rear reading light .......................................................
... 2-31 Cleaning ..........................................................................
... 7-4
Car phone or CB radio .....................................
... 4-45 Rear Ventilators ................................................................
... 4-6 Security system.............................................................
... 3-17
Power rear view monitor............................................................
... 4-2 Servicing air conditioner........................................
... 4-11
Electric power steering system................. ... 5-30 Recommended fluids/lubricants Shift lever
Locking with power door lock switch........ 3-6 and capacities ....................................................................
... 9-2 Shift lock release...................................................
... 5-18
Power outlet .............................................................
... 2-28 Recommended SAE viscosity number............ ... 9-4 Shift lock release..........................................................
... 5-15
Power windows .....................................................
... 2-25 Remote controller battery....................................
... 8-22 Transmission ............................................................
... 5-18
Pre-tensioner seat belt system......... ... 1-22, 1-27 Remote keyless entry system ............................... ... 3-7 Shoulder belt height adjustment ....................... ... 1-8
Precautions Removing spots ................................................................
... 7-2 Side ventilators..................................................................
... 4-5
Audio operation .....................................................
... 4-13 Repair and replacement procedure ............. ... 1-28 Side-impact air bag system ................................ ... 1-25
Repairing tire.......................................................................
... 6-7 Soft bottle holder ........................................................
... 2-30
10-4

(273,1)
Sonar (parking sensor) system ........................ ... 5-29 Headlight aiming control ...............................
... 2-20 Towing your vehicle ...........................................
... 6-11
Spare tire............................................................................
... 8-34 Headlight and turn signal switch ............ ... 2-19 Trailer towing ..........................................................
... 5-30
Spark plugs.......................................................................
... 8-14 Headlight switch ...................................................
... 2-19 TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System ....... ... 5-4
Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)] Ignition switch ...........................................................
... 5-7 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system .............. ... 6-2
warning light ...................................................................
... 2-15 Power door lock switch .....................................
... 3-6 Trailer towing .................................................................
... 5-30
Speedometer ......................................................................
... 2-5 Rear fog light ...........................................................
... 2-22 Transferring a call .......................................................
... 4-52
SRS air bag warning light .....................................
... 1-23 Turn signal switch ...............................................
... 2-21 Transmission
Starting Wiper and washer switch ..............................
... 2-22 Automatic Transmission (AT)......................... ... 5-7
Before starting engine ........................................
... 5-3 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ..... ... 8-17
Jump starting .............................................................
... 6-9 T Continuously Variable
Precautions when starting Transmission (CVT) ................................................
... 5-7
and driving....................................................................
... 5-3 Tachometer..........................................................................
Push starting............................................................
... 6-10 Technical characteristics...........................................
... 9-7 (CVT) fluid....................................................................
... 8-18
Starting engine (model with Intelligent Theft warning system..............................................
... 3-17 Driving with Automatic
Key system) ......................................................................
... 5-11 Three-point type seat belts .................................... ... 1-8 Transmission (AT) .................................................
... 5-13
Starting engine (model without Intelligent Three-way catalyst.........................................................
... 5-4 Driving with Continuously Variable
Key system) ......................................................................
... 5-10 Tire Transmission (CVT) .............................................
... 5-16
Starting vehicle .............................................................
... 5-13 Changing tires and wheels........................... ... 8-33 Driving with Manual
Steering Installing spare tire ................................................
... 6-5 Transmission (MT) ................................................
... 5-19
Electric power steering system................. ... 5-30 Preparing tools and spare tire...................... ... 6-3 Manual transmission (MT) ................................ ... 5-7
Steering lock.....................................................
... 5-7, 5-9 Pressure, Low tire pressure Transmission shift lever lock release ..... ... 5-18
Steering wheel ........................................................
... 3-21 warning light ............................................................
... 2-14 Trip computer ....................................................................
... 2-7
Steering wheel switch for Spare tire.....................................................................
... 8-34 Troubleshooting guide............................................
... 3-13
audio controls .........................................................
... 4-43 Stowing damaged tire and tools................ ... 6-6 Trunk lid ..............................................................................
... 3-19
Stopping vehicle...............................................................
... 6-2 Tire age.........................................................................
... 8-33 Trunk light.........................................................................
... 2-31
Storage ................................................................................
... 2-29 Tire equipment .......................................................
... 5-34 Turn signal switch ......................................................
... 2-21
Stowing damaged tire and tools........................ ... 6-6 Tire inflation pressure.......................................
... 8-32 Types of tires ..................................................................
... 8-32
Sun visors ..........................................................................
... 2-30 Tire placard ...............................................................
... 9-10
Supplemental air bag systems......................... ... 1-24 Tire wear and damage .................................... ... 8-33 U
Supplemental curtain side-impact air Tires and wheels .......................................
... 8-32, 9-8
bag system .......................................................................
... 1-19 Tires ............................................................................................
... 6-6 Underbody cleaning ......................................................
... 7-3
Supplemental front-impact air Flat tire.............................................................................
... 6-2 Uniform tire quality grading ...............................
... 9-10
bag system ........................................................
... 1-19, 1-25 Low tire pressure warning system ........... ... 5-4 USB memory device operation ......... ... 4-34, 4-40
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ ... 1-19 Tire chains..................................................................
... 8-32 Using Intelligent Key system ..............................
... 3-10
Supplemental side-impact air Tire Pressure Monitoring Using remote keyless
bag system ........................................................
... 1-19, 1-25 System (TPMS) ................................................
... 5-4, 6-2 entry system.........................................................
... 3-7, 3-15
Switch Tire rotation ..................................................
... 8-4, 8-33
Audio control steering wheel switch ..... ... 4-43 Types of tires ...........................................................
... 8-32 V
Defogger switch ....................................................
... 2-24 Uniform tire quality grading ........................ ... 9-10
Fog light switch .....................................................
... 2-21 Towing Variable voltage control system .....................
... 8-24
Front fog lights.......................................................
... 2-21 Towing precautions ...........................................
... 6-11
Hazard indicator flasher switch................... ... 6-2 Towing recommended by NISSAN ......... ... 6-12
10-5

(274,1)
Vehicle Windows..............................................................................
... 2-25
Dimensions ...................................................................
... 9-8 Windshield wiper and washer switch.......... ... 2-22
Identification number (VIN).............................. ... 9-9 Wiper
Speed sensing door lock mechanism........ 3-6 Windshield wiper and
Vehicle battery...............................................................
... 8-21 washer switch .........................................................
... 2-22
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-22
OFF switch ........................................................................
... 5-25 Wiper blades .............................................................
... 8-19
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system..... ... 5-24
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light ...................................................................
... 2-15
Vehicle information display .....................................
... 2-5
Vehicle security .............................................................
... 5-33
Ventilators .............................................................................
... 4-5
W
Warning
Lights..............................................................................
... 2-12
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) ................................................
... 5-4, 6-2
Warning and audible reminders ............... ... 3-12
Warning lights .........................................................
... 2-12
Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders ................................................
... 2-11
Warning light
Low tire pressure warning light ............... ... 2-14
Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)]
warning light ............................................................
... 2-15
Washer switch
Windshield wiper and
washer switch .........................................................
... 2-22
Washing ...................................................................................
... 7-2
Waxing ......................................................................................
... 7-2
Wheels and tires, Care of wheels........................ ... 7-3
When travelling or registering in
another country ...............................................................
... 9-9
Where to go for service ..............................................
... 8-3
Window washer fluid .....................................
... 8-5, 8-20
Window(s)
Cleaning ...............................................................
... 7-2, 7-4
Manual windows ...................................................
... 2-25
Power windows .....................................................
... 2-25
10-6

(278,1)
GAS STATION INFORMATION
11 Epilogue
GUID-2A8D3CD7-1FE2-4A5C-93A8-149D19A22A11
FUEL INFORMATION
GUID-5EDB3853-A488-4589-9EC7-1909CE2B6EF9
CAUTION:
Gasoline engine (model with three–way . Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or
catalyst) other alternate fuels in your diesel en-
GUID-3DBBB9B9-2F89-4C35-90E9-3435D3DF7F1A gine. The use of those or adding those to
diesel fuel can cause engine damage.
CAUTION:
. Do not use summer fuel at temperatures
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded below −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures
gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst. will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a
result, it may prevent the engine from
Except for IraqGUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
and Thailand: running smoothly.
Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 (RON). RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL
GUID-AFCF8C11-9051-4D2E-9607-F5019BB74CA2
For Iraq: See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B
pacities” (P.9-2).
Use UNLEADED PREMIUM gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 91 (RON). TIRE COLD PRESSURE
GUID-903EA7A1-3376-4447-AFDA-4BC4F64F3036
For Thailand: GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B See the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side
Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline or gasohol center pillar.
(up to E20*) with an octane rating of at least 91
(RON).
*: Gasohol is alcohol blended gasoline. For
example, “E20” is a mixture of approximately
20% fuel ethanol and 80% unleaded gasoline.
Diesel engine
GUID-4407F019-0257-4CA0-9F51-2FFA3DD520C2
Diesel fuel of at least 50 cetane.
*: If two types of diesel fuel are available, use
summer or winter fuel properly according to
the following temperature conditions.
. Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel
fuel.
. Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

(279,1)
AIR BAG LABEL (if equipped)

GUID-BE21E327-074B-4336-8215-A311D4A25F56
JVT0362X

(280,1)
JVT0363X

(281,1)
QUICK REFERENCE
GUID-0FAA519E-81C6-415B-98D9-C40301E60A8D
. In case of emergency ... (P.6-1)
(Flat tire, engine will not start, overheating,
towing)
. How to start the engine ... (P.5-1)
. How to read the meters and gauges ...
(P.2-1)
. Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... (P.8-1)
. Technical information ... (P.9-1)

Nissan Almera Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan Almera Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan Almera Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Getting The Most From Your

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4

Starting and driving 5

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Air bag warning labels (if equipped):

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on

© 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL

1. Child restraint anchor points* (for top 8. Rear seats

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1. Engine hood (P.3-18) — Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1. Antenna* (P.4-21) 6. Trunk

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1. Rear reading lights* (P.2-31, P.8-27) 8. Rear cup holder* (P.2-29)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

METERS AND GAUGES

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1. Engine drive belts (P.8-14) 6. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24)

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

HR12DE ENGINE MODEL

1. Engine drive belts (P.8-14) 8. Radiator cap (P.8-8)

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

K9K ENGINE MODEL

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

tance of others or pets unattended in

1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

Forward and backward:

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1-4 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/ [ Edit: 2018/ 12/ 21 Model: N17-A ]

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.